Inspection and Contract Administration Manual For Mndot Landscape Projects, 2017 Edition

INSPECTION AND CONTRACT ADMINISTRATION
Acknowledgements
MANUAL FOR MnDOT LANDSCAPE PROJECTS, 2017 EDITION
Acknowledgements
American Standard For Nursery Stock, ANSI Z60.1
City of Minneapolis and St. Paul Forestry Staff
Minnesota Department of Agriculture Plant Industries Division
Minnesota Department of Natural Resources Division of Forestry
Minnesota Department of Transportation (MnDOT)
Environmental Planning & Design Unit
Construction Office
Roadside Vegetation Management Unit
Maintenance Office
Site Development Unit
Special Provisions Unit
Erosion Control & Storm Water Management Unit
Contract Administration Office
Minnesota Nursery and Landscape Association Contractors and Suppliers
University of Minnesota Departments of Forestry and Horticulture
Upon being published and made available for distribution by the Minnesota Department of
Transportation, this Manual shall become effective by reference in the Contract Plans, Specifications
and/or Special Provisions.
Additional manuals are availiable for $12.00 at:

Map and Manual Sales Office
MS 275, Room 19 So.
Minnesota Department of Minnesota
395 John Ireland Boulevard
St. Paul, MN 55155
Call 651-366 3017 to request an order form.
And as a free online pdf at:
http://www.dot.state.mn.us/environment/pdf/landscapeinspectmanual.pdf
I hereby certify that the Inspection and Contract Administration Manual for MnDOT Landscape
Projects, 2017 Edition, was prepared under my direct supervision and that I am a duly licensed
landscape architect under the laws of the State of Minnesota.
David P. Larson, PLA

[email protected]
Inspection & Contract Administration Manual for MnDOT Landscape Projects

Acknowledgements
Table of Contents
Table of Contents
Chapter 1: Introduction ......................................................................1-1

Purpose.............................................................................................................................. 1-1
MnDOT Standard Specifications for Construction used in landscape projects:................... 1-2
The Role of the Engineer, Inspector, Technical Advisor, and Contractor............................. 1-4
Chapter 2: Preconstruction .................................................................2-1

Preconstruction Work........................................................................................................ 2-1
Mobilization....................................................................................................................... 2-3
Protecting Existing Vegetation........................................................................................... 2-3
Terrestrial and Aquatic Noxious Organism Control, Prevention and Spread....................... 2-3
Acceptance of Preconstruction Work................................................................................. 2-4
Chapter 3: Preparation of Planting Holes & Beds................................3-1

Start of Operations............................................................................................................ 3-1
Layout and Staking............................................................................................................. 3-1
Weed Control and Soil Cultivation..................................................................................... 3-2
Compost (3890).................................................................................................................. 3-5
Additional Soil Additives.................................................................................................... 3-7
Engineered and Structural Soils.......................................................................................... 3-8
Equipment....................................................................................................................... 3-10
Storm Water Pollution Prevention Implementation......................................................... 3-13
Acceptance of Planting Bed and Hole Preparation........................................................... 3-24
Chapter 4: Initial Planting Operations.................................................4-1

Start of Operations............................................................................................................ 4-1
Plant Stock Delivery and Storage....................................................................................... 4-2
Plant Stock Inspection........................................................................................................ 4-4
Inspecting Top Growth....................................................................................................... 4-9
Deciduous Tree Measurement......................................................................................... 4-14
Deciduous Shrubs Measurement...................................................................................... 4-21
Coniferous Trees Measurement....................................................................................... 4-27
Coniferous Shrub Measurement...................................................................................... 4-31
On-Site Storage................................................................................................................ 4-37
Plant Installation.............................................................................................................. 4-37
Turf Establishment and Restoration................................................................................. 4-40
Acceptance of Initial Planting Operations........................................................................ 4-41

Inspection & Contract Administration Manual for MnDOT Landscape Projects 2017 Edition
Chapter 5: Plant Establishment Period ...............................................5-1

Scouting & Reporting......................................................................................................... 5-1
Soil Moisture (Watering).................................................................................................... 5-1
Painting............................................................................................................................. 5-2
Housekeeping and Restoration.......................................................................................... 5-2
Disease, Insect, and Pest Control....................................................................................... 5-3
Rodent Protection / Seedling Shelters................................................................................ 5-3
Maintaining Plumb Plants.................................................................................................. 5-3
Weed Control..................................................................................................................... 5-4
Maintenance of Turf Areas................................................................................................. 5-7
Mulching............................................................................................................................ 5-7
Pruning.............................................................................................................................. 5-8
Structural Pruning of Young Elms..................................................................................... 5-10
Storm Water Management, Controlling Erosion and Establishing Vegetation (2575)........ 5-12
Plant Replacement........................................................................................................... 5-12
Debris Removal................................................................................................................ 5-13
Daily Charges for Unsatisfactory Work............................................................................. 5-13
Final Acceptance.............................................................................................................. 5-13
Chapter 6: Method of Measurement ..................................................6-1

Method of Measurement................................................................................................... 6-1
Chapter 7: Basis of Payment ...............................................................7-1

Payment Schedule............................................................................................................. 7-1
Initial Payment................................................................................................................... 7-1
Interim Payment................................................................................................................ 7-2
Assessments ..................................................................................................................... 7-2
Bonus Payment.................................................................................................................. 7-3
Final Payment.................................................................................................................... 7-3
Liquidated Damages........................................................................................................... 7-4
Appendices
Appendix A: Nursery, Seed Dealers & Growers
Appendix B: Checklists & Forms
Appendix C: Clear Zone, Sight Distances & Outdoor Advertising
Appendix D- Disease, Insect, and Weed Control
Appendix E: Web Sites
Appendix F: Glossary
Appendix G: Special Provisions
Appendix H: Example Plan & Standard Planting Details
Table of Contents
Chapter 1: Introduction
Purpose
MnDOT’s Standard Specifications for Construction 2571 states that “Contractors responsible for plant
installation and establishment shall comply with the current edition of the Inspection and Contract
Administration Manual for MnDOT Landscape Projects, which sets the minimum and maximum
criteria and standards for all operations”.
Landscape project inspection and contract administration is a specialized aspect of transportation
contracting. Unlike concrete and asphalt, plants are living materials that vary in size, shape,
texture, color, and vigor from one location, season, and year to the next. Plants are also perishable.
Whenever they are planted or transplanted they are under stress and prone to diseases, insects, and
other stress-related problems.
Construction disturbed environments along roadsides are subject to conditions such as turbulent air
levels, temperature variations, pollution, de-icing chemicals, and soil compaction. Most roadsides lack
natural soil profiles and pH in which many plants typically thrive. Roadside plants are often subjected
to concentrated water runoff and competition from weeds and turf. Plants perform multiple
functions within the transportation system such as screening, slope stabilization, traffic calming, etc..
The best conceived and designed landscape projects may not produce the desired results if plant
material, planting procedures, and establishment care do not meet the Project intent and specified
requirements.
This Manual is written to increase the consistency and success of MnDOT landscape projects, which
will result in lasting value for the environment, community, and taxpayer.
This Manual will:

* Be based on MnDOT’s Standard Specifications for Construction.
* Serve as a reference for MnDOT’s landscape inspection and contract administration
certification class.
* Provide clear, objective, and measurable criteria for most decision-making on landscape
projects.
* Provide step-by-step checklists and an illustrated approach to landscape project inspection
and administration.
* Provide clear, objective, and measurable criteria for NPDES permits and activities during
construction.
Inspection & Contract Administration Manual for MnDOT Landscape Projects 1-1
MnDOT Standard Specifications for Construction Used

in Landscape Projects
1103 Definitions 2577 Soil Bioengineered Systems
1205 Examination of Proposal Package and Site 3149 Granular Material

of Work
3601 Riprap Material
1505 Cooperation by Contractors
3733 Geotextiles
1507 Utility Property and Service
3861 Plant Stock
1603 Materials: Specifications, Samples, Tests,
3874 Filter Berm
and Acceptance
3876 Seed
1605 Substitute Materials
3877 Topsoil Material
1701 Laws To Be Observed
3878 Sod
1710 Traffic Control Devices
3879 Agricultural Lime
1712 Protection and Restoration of Property
3881 Fertilizer
1716 Contractor’s Responsibility For Work
3882 Mulch Material
1717 Air, Land, and Water Pollution
3884 Hydraulic Erosion Control Products
1803 Progress Schedules
3885 Rolled Erosion Control Products
1805 Methods and Equipment
3886 Silt Fence
2031 Field Office and Laboratory
3887 Flotation Silt Curtain
2101 Clearing and Grubbing
3890 Compost
2511 Riprap
3893 Sandbags
2571 Plant Installation and Establishment
3896 Soil and Root Additives
2572 Protection and Restoration of Vegetation
3897 Sediment Control Log
2573 Storm Water Management
3898 Flocculants
2574 Soil Preparation
2575 Establishing Turf and Controlling Erosion
1-2 Chapter 1: Introduction

2017 Edition Inspection & Contract Administration Manual for MnDOT Landscape Projects
Whenever the following abbreviations are used in this Manual, the Specifications, plan or other Contract
documents, they have the following meaning:
ADT Average Daily Traffic

AES Areas of Environmental Sensitivity
ASAE American Society of Agricultural Engineers
BMP Best Management Practice
EAB Emerald Ash Borer
EEO Equal Employment Opportunity
ICAMMLP Inspection & Contract Administration Manual for MnDOT Landscape Projects
ISA International Society of Arboriculture
MCIA Minnesota Crop Improvement Association
MDA Minnesota Department of Agriculture
MN MUTCD Minnesota Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices
MnDOT Minnesota Department of Transportation
MPCA Minnesota Pollution Control Agency
NOT Notice of Termination
NPDES National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System
PEP Plant Establishment Period
PIP Plant Installation Period
RECP Rolled Erosion Control Product
SOP Season of Planting
SWPPP Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan
SWQ Storm Water Quality
TH Trunk Highway
USDA United States Department of Agriculture
Chapter 1: Introduction 1-3

The Role of the Engineer, Inspector, Technical Advisor,

and Contractor
As defined in MnDOT 1103.
The ENGINEER is:
A Department engineer authorized as the Department’s representative responsible for the engineering supervision
of the work and delegated with those duties and authorities defined in the contract.
The INSPECTOR is:

The Engineer’s authorized representative assigned to make detailed inspections of Contract work.
Simply put,
* The Engineer will make decisions regarding all questions.
* The Inspector will be on the job overseeing the work.
The Engineer’s decisions will include:

* If materials furnished and work performed are of acceptable quality. If work progress rates are
acceptable.
* How to interpret the plans and Specifications.
* If any payment adjustments are to be made.
* If Contractor has fulfilled all Contract provisions.
The TECHNICAL ADVISOR’S role is to assist the Engineer and Inspector by:
* Clarifying or interpreting the intent of the plans, Specifications, and Special Provisions.
* Providing recommendations and field assistance as requested.
MnDOT Landscape Architects, Landscape Designers, Foresters, Botanists, etc. act solely as technical
advisors to the Engineer and Inspector. They are not the Engineer’s authorized representatives and will
not provide interpretations or directions to the Contractor. They will forward any questions, along with
their recommendations, to the Engineer.
The CONTRACTOR’S role:

* The Contractor must be familiar with the Project site and the Contract document before
submitting a Proposal, as specified in MnDOT 1205.
* By submitting a proposal and accepting award of the Contract, the Contractor
acknowledges investigating the supply of planting stock, obtaining firm commitments
from suppliers, and assuring delivery of the specified plant stock as required to
complete the Contract.
* The Contractor and the Contractor’s agents will be in possession of all licenses, certificates, labels,
testing documentation, notifications, and other paperwork required during the Contract period.
* The Contractor will ensure that a MnDOT Certified Landscape Specialist is on the Project site at all
times to perform or directly supervise all work performed as part of the Contract.
1-4 Chapter 1: Introduction

Preconstruction Work
Chapter 2: Preconstruction
According to MnDOT Standard Specifications for Construction, Preconstruction Work involves
attending a Preconstruction Conference, mobilization and protecting existing plants. If
Preconstruction documentation is not supplied at the Preconstruction conference, MnDOT will assess
$200.00 per day until acceptable documentation is supplied. (MnDOT 2571.2A.2)
Preconstruction Conference
Overview
The purpose of the Preconstruction Conference is to review general contract requirements,
construction details, the work schedule, work coordination, traffic control provisions, and any items
specific or pertinent to the particular project.
Information
The Project Engineer is responsible for preparing the conference agenda, for conducting the
conference, and for preparing a written report documenting the conference.
The conference is scheduled and coordinated by the Project Engineer.
The attendees should include:
* Project Engineer.
* Project Inspector.
* Project Landscape Architect, Landscape Designer, Forester, or other Technical
Advisor(s).
* Contractor/Subcontractor representatives, including the crew supervisor(s).
* Erosion Control Supervisor.
* Utility Companies.
Optional attendees include:
* Resident Engineer.
* Federal Highway Administration.
* Other governmental units.
* Traffic, Safety, or EEO Offices.
Agenda items may include:
Engineer and Inspector Concerns:
* Type of work.
* Identify MnDOT and Contractor representatives (list phone numbers, etc).
* Distribute Preconstruction packet—includes required report forms, labor provisions,
safety requirements, technical memos, posters, and the traffic control manual.
* Payroll.
* Utility locations and marking.

* Safety and Traffic Control.
* Time and normal working hours.
* Do all parties have copies of the plan documents?
* Substitutions, overruns, underruns, change orders, supplemental agreements, etc.
* Review procedures and methods for performing required work.
* Permit Compliance Review
* Erosion prevention, sediment control and BMP’s
* Does the Contractor have all required equipment? (MnDOT 2571.3A.4)
* Review Project Progress Schedule.
* Required notifications must be in writing. (MnDOT 2571.3A.2) Work performed without
notice is unauthorized.
* 3 day notice prior to plant material delivery.
* 24 hour notice prior to starting or changing operations.
* Work force size, number of crews, qualifications, and experience.
* All crew supervisors must be a MnDOT Certified Landscape Specialist. (MnDOT 2571.3A.1)
* Access, staging, and storage area considerations.
* Review criteria for acceptance of work and payments.
Technical Advisor Concerns:
* Project specific considerations or field problems.
* Clarification of Technical Advisor roles.
* Substitutions.
* Clarify intent of plan, details, SWPPP, MnDOT 2571, and special provisions.
* Standard detail, special provision, or plan modifications.
Contractor Concerns:
* Project site problems and/or conditions that warrant substitutions, relocation, or
deletion.
* Supply required documentation.
Required Documents from the Contractor (MnDOT 2571.2A.2)

* Preliminary MnDOT Certificate of Compliance for Plant Stock, Landscape Materials, and
Equipment—completed and signed. Form available in Appendix B.
* Preliminary Progress Schedule. Sample form available in Appendix B.
2-2 Chapter 2: Preconstruction

Mobilization
The Contractor shall notify the engineer at least 24-hours prior to beginning work.
Mobilization involves the movement of initial planting hole and bed preparation equipment and supplies
to the Project site. This includes herbicide application equipment and supplies, spading equipment, stakes
for plant locations, soil additives, erosion control materials, etc.
Protecting Existing Vegetation

Existing vegetation shall be protected on the Project according to MnDOT 2572. If existing vegetation is
impacted it must be reported to the engineer and watered according to MnDOT 2572.3A.3.
See MnDOT 2572 for required corrective actions.
Some standard protection methods for existing vegetation include, but are not limited to:
* Limit Access Points
* Temporary fencing
* Clean root cutting
* Woodchips placed within the drip line of trees and shrubs
Terrestrial and Aquatic Invasive Species Control,

Prevention and Spread
Existing vegetation, soils and waters shall be protected from terrestrial and aquatic invasive species
introduction and spread according to MnDOT 2575.3J. All materials and equipment used for the project
shall be kept in an invasive species free condition prior to transport onto the project and acceptably
decontaminated prior to movement within the project site. All equipment should be cleaned of invasive
species prior to transport off project limits or onto public roads.
Additional requirements and decontamination protocols can be found within:
Minnesota Department of Agriculture
Minnesota Department of Natural Resources
United States Department of Agriculture
United States Fish and Wildlife Service
United States Army Corps of Engineers
Chapter 2: Preconstruction 2-3

Acceptance of Preconstruction Work

According to MnDOT Standard Specifications for Construction, Preconstruction Work involves attending a
Preconstruction Conference, mobilization and protecting existing plants.
The Engineer will accept Preconstruction Work after the Contractor has attended a Preconstruction
conference, submitted Preconstruction conference documents, secured commitments for materials,
obtained approval of the progress schedule, moved equipment and supplies to the Project site, and
provided protection of existing vegetation.
2-4 Chapter 2: Preconstruction

Preparation of planting holes and beds includes the following activities: mobilization, traffic control,
Chapter 3: Preparation of Planting Holes & Beds

layout and staking of planting beds and isolated plant locations, herbicide application / weed control,
soil cultivation and incorporation of amendments, and temporary erosion control.
Start of Operations
A MnDOT Certified Landscape Specialist must be on site to perform or directly supervise all work on
the project operations.
The Contractor shall notify the Engineer at least 24 hours in advance of beginning planting hole
and bed preparations. The Contractor’s notice must include the Project number, Engineer’s name,
notification date, intended operation(s), intended operation date and duration, estimated start
time, and the location where work will occur. The Contractor shall provide notifications in writing, or
confirmable email or facsimile transmission.
Housekeeping
All excess materials, rocks & debris must be stored in containers and disposed of off-site throughout
the project. All chemicals should be kept covered with secondary containment to guard against spills
that could move off-site. The contractor should develop and submit a spill management and best
management practice (BMP) plan appropriate to all operations.
Traffic Control
The Contractor shall follow MnDOT 1404, the Minnesota Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices
(MN MUTCD) and the current Standard Signs Manual. The MN MUTCD and the Standard Sign Manual
can be found online at:
www.dot.state.mn.us/trafficeng/publ/
Sediment Control
The contractor shall follow MnDOT 1717, and MnDOT 2573. The contractor shall develop a project
engineer approved site management sediment control plan for project equipment and material
stockpile locations, adjacent and downstream inlets, and special water treatment facilities, and any
other area identified by the engineer.
Layout and Staking

MnDOT Designers take the Project site context into account when preparing the landscape plan.
Design objectives include:
* Trees and shrubs, when mature, will not block sight lines at roadway intersections or merge
areas. See Appendix C for sight corner setback guidance.
* Any plant attaining a caliper of 4 inches or greater is outside the safety clear zone. The clear
zone is the estimated stopping distance for vehicles that run off the road pavement. See
Appendix C for clear zone guidance.
* Advertising signs adjacent to the right-of-way remain visible. See Appendix C for guidance.
Plants will be staked as follows:

* Trees with mature height of greater than 25 feet offset a minimum of 35 feet from overhead
power lines.
* Trees and planting beds at least 10 feet up from ditch bottoms.
* Trees and planting beds out of drainage ways or concentrated water flow. Split beds if necessary.
* Vines are planted directly adjacent to fences and walls.
* Clear sight distance of 1200 feet (highway setting) in front of all traffic signs extending 50 feet
behind the signs.
The Contractor is responsible for layout and staking plant and planting bed locations.
The Contractor will:
* Contact “Gopher State One Call” to have all utilities located and marked prior to initial bed and
planting hole preparation (MnDOT 2571.3D.1 & MnDOT 1507).
* Use 2-foot or 4-foot lathe, depending upon the grass height. Stakes must be visible from the
highway and clearly labeled or color coded.
* Stake the exact location of individual trees and mass planting bed perimeters according to the
plan. Specified dimensions will govern over scaled dimensions.
* Notify the Engineer of any conflicts to specified plan layouts, including construction debris, utility
or site conflicts, or if design objectives are not met.
The Engineer will:
* Review and approve all staking prior to any herbicide application or soil cultivation to ensure that
plants are installed in appropriate locations for driver safety, plant health and survival.
* Contact the Technical Advisor if plants are in questionable or problematic locations.
* The Engineer will then determine whether to:
* Relocate plants.
* Reconfigure the planting bed.
* Substitute plants.
* Delete plants.
* Modify soil or drainage characteristics as shown in the plan.
* Stake right-of-way lines and key station points if necessary.
Weed Control and Soil Cultivation

Weed control, soil cultivation, and surface water management operations are conducted, for the most
part, simultaneously.
Step. 1. Mowing
Mow all turf areas to a height of 3 inches and to the dimensions or limits shown in the plan.
3-2 Chapter 3: Preparation of Planting Holes & Beds

Mowing should be done at least a week prior to herbicide application and allowed to re-grow to a
height of 4 inches.
Step 2. Paperwork
At least three days before applying herbicide
submit:
* All labels of intended herbicides.
* A copy of a valid pesticide applicator
license from the Minnesota Department
of Agriculture. The applicator must be
licensed for both A – CORE (using hand or
ground equipment) and J – Right-of-way
use (on roadsides or utility rights-of-way). It is a violation of state law for a commercial
applicator to apply pesticides when not licensed for that specific application type.
Step 3. Spraying
* Apply RoundupTM or equivalent with a 41% active ingredient of gylphosate according to the
manufacturer’s recommendations.
CAUTION: To avoid tank explosions, do not use gylphosate in a galvanized tank.
* In the fall, apply only when vegetation is actively growing or if fall application is not possible apply
in May. Vegetation must be actively growing in order to kill it. The herbicide is ineffective before
spring green-up.
* Apply to dry foliage.
* Do not apply when precipitation is expected before time of rainfastness stated on the product
label. If rain falls prior to rainfastness time stated on product label, re-spray.
* Apply on calm days (wind speeds less than 12 mph,) to prevent the herbicide from drifting to
non-target vegetation.
* Satisfactory kill is usually evident 7 to 14 days after application.
Step 4. Competence Testing

* After the Engineer has approved staking locations, the Contractor shall schedule and perform: a
successful competency test which demonstrates acceptable removal or complete kill of existing
vegetation and acceptable soil cultivation including incorporation of soil additives in one planting
bed area and in one individual tree planting area.
* With approval from the Engineer that the equipment and methods are sufficient to perform the
work, the Contractor may proceed with further cultivation. Work performed otherwise will be
considered unauthorized work.
Step 5. Cultivate
* Cultivate the planting areas to at least 12 inches. The depth is measured from the existing soil
grade elevation.
Chapter 3: Preparation of Planting Holes & Beds 3-3

* Do not cultivate if soil moisture is beyond field capacity. This will compact and damage the soil
structure, making plant growth difficult. Comply with the following field capacity guidelines:
Soil moisture content acceptable Typical wait time required prior to

for proper soil cultivation cultivating soil after saturation
Loam sand 10-15% 1/2 to 1 day
Sandy loam 15-20% 1 to 2 days
Loam 20-25% 2 to 3 days
Silt loam 25-30% 3 to 4 days
Silty clay loam 30-35% 5 to 6 days
Clay 35-40% 6 plus days
Approach and cultivate slopes

approximately parallel with the contours
and perpendicular to the slope fall line
or direction of water flow. This helps
eliminate rutting and soil erosion. On
steep slopes, rubber track-mounted
equipment may be required. Roughen soil
surfaces on slopes leaving tilling ridges
(approximately 3 inches ) for erosion
resistance.
Step 6. Soil Additives

Add specified soil additives and thoroughly incorporate into the cultivated soil. The standard
Compost Grade 2 depth is 4 inches. See page 3-5 and MnDOT 3890 for compost information.
Step 7. Compaction
Use a compaction tester to a minimum depth of 16 inches to ensure that compaction, in
the planting hole and bed areas, does not exceed 200 psi (1400 kPa). If zones of hardpan or
excessively compacted soil exist, the Contractor shall repeat the deep cultivation step or shall
decompact the subsoil in accordance with MnDOT 2105.3.H “Finishing Operations”. This work
shall be provided at no expense to the Department if caused by Contractor operations. If not
specified in the plan or if specified by the Engineer due to preexisting conditions, the Contractor
will be paid for subsoiling as Extra Work.
Continue once the Engineer accepts decompaction operations.

Step 8. Drainage
Ensure adequate drainage in planting hole and bed areas. When Contractor has reason to suspect
a drainage problem, they shall perform a percolation test.
Percolation test: Completely fill a 16 inch deep planting hole with water. Allow water to drain
from the hole. Completely re-fill the hole and measure the time it takes for the water to drain
from the hole.
Rate must be equal or greater than 1/2 inch per hour. If drainage rate is inadequate, the
Contractor shall be responsible for requesting approval from the Engineer to either relocate or
delete affected planting locations or to proceed with Extra Work by using one or a combination of
the Planting Details for Poorly Drained Soils as shown in Standard Planting Details (C).
Step 9. Temporary Erosion Control

Temporary erosion control measures shall be applied in accordance with the NPDES permit time
frames, SWPPP notes, and MnDOT 2575 (Establishing Turf and Controlling Erosion), the plan, and/
or special provisions. Mulch Material Type 6 (wood chip mulch) may be used at a depth of no
more than 1 inch for temporary erosion control in prepared planting bed areas. Additional wood
chips or other drivable mats may be needed temporarily for soil preservation within haul and
staging areas. All exposed or damaged conveyance ditches or other areas of concentrated flow
potential must be stabilized immediately with rolled erosion control products (typically natural
nettings). All other exposed soil areas must be stabilized immediately as per NPDES permit, but
in no case longer than 7 days above wetlands, impaired or special surface waters, and infiltration
water treatment systems with weed free mulches, hydraulic mulches or rolled erosion control
products. Stockpiles may be stabilized with any of the above or anchored plastic sheeting.
Compost (3890)
Compost Grade 2 is incorporated as a planting soil additive to:
* Serve as a low grade, slow-release fertilizer for plant nutrition and a source for increased
microbial activity in the soil.
* Improve water holding capacity in sandy soils.
* Improve aeration and drainage in clay and silt soils by contributing toward a more crumb-like
structure.
* Bind micronutrients in the soil and improve nutrient availability to plants.
* Replace humus in the soil.
* Support sound waste stream management in Minnesota.
The Contractor shall furnish a Certificate of Compliance from the supplier per MnDOT1601, that
documents meeting the (MnDOT 3890.2) acceptable test result protocols, and current printout of listing
on the Approved/Qualified Products List. This list can be found at:
http://www.dot.state.mn.us/products/index.html

If Compost Grade 2 is not from a MnDOT Certified Supplier, it must be tested and test results submitted
to the Engineer prior to delivery to the project. Engineer approval is required in accordance with the
following:
* Prospective compost sources should be indicated to the Engineer, allowing at least 6 weeks prior
to delivery to the Project for testing and approval of the compost. Testing must be conducted by
private testing laboratories. Copies of the test results shall be furnished to the Engineer, who may
consult with the Technical Advisor if questions arise.
* Compost from MnDOT approved sources may be accepted on the basis of a Certificate of
Compliance according to MnDOT 1603. Compost from an approved source does not require
physical laboratory testing prior to delivery to the project. The Engineers’ representative will
perform a visual test for acceptability upon delivery and must meet the following requirements:
Visual Inspection
Upon delivery all compost must be visually inspected regardless of test results or Certificate of
Compliance.
Compost Grade 2 for use as a landscape planting medium shall be humus rich type derived from the
decomposition of leaves and yard wastes and must meet the following requirements:
Acceptable Compost
* The decomposition shall be complete as evidenced by the total breakdown of the raw
ingredients and lack of odor or heat generation.
* The compost shall bear no pathogenic bacteria or weed seed and shall be free of stones, sand,
glass, and other extraneous matter and less than 3% plastic bag pieces.
* Compost shall be registered for sale with the Minnesota Department of Agriculture and the
material shall meet the Minnesota Pollution Control Agency requirements for allowable levels for
contaminants.
* Texture shall be dry and crumbly similar to shredded peat or pulverized topsoil.
* Compost Grade 2 does not permit the use of animal and poultry manure or municipal solid waste
and sludge in the composting process.
* Minimum 35% moisture content when a handful of compost is squeezed the ball should stay
together.
* Compost should have no recognizable leaves or pines cones.
* Compost should pass both the ammonia & CO2 tests of the Solvita test (MnDOT 3890.2).
Unacceptable Compost
* Slimy texture – compost should be relatively dry and crumbly with a dark brown color.
* Odor – compost may have an earthy smell but it should not have any noticeable rank, rotten egg,
ammonia, or foul order.
* Weeds and weed seed - compost should not have weeds sprouting from the pile or weed seeds
present in the material.

* Heat generation - steam should not be rising from the compost pile and the compost
temperature should be close to ambient (surrounding) temperature. Take the insulating and heat
absorbing characteristics of a compost pile into consideration but note that if you stick your hand
deep into the pile and notice the material is uncomfortably warm or hot to the touch - reject it. It
is important to wear gloves to test compost in this manner due to possible contaminants.
* Excess particulates - compost should not have particulate matter such as stone, glass, and
plastic of a size that would not pass through a 3/4 inch sieve in the screening process unless
coarse compost is specified.
The MnDOT Certified Compost Suppliers list is regularly updated. The most current list is at:
http://www.dot.state.mn.us/products/index.html
Compost Grade 2 must meet the following test results:
Requirement Range
Organic Matter Content ≥ 30%
C/N Ratio 6:1 - 20:1
pH 5.5 - 8.5
Moisture Content 35% - 55%
700 lb per cu. yd - 1,600 lb per cu. yd
Bulk Density
[415 kg per cu. m - 890 kg per cu. m]
Inert Material a < 3% at 0.15 in [4mm]
Soluble Salts ≤ 10 mmho per cm
Germination Test ¥ 80% - 100%
Screened Particle Size ≤ ¾ in [19mm]
a
Includes plastic bag shreds.
¥ Germination test must list the species of Cress or lettuce seed used.
Additional Soil Additives

Other types of fertilizer or soil additives are typically not required. In some cases the following soil
additives may be specified or used as determined by the Contractor and approved by the Engineer on the
basis of soil test analysis to help assure successful plant establishment. Soil additives shall be thoroughly
mixed with the in place soil by cultivating during planting hole and bed cultivation.
* Topsoil Material specifications differ in the intended function, and as identified in the plan
(MnDOT 3877.2).
A. Common Topsoil Borrow for general use as turf growing media, soil repairs
B. Loam Topsoil Borrow for landscape beds and raised medians.
C. Sandy Clay Loam Topsoil Borrow for structural slope reinforcement, turf reinforcement
mats.

D. Rooting Topsoil Borrow for infiltration ponds, deep rooting plants and water filtration.
E. Boulevard Topsoil Borrow for structural support and plant rooting where compaction
could occur.
F. Filter Topsoil Borrow for water quality treatment filtration systems.
G. Organic Topsoil Borrow for slope repairs or to enhance existing damaged soils.
* Iron sulphate and ammonium sulphate (MnDOT 3896) incorporated into the in place soil
neutralizes soil alkalinity (lower soil pH) and raise soil nitrate levels.
* Fertilizer (MnDOT 3881) improves soil fertility and availability of nutrients needed for plant vigor.
When fertilizer is used for seeding operations, fertilizer application and other soil amendments
must be uniformly applied and incorporated followed by the seeding operation, no later than 48
hours after application of fertilizer and or soil amendments (MnDOT 2574.3.D).
* Agricultural lime (MnDOT 3879) incorporated into the in place soil neutralizes soil acidity (raise
soil pH).
* Peat moss (by special provision) as organic matter incorporated into the in place soil improves soil
structural properties when soil fertility is sufficient and to lower pH. Locally available peat moss is
preferred.
* Activated charcoal (MnDOT 3896.2E) incorporated into the in place soil neutralizes or deactivates
residual organic pesticide, petroleum, or chemical contamination within the soil.
* “Biochar” (by Special Provision) enhances soil function by increasing abstraction and retention of
nutrients and is obtained from the carbonization of woody biomass. Biochar also has appreciable
carbon sequestration value.
* Hydrophilic polymers (MnDOT 3896.2B) incorporated into the in place soil modifies the physical
characteristics of poor soils by balancing or managing water and oxygen in the soil.
* Biological soil, root hormones, and inoculants are used to modify the biological characteristics
of poor soils by balancing or managing the rhizosphere. Apply based on information provided
by product label and manufacturer’s recommendation or as called for in the plan or Special
Provisions.
* Compost Tea (MnDOT 3896.2G) stimulates nutrient exchange, availability, balances the soil
rhizosphere rooting, and controls disease depending on composition of the brew.
Engineered and Structural Soils

Engineered and/or structural soils may be included in the project. The following is a broad overview of
each soil. Refer to the plan for specific details.
Engineered Soils
Engineered soils are typically blends of two or three MnDOT specified materials to create and enhance
certain physical, chemical and biological characteristics to facilitate amphibian and reptile nesting
requirements, maximize vegetative rooting, storm water infiltration and partial retention, heavy
metal trapping, nutrient capture, and/or other chemical transformation and sequestration. The

common materials of topsoil (MnDOT 3877), sand (MnDOT 3149) and compost (MnDOT 3890) are
typically blended by volume in different ratios, depending on goals of the design and environmental
commitments. The following table provides examples of blended engineered soils:
% Topsoil % sand % Compost Intended

BioSlopes, bioswales, rooting
Organic Topsoil Borrow 50 0 50
soils
Boulevard Topsoil
33 33 33 Median planters
Borrow
Rooting Topsoil Borrow 20 60 20 Infiltration swales and ponds
Moderate flow sand filter rain

Filter Topsil Borrow 0 80 20
garden
Lightweight media for steep
Compost Grade 2 0 0 100 slopes, slope repair, erosion
control, and turf growth
Structural Soils
Structural soils are engineered soils with specific axle load bearing properties of pavements that can
be vegetated or otherwise rooted. There are many engineered structural soil systems, and range from
angular aggregate to aggregate interconnections to plastic bridging, geogrids and cellular confinement
frictional systems. It is possible to pave structural soil surfaces. All structural soils have two things in
common:
(1) the ability to limit and control compaction;
(2) allow nutrients, air and water movement in the profile.
These abilities allow trees and shrubs to be planted in compromised locations including roads, medians,
parking lots, and sidewalks typical to urban environments.
Examples of structural soils and systems include Comel University (CU) Structural SoilTM (CU-SoilTM),
Amsterdam soils, Stockholm soils, suspended pavements, structural cells, vaults and pits, and pervious
pavement systems.

Equipment
The Contractor will use a spading machine to prepare planting holes and beds. Other equipment may be
used for purposes other than bed and planting hole preparation. The following are tables of equipment,
their function, and their approximate maximum soil-loosening depth capability.
Approx
Equipment Function Max. Image
Depth
Acceptable Equipment for Planting Hole and Bed Preparation
Spading * Uniformly loosens soil and mixes 12 inches
Machine amendments.
* Has adjustable depth ranges.
* Leaves no hardpan.
* Suggested speed (.3-2 mph) to
ensure adequate depth.
* Available in variable widths.
* Horsepower needed 10-23 hp per
foot equipment width
Acceptable Equipment for Work Other than Planting Hole and Bed Preparation
U-Blade * Lifts and turns. 20 inches
* Unearths buried debris.
* Smears soil, hardpan is possible.
* Decompaction.
Chisel Plow * Tines loosen soil, but do not 18 inches
thoroughly incorporate amendments.
Best if soils have been previously
loosened or recently placed.
* Leaves vegetation residue, which
reduces chances for erosion.
* A 3-chisel version on a 3-point hitch
is best for roadside work.
* Suggested speed 5-6 mph.
Disc
* Breaks the surface crust. 4-8 inches
* Available in variable widths.
* 18-24 inch coulters.

Approx
Equipment Function Max. Image
Depth
Paraplow 14 inches +
* Fractures soil with little noticeable
disturbance, but does not thoroughly
incorporate amendments. Single
bottom versions work well on
roadsides.
Harrow Surface
* Used for broadcast seeding.
contact
* Drags over the soil surface to
improve seed/soil contact.
* Enhances seed/sod bed preparation
as it aids in clod dispersal.
* Horsepower needed 2 hp per foot
equipment width
Clod Buster 2 inches

* Follows first loosening and further
loosens soil.
* May need multiple passes.
equipment width
Ripper / Sub- 20-30 inches

soiler * Decompacts soil.
deep,
* Works well in extremely compacted
12-36 inches
soil where a chisel plow, paraplow,
apart
or field cultivator won’t work.
* When excavator-mounted,
articulating arm allows for flexibility
(digging around utilities).
* Horsepower needed 40 hp/shank.

Approx
Equipment Function Image
Max. Depth
Dimpled Surface
Roller
* Creates dimples as it harrows (gently contact
packs soil). Dimples aid in water
retention.
* Improves seed/soil contact.
* Smooth rollers are not acceptable.
equipment width
Unacceptable Equipment
Agricultural 8-12 inches

Rototiller or * Breaks the surface. Possible to reach
Rotovator 12 inches if “bearing down”.
* Hydraulic is the most powerful.
* Depth is a function of the tine
length.
* Tine angle influences compaction.
A 90-degree tine angle is not
acceptable.
* Horsepower needed 8-10 hp per foot
equipment width
Conventional 6-8 inches

Rototiller * Requires multiple steps – remove
several inches of soil, incorporate
some amendments, then replace soil
and add remaining amendments.
* Actual incorporation depth is 2
inches less than the tine length.
* May cause soil compaction.

Equipment Function Approx Image

Max. Depth
Moldboard * Turns and flips soil. Forms a hardpan 16-24 inches
Plow layer.
* Is a negative carbon builder.
* Can lead to anaerobic soil conditions
* Does not mix soil.
* Horsepower needed 16-20 hp/
bottom.
* Suggested speed 3.5 to 4 mph.
Storm Water Pollution Prevention Implementation

This work consists of managing storm water runoff and protecting related water discharges in order
to minimize sediment pollution during the life of the Contract as set forth in the National Pollution
Discharge Elimination System (NPDES) permit and Storm Water Pollution Prevention plan (SWPPP)
documentation in the plan. This work includes furnishing, installing, utilizing, maintaining and removal
of erosion and sediment control measures required in the NPDES Permit, as called for in the plan, the
Standard Specifications, (MnDOT 1717, MnDOT 2573, MnDOT 2574, and MnDOT 2575), by the Engineer,
or as agreed upon for specific site concerns.
NPDES Permit and SWPPP: The law requires that the Contractor obtain, prior to starting work, an NPDES
Permit (Appendix B-25) when Owners and operators of construction activities are disturbing:
* One acre or more of soil.
* Less than one acre of soil if that activity is part of a larger common plan of development or that is
greater than one acre.
* Less than one acre of soil, but the Minnesota Pollution Control Agency determines that the
activity poses a risk to water resources.
As a part of the NPDES Permit, the Owner must develop a SWPPP that defines measures to be taken to
protect Waters of the State. The Contractor must fulfill the requirements set forth in the NPDES Permit
by following and amending the SWPPP. MnDOT and the Contractor are Co-Permittees in landscape
projects.
The Technical Advisor/Designer prepares the SWPPP, describing the erosion control devices/methods for
each specific Contract by designating them in the plan details, SWPPP notes, special provisions or directly
on specific pages of the plan. The Contractor and the Engineer may also determine the need, in the field,
upon review, for erosion control devices that may not have been adequately designed. When changes
become necessary, due to weather, field conditions, or BMP’s not performing as intended, they must be
documented as amendments to the SWPPP.
Erosion control devices/methods to be used are determined by considering soil types, depth to
groundwater, movement and flow design, soil stability, slope, proximity to Waters of the State and/or
special and impaired waters, and any other site conditions or design characteristics that may contribute
to effective storm water management.

Quality Control (1717.2B)

The Contractor shall maintain and implement a quality control program for erosion prevention and
sediment control that includes understanding and following the permit requirements related to each
work activity, conducting appropriate inspections for best management practices performance and
functionality in a written format, and incorporates erosion prevention, sediment control and good
housekeeping practices in a timely manner. When temporary devices are no longer needed due to
restoration of vegetative covers, sediment control devices are appropriately removed.
Erosion and Sediment Control Schedule (1717.2C)

In order to deliver a quality control program, the Contractor shall prepare and submit a weekly schedule
of proposed erosion and sediment control activities, findings, recommendations and corrective actions
taken to prevent sediment discharges, areas ready for permanent restoration or establishment. In
addition, work that goes through winter must incorporate erosion prevention, sediment control and good
housekeeping during work suspension.
Site Management Plans (1717.2D)

The Engineer may require the Contractor to submit a site management plan detailing proposed erosion
control and sediment control measures and a schedule indicating starting and completion times for
construction operations working in water bodies and/or in direct proximity to waters of the state.
Contractor shall not start work in the affected areas until the schedule and site plan have been accepted
by the Engineer.
Erosion Control Supervisor (2573.3A.1)

The Erosion Control Supervisor shall be a responsible employee of the prime Contractor and/or duly
authorized by the prime Contractor to represent the prime Contractor on all matters pertaining to
the NPDES Permit compliance. The Erosion Control Supervisor shall have a valid Construction Site
NPDES Permit Management certification obtained from the University of Minnesota or other approved
organization. The Erosion Control Supervisor shall have authority over all Contractor operations which
influence NPDES Permit compliance including grading, excavation, clearing/grubbing, landscaping, and
any other operation that increases the erosion potential on the Project. The Contractor shall schedule
and conduct construction activities in a manner that will minimize soil erosion and the resulting siltation
and turbidity of surface waters. The Contractor shall comply by the requirements herein regardless of
whether or not an NPDES Permit for the work is required. In addition, the Erosion Control Supervisor
shall implement the Contractor’s quality control program, as described above, and other provisions in
accordance with MnDOT 1717 and be available to be on the Project within 24 hours at all times from
initial disturbance to final stabilization and perform the duties listed in MnDOT 2573.3A.1.
Workmanship and Quality Control

If the Contractor or subcontractor(s) fails to provide the required Certified Installer(s) as per MnDOT
2573.3A.2, the Erosion Control Supervisor shall notify the Engineer. If either the Erosion Control
Supervisor or the Engineer determines that one or more required certified installers have not been

provided, the Contractor shall respond to the Engineer’s notification within 2 days with the appropriately
certified or provisionally certified person(s).
Workmanship Rework Schedule

Performance of the work shall be controlled by the Contractor so that the materials installed and the
workmanship practices are of good quality and functioning as required. When the quality falls below
the threshold level defined in Tables 2573-1 and 2575-4, the Contractor shall take immediate action to
correct the situation and prevent it from recurring. As indicated in the table, the Contractor shall correct
unacceptable workmanship to qualify for payment. Incidental items related to other work shown in the
plans unacceptably performed will be required to be removed and replaced as per MnDOT 1512.1 and
MnDOT 1512.3.
Critical Resources
All Waters of the State must be protected, but additional measures must be taken to protect critical
resources. Critical resources include but are not limited to, protected wetlands, surface waters, trout
streams, Special Waters, impaired waters, rivers, and endangered species habitat. Special Waters are
referenced in the NPDES Permit and on the MPCA web site:
http://www.pca.state.mn.us/water/stormwater/stormwater-c.html
Measures for protection of critical resources may include hand clearing and grubbing, prevention of turf
damage, very limited duration for exposed soil, and immediate final re-establishment of turf. The plan or
Special Provisions will call for these measures where necessary.
Storm Water Management Issues for Landscape

Operations
Access
Contractor, Engineer, and Technical Advisor will work together to determine where access to the site will
create the least damage to established cover or water conveyance systems. The Contractor will avoid
creating ruts, driving in ditch bottoms, pond bottoms, or pond corners.
Exposed Soil
All exposed soil due to landscape operations with a continuous positive slope within 200 feet of surface
waters, including pond sides, slopes, curb and gutter systems, storm sewer inlets, drainage ditches or
other storm water conveyance shall have temporary erosion protection (MnDOT 2575.3M) or permanent
cover (MnDOT 2575.3A) for the exposed soil areas within the following time frames.

Type of Slope Time*
Steeper than 1 vertical : 3 horizontal 14 days
Between 1:3 and 1:10 14 days
Flatter than 1 vertical : 10 horizontal 14 days
Type of exposed soils with sheet

Adjacent Resource Timeframe
flow**
All Impaired Water 7 days
All Special Water 7 days
All Wetland 24 hours

Areas of Environmental
All 24 hours
Sensitivity (AES)
Infiltration Storm Water Quality
All 24 hours
(SWQ) Facility
All Not as above 14 days
Type of Ditch Time*

Last 200 feet from discharge off
Any *** 24 hours
project limits
Last 200 feet from discharge to SWQ ponds, treatment systems,

24 hours
outlet of right of way infiltration/filtration systems
Remaining portion of ditch AES, Wetlands, Special/Impaired

7 days
conveyance Waters
Remaining portion of ditch
Other than above types 14 days
conveyance
Culvert outfall end treatment Any 24 hours
*The maximum time an area can remain un-worked by the Contractor without temporary or
permanent erosion control measures implemented.
** Includes topsoil borrows, and compost stockpiles
*** Includes curb and gutters

Ditches and Conveyance Systems

All damaged or rutted ditch or culvert end scour controls must be repaired and restored within 24 hours
of exposure.
Bioengineering
The Technical Advisor may choose to include bioengineering in the plan for stabilization in erosion prone
areas adjacent to rivers, lakes, streams and other waters of the state. This may include brush layering,
live stakes, willow wattles, etc.. For Bioengineering standard detail plans, choose Standard Plan Number
(PDF) 5-297.407 on the following web site (in search box type “407”):
http://standardplans.dot.state.mn.us/stdplan.aspx
Soil Compaction
Post-construction soil is often compacted. If compaction is greater than 200 psi (1400 kPa), percolation
rates will be affected and moisture will not be absorbed. This can cause erosion issues and is negative to
plant health. Subsoiling/ripping is the best method to correct compacted soils (MnDOT 2574.3A.5).
Perimeter Control
The Contractor must keep sediment from moving off the right-of-way, onto paved surfaces, or into
Waters of the State or their conveyances. These perimeter control measures must be installed prior to
or concurrent with land disturbance activities. Landscape projects may need down gradient perimeter
control installed prior to land disturbance activities. This may include compost logs, wood fiber logs,
mulch berms or other BMP’s.
Rapid Stabilization (2575.3M)

To prevent off site sedimentation and/or to comply with permit requirements, when field conditions
create urgent need to protect public safety and Waters of the State, the Contractor shall use effective
erosion control devices to rapidly stabilize critical areas within 200 feet of Surface Waters. Examples
include quick cover seed with a soil cover like hydro or straw mulch and/or erosion control blankets.
Examples of Materials for Rapid Stabilization is in Table 2575-3 “Rapid Stabilization” of the MnDOT
Standard Specification for Construction.
Vehicle Tracking
The Contractor shall minimize vehicle tracking of sediment or soil onto paved surfaces at all exit
locations. BMP’s may include MnDOT 3882, Type 5 Mulch and/or geotextile mats, as well as plywood
and other driveable mats. Under certain circumstances, a pressure washer may be required capable of
washing the tires prior to entry on paved roads or to prevent the spread of invasive species. Tracked
sediment must be removed from paved surfaces within 24 hours of discovery using appropriate dust
controlled hand or mechanical sweeping methods.

Chemical Management
The Contractor must have a spill kit and appropriate secondary containment systems on site at all times
as well as a plan for spill management and proper disposals for chemicals such as oil, fuel, fertilizer, etc.
All chemicals must be stored under a cover that prevents exposure to stormwater.
Restoration
The Contractor is responsible for restoring the site, over the life of the Contract, to pre-existing
conditions with regard to level of compaction, permanent vegetative cover and stabilization of discharge
to surface water. This includes sod, roadside turf grass, forbs and native plantings plant communities.
Erosion Control Devices/Methods

Subsoiling/Ripping
Subsoiling is a tool for erosion control that will reduce
soil compaction allowing for better percolation rates in
compacted soil (MnDOT 2574.3A.5). Subsoiled areas shall
be loosened to less than 200 psi to a depth of 20 inches
of the inplace soil. When directed by the Engineer, the
Contractor shall verify that the subsoiling work conforms to
the specified depth. To test for conformance, the Contractor
shall use a cone penetrometer that meets standard ASAE
Soil Testing Specifications of a 13/16 inch insertion rate per
second.
Channels shall be created by a commercially available, multi-
shanked, parallelogram implement attached to track-type
equipment capable of exerting a penetration force necessary
for the site. No disc cultivators, chisel plows, or spring-loaded
equipment will be allowed. The grid channels shall be spaced a minimum of 12 inches to a maximum of
36 inches apart, depending on equipment, site conditions, and the plan. The channel depth shall be a
minimum of 20 inches or as specified in the plan. If soils are saturated, Contractor shall delay operations
until the soil dries to field capacity or less.
Seeding
Temporary, restorative and/or permanent seeding may be called for in the Contract. Seed requirements
are defined in MnDOT 3876 “Seed”. Preparation, installation and maintenance for seeding are defined
in MnDOT 2574.3. MnDOT 3882 Type 3 (certified weed free) mulch shall be disc anchored for all seeding
types. There are several other acceptable choices for temporary soil stabilization including hydraulically
applied mulches and rolled erosion control blankets. Disturbed areas may not remain open longer than
allowable based on the time table provided in the Exposed Soil heading of this section.
Seed mixture 22-111 shall be used when Temporary Stabilization Seeding or MnDOT 2575.3M “Rapid
Stabilization” Methods 1 through 4 is specified or ordered by the engineer. Depending on location

and time of year, alternative temporary seed mixtures may be proposed if documented in writing and
approved by the project engineer.
When turf is disturbed by the Contractor operations, restorative seeding is required. Seeding mixture
shall be the same as pre-existing turf unless otherwise specified. Seed mixtures for permanent and
restorative seeding will be as specified in the plan, Special Provisions or as directed by the Engineer.
Acceptance of seeded areas desired by the Engineer will not be made until it is evident that the seed
has germinated and 70% or more perennial cover is established. In the event of seeding failures, the
Contractor will be required to correct and reseed such areas at no expense to the Department until it is
acceptable.
Soil Stabilization / Erosion Prevention (2575.3)

Applying Mulch (MnDOT 2575.3C)
Temporary soil stabilization methods
may be used as an erosion control
method when provisions for rapid
stabilization (critical areas within 200
feet of surface waters) do not apply.
Various soil stabilization practices
differ in shear performance, longevity,
soil type and slope gradient. In areas
where temporary mulch is placed,
the Contractor shall shape the area,
loosen the soil as necessary, mulch Special Sod Placement Techniques: Overlapping Sod
and anchor the mulch. This method
will most often be used for larger
areas that have been tilled and will be left open longer
than allowable based on the erosion control
time table provided in the Exposed Soil
heading of this section. Blanket stabilization
practices will be required in ditches and slopes steeper
than 3:1. Reinforced Fiber Matrix hydraulic mulches
can be used on all soil types (without concentrated
flows) up to 1:1 slope steepness. Type 5 Mulch
(MnDOT 3882.2E) can be used for stabilization and
traction for accessing slopes or as an access pad for site
access as it is biodegradable and, as such, will not need
to be removed but will need to be incorporated. Standard 6.5ft Blanket Stapling Pattern:
Slopes flatter than 1:2 (1.2 Staples per Sq, Yd)
Sod (3878)
There are four types of sod; lawn, salt tolerant,
mineral and native. The appropriate sod must meet MnDOT 3878.2 with regard to type, texture, and

installation. Installation of sod may require shingling, pinning, and netting as per MnDOT 2575.3F
on steep slopes and ditches. Sodding will most often be used to replace existing sod or to restore
established turf damaged by Contractor operations in ditches or other flow areas, especially urban areas.
Typical locations for sod are within urban and residential edge areas. Note that sod must be maintained
until rooted back into the soil profile, typically 30 days under a watering system.
Hydraulic Erosion Control Products (3884)

Hydraulic erosion control products are designed to control erosion and aid germination until vegetation
is established. They are available in many formulations and varying by task, length of service and slope
steepness. A listing of the various types can be found within MnDOT 3884 and application requirements
within MnDOT 2575.3E.
All hydraulic mulches are defined as weed-free and may last for as little as three rain events and up to
nine months. Restorations performed during spring season (ending as June 15) may be successful using
various soil tackifiers, hydraulic compost matrix, and Hydraulic mulch. For any other time of year, and
especially over winter, use Bonded Fiber Matrix or Reinforced Fiber Matrix hydraulic mulches (longest
lasting and strongly recommended).
Rolled Erosion Control Products (3885)

Common rolled erosion control products are a biodegradable product designed to reduce erosion until
vegetation is established. They are available in increasing performance categories based on service life
and slope or ditch steepness. Rolled Erosion Control Products (RECP) are suitable for site conditions
with slopes less than or equal to 0.5:1 and shears less than 10 pounds per square foot (long term, non-
degradable). In order to perform to manufacturers specifications, RECP must be properly installed, per
the requirements of MnDOT 2575.3G. “Rolled Erosion Control Products” Table 3885-1 defines RECP
categories. These products can be used to temporarily stabilize tilled beds, rut repairs, stockpile locations,
and aid in turf establishment or restoration in combination with seeding. If nothing is specified in the
plan, a common RECP for typical restoration activities is Category 3. All erosion control blanket must be
natural net/stitching to prevent mower damage and critter catching.
Sediment Control Log (3897)

A Sediment Control Log is intended to filter stormwater and retain the collected sediments during short
term land disturbance activities. It can be re-mobilized multiple times based on activity. A Sediment
Control Log is effective for plant bed perimeter, stockpile perimeter, ditch or gutter filter check, urban
edges and down gradient exit checks. There are several types of Sediment Control Log (MnDOT 3897)
filter media from straw, wood fiber, wood chips, compost and or rock. Installation descriptions can be
found in MnDOT 2573.3F, but use common sense during installation to maximize performance flexibility
and reuse. Typical Sediment Control Logs used for landscape operations are logs composed of wood chips
or compost. Except for those used in mow areas, the logs are allowed to remain in place.

Example Use of Sediment Control Logs
Storm Drain Inlet Protection (2573.3M)

The Contractor must protect storm drain inlets from soil disturbing activities that would result in
sediment laden storm water runoff entering the inlet storm drain. Inlet protection applies to manholes,
catch basins, curb inlets and other drop type inlets. MnDOT no longer specifies the material, only the
process as per MnDOT 2573.3M. Typical inlet defense measures vary by location and function. Typical
field inlets maybe defended with Sediment Control
Logs in a ring configuration to geotextile diaper-
like bag insert with emergency overflows (prevent
flooding). In urban areas with the potential for
flooding and road safety, typical inlet defense is
a diaper-like bag insert with curb box backer with
emergency overflow ports. Except for single day
use of material hauling, no inlet defense shall
consist of a geotextile fabric held in place by the
grate. Devices must be regularly cleaned out and
sediment removed from the site or re-incorporated
into exposed soils ready for stabilization. Erosion
control practices may include filter logs directly above
curbs adjacent to planting beds or at bottom edges of
beds on steep slopes. Inlets must be protected from all
land disturbance activities for the life of the Contract. If sediment leaves the site,
the Contractor shall retrieve and restore off site area at no cost to the Department.

Silt Fence
Due to issues of safety, over winter, and of timely removals of the geotextile and stakes, it is no longer
recommended to use silt fence for landscape projects. Use Sediment Control Logs as described above (filter
media of wood chips or compost). The exception to this is when working above surface waters on slopes
steeper than 2:1 where turbidity barrier, superduty (water-filled barrier style) silt fence and silt curtain may
be specified.
Ditch Check
Ditch checks are now specified as Sediment Control Log (MnDOT 3897). If landscaping operations result in a
stabilized ditch being opened and exposed/damaged, ditch checks shall be used in combination with rolled
erosion control products or vegetated buffers to slow water velocity and temporarily contain sediment within
ditch bottom until ditch has been permanently stabilized with 70% or more perennial cover.
Flotation Silt Curtain (MnDOT 3887)

Flotation silt curtain is an impermeable barrier used to isolate the work area while working in, or adjacent
to, surface waters. It is for short-term activities of shore or bank landscaping (live stakes and riprap) used for
containing suspended sediment and allow resettling prior to removal of flotation silt curtain. It may also be
specified as a form of perimeter control where rapid changes in water elevation would inundate standard
perimeter controls in storm water treatment systems, wetlands and rivers. Speed of work (lowers risk of
sediment discharge) is the best BMP for working near waters. Another solution for water edge work and
wave reduction is a branch energy wall composed of stacked branches held between two lines of tethered
stakes (brush mattress wall). Install Flotation Silt Curtain per MnDOT 2573.31.
Maintaining Erosion Control Devices

The Contractor and the Erosion Control Supervisor are responsible for maintaining quality control on all
work performed. When erosion or sediment control devices are installed, the work must be supervised by a
Certified Installer.
The Contractor shall remove sediment observed on pavements, within inlets, against perimeter controls
and in sediment traps. Typically this work must be performed within 24 hours of discovery or when site
conditions allow access. The contractor shall re-install erosion prevention practices within 24 hours of
observed failures, or not performing as intended. Maintenance of the BMPs is typically part of the original
cost of the BMP.
If the Engineer determines that the Contractor has not followed adequate erosion control practices that
results in sedimentation outside the right-of-way, the Contractor shall retrieve all sediment that has left
the right-of-way and restore the property to preexisting condition, to the fullest extent possible, at the
Contractor’s expense. This must occur within 7 days of discovery and may require additional regulatory
permits.
Removal of Erosion Control Devices

The Contractor shall remove all sediment control devices upon completion of the Contract work unless
otherwise specified in the Contract or directed by the Engineer. All removed materials become the property

of the Contractor. Sediment control devices that are biodegradable will not need to be removed as long as
they do not create a mowing problem.
Notice of Termination (NOT)

NPDES General Stormwater Permit for Construction Activity Notice of Termination form (sample in Appendix
B) must be completed by both Owners and submitted to MPCA at the end of the Plant Establishment Period.
Payment
Erosion control measures are called for in the plan and/or in the special provisions both as incidental work
and with pay items based on the extent of expected need for erosion control measures.
Additional Storm Water Management Tools and Info

See Standard Plans 5-297.404, 5-297.405, 5-297.406, 5-297.407, 5-297.408 at
http://standardplans.dot.state.mn.us/stdplan.aspx
See MnDOT’s Standard Specifications for Construction
1601 Source of Supply And Quality 3733 Geotextiles

1701 Laws To Be Observed 3874 Filter Berm
1710 Traffic Control Devices 3876 Seed
1716 Contractor’s Responsibility For Work 3877 Topsoil Material
1717 Air, Land, and Water Pollution 3878 Sod
1803 Progress Schedules 3879 Agricultural Lime
2101 Clearing and Grubbing 3881 Fertilizer
2105 Excavation and Embankment 3882 Mulch Material
2123 Equipment Rental 3884 Hydraulic Erosion Control Products
2511 Riprap 3885 Rolled Erosion Control Products
2571 Plant Installation and Establishment 3886 Silt Fence
2572 Protection and Restoration of Vegetation 3887 Flotation Silt Curtain
2573 Storm Water Management 3890 Compost
2574 Soil Preparation 3893 Sandbags
2575 Establishing Turf and Controlling Erosion 3896 Soil & Root Additives
2577 Soil Bioengineered Systems 3897 Sediment Control Logs
3149 Granular Material 3898 Flocculants
3601 Riprap Material

Acceptance of Planting Bed and Hole Preparation

The Engineer will accept preparations of planting holes and beds, after the Contractor has successfully
staked, and completed initial weed control, soil cultivation and storm water management and erosion
prevention operations.

Initial planting operations include activities such as: traffic control, providing required plant stock,
Chapter 4: Initial Planting Operations

materials and equipment, digging planting holes, installing plants, additives, initial watering, placing
mulch, protecting plants, clean up and restoration, and temporary erosion control. The Plant
Installation Period (PIP) is defined in the Special Provisions.
Start of Operations
The Contractor shall not start planting operations or delivery of planting stock to the Project until the
weather and soil conditions are suitable for such work and are in accordance with the dates shown
in the Special Provisions and Standard Planting Detail Sheets. A MnDOT Certified Landscape Specialist
must be on site to perform or directly supervise all planting operations. In addition to documentation
requirements, the Contractor must obtain Engineer approval of plant stock. Work performed
otherwise will be considered unauthorized work.
The Contractor shall notify the Engineer at least 3 days prior to the planned delivery date of planting
stock and replacement planting stock to the Project site to allow for inspection scheduling.
The Contractor shall notify the Engineer at least 24 hours in advance of beginning and of changing
plant installation operations.
The Contractor’s notices must include the Project number, Engineer’s name, notification date,
intended operation(s), intended operation date and duration, estimated start time, and the location
where work will occur. The Contractor shall provide the notifications in writing, a confirmable email,
or a facsimile transmission.
Housekeeping
All excess materials, rocks, and debris must be stored in containers and disposed of off-site
throughout the project.
Traffic Control
The Contractor shall follow the MnDOT 1404, the Minnesota Manual on Uniform Traffic Control
Devices (MN MUTCD), and the current Standard Signs Manual regarding all traffic control on the
Project. The MN MUTCD Standard Sign Manual can be found online at
http://www.dot.state.mn.us/trafficeng/publ/mutcd/index.html
Plant Stock Documentation

Specified plant species must be furnished in the variety, grade, and size or age indicated in the plan.
By submitting a proposal and accepting award of the contract in accordance with MnDOT 1205,
“Examination of Proposal Package and Site of Work,” the Contractor assures familiarity with the
project site and contract documents, commitments from suppliers, and delivery of the plant stock
and materials required to complete the contract (MnDOT 2571.2A.1).
At least 1 week prior to plant stock delivery to the project, the Contractor will provide the Engineer with
the following
1) A copy of a valid nursery stock, dealer or grower certificate, registered with the Minnesota
Department of Agriculture (MDA), a current nursery certificate or license from a state or
provincial Department of Agriculture for each plant stock supplier, or both.
A Contractor or Supplier operating without a current Nursery Stock Dealer or Grower’s Certificate
is in violation of State law and MnDOT exposes itself to liability and punitive action by permitting
them to perform work.
2) An updated MnDOT Certificate of Compliance (Appendix B; page B-19)
A document required to determine if the plant is in compliance with MnDOT Specifications.
Uncertified plants will not be accepted.
Substitutions
The Contractor must make every reasonable effort to obtain the specified plants. If
the Contractor is unable to locate plants, written documentation must be supplied to
the Engineer that plants are unavailable. The Contractor must submit a list of possible
substitutions for approval. The Engineer will then work with the Technical Advisor to
determine if the substitution is acceptable. They may accept the substitute or request
a different substitution. This retains design intent and provides fairness to unsuccessful
bidders who may have added extra costs for materials that are more expensive due to
limited availability. (See MnDOT 2571.2A.3)
3) Out-of-State Nursery Vendors
If plant material is shipped from out-of-state nursery vendors that are subject to quarantines
(including but not limited to emerald ash borer and gypsy moth), it must be accompanied
by current documentation certifying that all plants shipped are free from regulated pests. To
determine if Minnesota vendors are subject to quarantines, call the MDA Supervisor of Nursery
Inspection and Export Certification at (651) 201-6388.
Upon delivery of plant stock and materials to the project, the contractor will provide the Engineer with
the following:
• Bills of lading or shipping documents for plant stock and landscape materials delivered to
the project, and
* An updated Certificate of Compliance, if necessary, signed by the Contractor’s authorized
representative to reflect deviations from the original Certificate of Compliance
documentation submitted at or before the preconstruction conference.
Plant Stock Delivery and Storage

If all the plant stock documentation is acceptable, examine the plant stock for proper storage, transport,
and handling in the truck before it is unloaded. Plant stock must arrive in good condition. Although a
Contractor may be capable of bringing unhealthy, undersized, poorly formed, or otherwise substandard
plants into compliance by the end of the Plant Establishment Period (PEP), these plants must be rejected
and removed from the Project.
4-2 Chapter 4: Initial Planting Operations

Transport/Handling
According to the Minnesota Nursery Law/
Plant Pest Act; nursery stock held, shipped,
and stored for sale, until subsequently being
planted, must be watered and protected so
the roots are moist at all times. Plants are
perishable and an acceptable plant can become
unacceptable in a short time through improper
care.
* Plants transported in an open vehicle must Protection During Transport Spade
have protective covering over them. Larger trees;
balled and burlapped or machine moved, that
have broken dormancy must be wrapped to
prevent foliage from drying out.
* Plants transported in closed vehicles
must have adequate ventilation and/or
refrigeration to prevent overheating damage
or sweating, which prematurely breaks
dormancy.
* Deciduous plants must arrive in a dormant
condition unless specified otherwise in the
plan. (Example – If extended planting season is Protection During Transport
approved, container grown or balled and burlapped
plants, which have broken dormancy, may be
planted).
To determine if the bare root material was protected against drying out during transport and storage,
feel the roots and scrape some with a fingernail to ensure that the woody tissue is pliable and whitish
colored, rather than dried out and dark colored. Roots must be kept moist to remain viable and healthy.
Keep the roots covered with a suitable moisture holding material (moist mulch, straw, soil, etc.), or
refrigerated (34o to 38o F) and humidified (90-95% relative humidity).
Sweating of Nursery Stock

Some bare root trees or shrubs must be “sweated” prior to spring installation in order to break
dormancy. These species must be forced into breaking bud before they are planted, or they will remain
dormant in the ground, and eventually die. Sweating involves creating a greenhouse-like atmosphere
of humidity and temperature to speed up the bud breaking process. If buds have begun to swell upon
arrival, plant dormancy is broken and further sweating is not required. The following bare root plants
require “sweating” before planting:
Barberry Kentucky Coffeetree Hawthorn
Beech Amur Corktree Ironwood
Birch Hackberry Oak
Chapter 4: Initial Planting Operations 4-3

Plant Stock Inspection

If transport and handling of plant stock are acceptable, inspect plants for compliance and acceptance either
in the delivery truck or as they are unloaded. Accept only plants specified in the plan or pre-approved
substitutions that meet the health and vigor criteria for acceptance.
Plant stock type and form are specified for each landscape project in two locations in the plan (see
Appendix H):
1. Estimated Quantity Sheet specifies the Pay Item, Plant Type and Size, Unit, and Pay Item Quantity.
2. Plant Stock Tabulation Sheet specifies the Key name, Species name (Scientific and Common), Size,
Type, Required minimum size, individual plant type quantities and spacing.
Acceptance requirements for each plant stock type and form are described in this Manual beginning on
page 4-4 and continuing through page 4-38.
Plant Stock Labels

Reject plant stock without identification
labels on all individually shipped plants
and on all bundles, bales, flats, or boxes
of plants. Plants are labeled by either a
common or botanical name (or sometimes
both), size, and quantity contained in the
bale, flat, box, etc.
Inspecting Roots
Healthy plants begin with healthy roots. Identification Label
A combination of woody and fibrous roots throughout a well-balanced root
structure is necessary for proper water and nutrient uptake. A balanced root system spreads out and
uniformly anchors the plant in an upright position. In the nursery, plant stock should receive consistent care
and be periodically transplanted or root pruned to promote healthy and absorbing roots. The proper root
depth is when the first order root is at or slightly above the soil line.
* Reject plants with undersized, insufficient, unbalanced, damaged, or improperly stored, transported
or handled root systems. Dysfunctional root systems result in plants that are prone to being tipped
or blown over and have restricted uptake of moisture and nutrients.
* Reject plants with encircling roots that cannot be properly repositioned during installation. Stem
encircling roots over time may result in stem-girdling roots that cause lack of vigor, uneven growth,
failure during high winds or decline as nutrient uptake is cut off.
Balanced and One-Sided Roots Accept and Reject Roots

Plants for MnDOT landscape projects are specified in one of four root systems that have the following
specific acceptance criteria:
Root Measurement
Root Type Measurement Image
Bare Root Average root spread (in inches)
Container Width and depth of ball or

B&B container (in inches)
Machine Moved Spade diameter (in inches)
Bare Root (BR)

Bare root plants have been dug while dormant and the soil has been removed from the roots. They are
stored in cold storage at high humidity and can only be planted during the spring and fall dormancy
periods. Bare root plants should have tight buds and no leaves prior to planting.
Fall planting is not allowed for the bare root form of the species listed below. However, if the Contractor
requests conditional authorization from the Engineer to install the bare root form of these species during
the Fall Installation Period, it will be at the Contractor’s risk and establishment period will not begin until
the following spring, after proof of survival and replacement of dead stock.
Birch Poplar Oak Honeylocust Crabapple Maple
Mountain Ash Hackberry Russian Olive Willow Ironwood Linden
Plum/Cherry Dogwood Hawthorn Sumac

Visually compare bare root stock to the following root form categories:
* The photographs represent acceptable root systems for the species and root form.
* The minimum acceptance standard will be 25% less root mass than the photographs.
Non-Fibrous Fine
More than 10% fibrous roots. Primary woody roots are small and numerous.
Plants with Non-Fibrous Fine rooting include:
Hawthorn Honeysuckle Black Locust Mugo Pine
Boston Ivy Serviceberry Buffaloberry Quaking Aspen
Catalpa Redmond Linden Crabapple Roses
Elder Russian Olive Elm Plum
Swamp White Oak
Non-Fibrous Coarse
Less than 10% fibrous roots. Primary woody roots are larger and less
numerous than Non-Fibrous Fine.
Plants with Non-Fibrous Coarse rooting include:
American Linden Bur Oak Chokecherry Fir
Kentucky Coffeetree Ginkgo Pine Sumac
Red Oak Poplar (hybrids)
Fibrous Fine
More than 50% fibrous roots. Primary woody roots are small and numerous, with a
mop-like appearance.
Plants with Fibrous Fine rooting include:
Birch Euonymus Grape Vine Hydrangea Mockorange
Potentilla Spirea Viburnum Weigela Yew
Bittersweet (vine)
Fibrous Coarse
More than 10% fibrous roots. Primary woody roots are larger and less
numerous than the Fibrous Fine form.
Plants with Fibrous Coarse rooting include:
Amur maple Arborvitae Ash
Cherry Currant Cotoneaster
Dogwood Honeysuckle Englemann Ivy
Hackberry Hazelnut Honeylocust
Juniper Larch Lilac
Maple Ninebark Peashrub
Pin Oak Snowberry Spruce
Willow Woodbine Dwarf-bush Honeysuckle

Balled and Burlapped (B&B) and Container Grown

B&B plants are dug with soil remaining around the roots and the soil ball wrapped with burlap and
usually a wire basket.
Containerized plants have been grown, for a period prior to sale, in a container.
* Reject plants with root flairs more than 4 inches below the soil line. Plants that are too deep in
the ball or container may be deprived of adequate oxygen. MnDOT 2571.3E.2 allow acceptance of
B&B and containerized plants with less than 4 inches of soil over the root flare only if the excess
soil can be removed and all other plant and installation requirements are met.
Container Grown
Accept & Reject Balled and Burlapped
When acceptance of B&B or Container material is in question, MnDOT may open soil balls or remove
the container to inspect for root condition, size, balance, and trunk location within the ball. Reasons to
open a ball include poor roots, lack of a root flare, roots on top
of the ball or out of the container, or old decaying burlap. This
inspection can take place in conjunction with the competency
test, adjacent to a prepared planting hole so that if the plant
does meet requirements, and is still intact, it can be planted.
Root ball inspection shall verify that:
* The root flare is at the soil line or no more than 4 inches
below the top of the soil line if the excess soil can be
removed without damaging the plant.
* Roots extend no more than 4 inches beyond the burlap Root Ball Inspection
or container.
* Numerous larger diameter root stubs are not present.

* Roots fill the soil ball.
* The plant is no more than 10% off center in the soil ball, unless the ball is oversized allowing a
centered plant within the minimum radius spread for the root types specified.
* At the time of installation, vertically slice through any remaining treated burlap at 6 inch intervals
around the ball in a manner that does not damage the roots.
* Containerized plants are not “potted”. Potted plants have not been grown in the container long
enough to produce adequate new fibrous root growth to hold the soil ball intact when removed
from container.
* Soil balls are not broken or loose . Test by pulling on the stem or crown of the ball. If the stem or
crown moves and the ball does not, the ball is broken. A broken soil ball indicates torn fine woody
and fibrous absorbing roots which are necessary for proper water and nutrient uptake.
* All plants are handled by the soil ball, not by the branches or trunk to avoid damaging the root
ball and trunk.
* Paper-fiber pots are slit vertically at six equidistant locations around the circumference and the
top is removed to no less than 1 inch below the soil line at the time of installation.
Machine Moved (MM)

Machine Moved trees are those that have been dug, transported, and transplanted with a hydraulic tree
spade. MnDOT will specify machine moved transplanting to allow installation of large or salvaged trees
and shrubs.
Machine Moved

The minimum spade size requirement for machine moved transplants varies according to the plant size
and species.
Minimum Spade Deciduous Trees Conifer Trees

Oak Trees (Caliper)
Size (Diameter) (Caliper) (Height)
42” 2”-3” 1”-1½ ” 5’-7’
60” 3”-4” 1½”-2½ ” 7’-9’
78” 4”-6” 2½”-3½ ” 9’-14’
85” 6”-8” 3½”-5 ” 14’-18’
Inspecting Top Growth

Shoots
Deciduous trees have bud scale scars marking nodes created by the terminal bud. Conifers develop
them also and they are located at twig or branch whorls. Typically, in northern climates, spaces between
(internode) each bud scale scar or branch whorl (node) indicates one year’s growth.
In a year under moisture and temperature conditions which are very favorable for growth, plants which
have a tendency to exhibit “free growth” (paper birch, poplar, apple, woodbine ivy, ginkgo, several types
of maple & larch) may put on more than one flush of new shoot growth.
* Expect at least 4 inches of shoot growth for plants that have received good nursery care. For fast
growing trees such as poplar, you may see 8-inches or more of growth.
* Short spaces between nodes (bud scale scars/ whorls) indicate years when the plant was stressed.
Short or stunted needles or smaller leaves also indicate stress.
* Reject plants with shoots that are limp or wilted.
Evergreen Shoot Growth

Buds
Check bud vitality on deciduous trees by splitting open one or two buds. Look for green tissue, which are
the unopened leaves and/or flowers.
* Reject plants with shriveled, dried out, or dead buds. Dead buds may fall off when touched,
brushed, or split.
* Reject plants with new buds or candles that are limp or wilted.
Most healthy buds are plump. EXCEPTIONS -do not expect plump buds on hackberry, willow, or some of
the smaller shrubs like spirea or potentilla. Kentucky coffeetree, and honeylocust buds are depressed or
hidden in the twig and are not visible.
Spruce Candling Growth
Conifers should have tight buds and should not be candling (sending out new growth) prior to digging.
Plants dug while candling or leafing-out are put under stress and the reduced root system that is dug and
transplanted may not be able to support the new growth that began to elongate before digging.

Wounds
Examine the trunk, stem, and branches for wounds or bruises.
These can provide an avenue for diseases and insects to enter
and may increase the chance of sunscald and frost crack
formation. Wounds are identified by discoloration or scraping
of the bark.
Trees are sometimes delivered with a protective sleeve of
cardboard or plastic around the trunk and with the branches
tied together. The sleeves and tied branches limit wounds to
the trunk and branches during transport but they can also
hide existing wounds. Remove the sleeves prior to inspection,
acceptance and planting. Sleeves must be removed with a
method that does not injure the tree.
* Reject plants with cankers; localized sunken, raised and
discolored dead areas. Cankers usually form around a
dead bud, branch, stub, or a stem wound.
* Reject plants with frost cracks. Frost cracks are vertical
cracks in the bark which occur in winter.
Cankers
* Reject plants with cracks or wounds caused by weed
whips or mowers in the nursery.
* Reject plants wounded through the outer bark during
installation unless pruning (Shigo method) can remedy
the problem.
Wound
Frost Cracks

One Good Tree

One Bad Tree

Deciduous Tree Measurement Caliper Measurement

Top Growth
* For trees up to 8 feet in height,
measure from root flare to the
central leader tip.
* For trees greater than 8 feet in
height, measure caliper. The Contractor shall have at least one tree
caliper available on the project at all times.
What to reject
* Top growth that is not in balance with root system (See following
tables).
* Plants that do not meet minimum plant size criteria.
Deciduous Tree – Type 1 & 2 Large Shade Trees Deciduous Tree Type 1 & 2
Branching height shall not be less than 1/3 or more than 1/2 of the height
of the tree, unless otherwise specified in the plan.
Trees shall be rejected if a central leader is absent or damaged; or if a central leader cannot be trained
after cutting back competing multiple leaders.
Minimum Criteria for Initial, Replacement,

Size
or Final Acceptance
2’-3’ Height 2+ Branches
8’ Height 5+ Branches
3/4” – 1 1/4” Caliper 6+ Branches
1 1/2” – 1 3/4” Caliper 7+ Branches
2” – 2 1/2” Caliper 8+ Branches
3” – 3 1/2” Caliper 9+ Branches
4” or greater Caliper 10+ Branches
Minimum Branching Requirements (First Order Branches)

Note: The following species have sparse branching. They may be accepted if they do not meet the
minimum first order branching requirements only if they meet all other plant stock acceptance
requirements:
Kentucky Coffeetree Black Walnut Ohio Buckeye Amur Corktree Honeylocust Catalpa

Type 1 Tree Examples (Large Shade Trees)
Common Name / Varieties Botanical Names

freemanii ‘Celebration’
Freeman maple
platanoides – all
Norway maple
Acer rubrum – all
Silver maple saccharinum
Sugar maple saccharum - all
Paper birch papyrifera

Cut leaf weeping birch pendula ‘Dalecarlica’
Betula
River birch nigra
Whitespire birch platyphylla ‘Whitespire’
biloba
Ginkgo Ginkgo
biloba ‘Autumn Gold’
Imperial
Shademaster triacanthos inermis –
Honeylocust Gleditsia
Skyline all varieties
Sunburst
Black walnut Juglans nigra
Amur corktree Phellondendron amurense
Poplars Populus Spp. – all varieties
Bur oak macrocarpa

Pin oak palustris
Northern pin oak Quercus ellipsoidalis
Red oak rubra
Swamp white oak bicolor
pseudoacacia ‘Purple
Black locust Purple Robe Robinia
robe’
Golden or Niobe alba ‘Tristis’
Weeping
White willow Salix
pentandra ‘Prairie
Prairie Cascade Cascade’
American basswood or All varieties americana – all varieties

Tilia
linden Redmond americana ‘Redmond’
Elm All varieties Ulmus Spp. - all varieties

Type 2 Tree Examples (Slower Growing Large Shade Trees)

Ohio Buckeye Aesculus glabra
Northern Catalpa Catalpa speciosa
Hackberry Celtis occidentalis
Kentucky Coffeetree Gymnocladus dioicus
White Oak Quercus alba
Laurel (Bay Leaf) Willow Salix pentandra
European mountain ash aucuparia

Sorbus
Showy mountain ash decora
Littleleaf Linden Greenspire Tilia cordata ‘Greenspire’
Deciduous Tree – Type 1 & 2 Multi-Stem Large Shade Tree

Multi-stem trees are not acceptable unless specified in the plan. Minimum number of stems will be
specified in the plan. The central main stem shall have branching that meets the minimum criteria for
Types 1 & 2 Deciduous Trees.
Deciduous Tree – Type 3 Small Upright Tree

Minimum branching height shall not be less than 1/3 or more than 1/2 of the tree height.
Minimum Branching Requirements (first order branches)
Minimum Criteria for Deciduous Tree

Type 3
Size Initial, Replacement, or
Final Acceptance
¾” Caliper or More 7+ Branches

Type 3 Tree Examples (Small Upright Trees)
Amur maple Acer ginnala

Spp.
Serviceberry All varieties Amelanchier
Pagoda dogwood Cornus alternifolia
Hawthorn All varieties Crateagus Spp.
Crabapple All varieties Malus Spp.
Eastern redbud Cercis canadensis
Russian olive Elaeagnus angustifolia
Magnolia Merrill Magnolia x loebneri ‘Merrill’
Ironwood Oystrya virginiana
Cherry/plum All varieties Prunus Spp.
Japanese tree lilac Ivory Silk Syringa reticulata ‘Ivory Silk’
Deciduous Tree – Type 4 Small Spreading Tree

Minimum Branching Requirements ( First Order Branches)
Minimum Criteria for Deciduous Tree

Type 4
Size Initial, Replacement, or
Final Acceptance
¾” Caliper or More 8+ Branches

Type 4 Tree Examples (Small Spreading Trees)

Amur maple Acer ginnala
Serviceberry All varieties Amelanchier Spp.
Pagoda dogwood Cornus alternifolia
Hawthorn All varieties Crateagus Spp.
Russian olive Elaeagnus angustifolia
Magnolia All varieties Magnolia Spp.
Cherry/plum All varieties Prunus Spp.
Japanese tree lilac ‘Ivory Silk’ Syringa reticulata ‘Ivory Silk’
Deciduous Tree – Type 3 & 4 Multi-Stem Small Spreading Trees & Small
Upright
Multi-stem trees are not acceptable unless specified in the plan. If multi-stem trees are specified, the
acceptable minimum number of stems will be stated.
The central main stem shall have branching height and branching requirements that meet the minimum
criteria for single stem Type 3 Deciduous trees.
Multi-Stem Trees

Criteria For Accepting Plant Size – Deciduous Trees

Initial, Replacement, or Final* Acceptance Minimum
Specified Size and Root Root
Type Root Length/ Container
Height Caliper Spread
Depth Size
or Width
6” Ht. Seedling BR 4.5” 1/16” 8”
12” Ht. Seedling BR 9” 1/8” 10”
18” Ht. Seedling BR 15” 3/16” 10”
2’ Ht. Seedling BR 21” 1/4” 12”
2.5’ Ht. Seedling BR 27” 5/16” 12”
3’ Ht. Seedling BR 33” 14”
4’ Ht. Seedling BR 3.5’ 14”
8’ Ht. BR 7.5’ 22”
.75” Cal. BR 4’ 0.60” 16”
1” Cal. BR 5.5’ 0.85” 18”
1.25” Cal. BR 5.5’ 1.10” 20”
1.5” Cal. BR 5.5’ 1.35” 22”
1.75” Cal. BR 6.5’ 1.60” 24”
2” Cal. BR 8’ 1.85” 28”
6” Ht. Seedling Cont. 4.5” 1/16” No. 1
12” Ht. Seedling Cont. 9” 1/16” No. 2
18” Ht. Cont. Seedling 15” No. 2
2’ Ht. Seedling Cont. 21” 1/16” No. 3
2.5’ Ht. Seedling Cont. 27” 1/16” No. 3
3’ Ht. Cont. 33” 1/16” No. 7
4’ Ht. Cont. 3.5’ 1/16” No. 7
5’ Ht. Cont. 4.5’ 1/16” No. 10
6’ Ht. Cont. 5.5’ No. 15
7’ Ht. Cont. 6.5’ No. 20
* For final acceptance, measure top growth only.

Criteria For Accepting Plant Size – Deciduous Trees - Continued

Specified Size and Root Root
Type Root Length/ Container
Height Caliper Spread or
Depth Size
width
8’ Ht. Cont. 7.5’ No. 20
.75” Cal. Cont. 4’ 0.60” No. 15
1” Cal. Cont. 5.5’ 0.85” No. 15
1.25” Cal. Cont. 5.5’ 1.10” No. 20
1.5” Cal. Cont. 6.5’ 1.35” No. 20
1.75” Cal. Cont. 6.5’ 1.60” No. 20
2” Cal. Cont. 8’ 1.85” No. 25
4’ Ht. B&B 3.5’ 16” 12”
5’ Ht. B&B 4.5’ 18” 13.5”
6’ Ht. B&B 5.5’ 20” 13.5”
7’ Ht. B&B 6.5’ 22” 14.5”
8’ Ht. B&B 7.5’ 24” 16”
10’ Ht. B&B 9’ 28” 18.5”
12’ Ht. B&B 11’ 32” 19.5”
.75” Cal. B&B 4’ 0.60” 14” 10.5”
1” Cal. B&B 5.5’ 0.85” 16” 12”
1.25” Cal. B&B 5.5’ 1.10” 18” 13.5”
1.5” Cal. B&B 6.5’ 1.35” 20” 13.5”
1.75” Cal. B&B 6.5’ 1.60” 22” 14.5”
2” Cal. B&B 8’ 1.85” 24” 16”
2.5” Cal. B&B 8’ 2.25” 28” 18.5”
3” Cal. B&B 9.5’ 2.75” 32” 19.5”
3.5” Cal. B&B 9.5’ 3.25” 38” 22.5”
4” Cal. B&B 10.5’ 3.75” 42” 25.5”
4.5” Cal. B&B 10.5’ 4.25” 48” 29”
5” Cal. B&B 12’ 4.75” 54” 32.5”
5.5” Cal. B&B 12’ 5.25” 57” 34.5”
6” Cal. B&B 12’ 5.75” 60” 36”

Deciduous Shrubs Measurement

Top Growth Measurement
* By the average spread
* By the average height from the root flare to the top of the canes
Deciduous Shrub – Type 0 TENDER Shrubs- Plants have a tendency not to

produce top growth that is fully winter hardy.
It is accepted practice to prune the top growth of these shrubs back to live wood prior to measuring for
criteria compliance.
Minimum Criteria for Initial,

Size
Replacement, or Final Acceptance
12” Height 3 canes
18” Height 4 canes Deciduous

Shrub Type 0
2” Height 4 canes Measurement
Type 0 Deciduous Shrub Examples (Immature Top Growth Shrubs)

Common Name / Varieties Botanical Name
Hydrangea ‘Annabelle’, ‘Grandiflora’ Hydrangea arborescens
Hydrangea ‘Endless Summer’ Hydrangea macrophylla
Deciduous Shrub – Type 1 Small or Dwarf Shrubs - Typical maximum height 3

feet
It is accepted to prune the top growth of these shrubs back to live wood prior to measuring for criteria
compliance.
Size Minimum Criteria for Initial, Replacement, or Final Acceptance

2’ Height 5 canes
Type 1 Deciduous Shrub Examples (Small or Dwarf Shrubs)

thunbergii ‘crimson
Barberry Crimson Pygmy Berberis
pygmy’
Alpine Currant Ribes alpinum
Potentilla All Varieties Potentilla Spp.
Spirea All Varieties Spiraea Spp.
Fragrant sumac Gro-Low Rhus aromatica ‘Gro-Low’
Deciduous Shrub – Type 2 (Intermediate Shrubs)- Plants that typically mature

at a height or spread of 3 to 7 feet.
criteria compliance.
Minimum Criteria for Initial, Deciduous Shrub Type 2 Measurement

Size
2’ Height 4 canes
3’ Height 5 canes
4’ Height 5 canes
Type 2 Deciduous Shrub Examples (Intermediate Shrubs)

Buffaloberry All Varieties Shepherdia Spp.
X ‘golden lights’,
Azalea All Varieties Rhododendron X ‘orchid lights’,
X ‘rosy lights’
Glossy Black Chokeberry Aronia melanocarpa
Alpine Current Ribes alpinum
Dogwood All varieties Cornus Spp.
Serviceberry Regent Amelanchier alnifola ‘Regent’
opulifolius – all
Ninebark All varieties Physocarpus
varieties
Spiraea Vanhoutte Spiraea X vanhouttei

Deciduous Shrub – Type 3 Coarse Branched (Large or Tall Shrubs)- Plants that
grow to a mature height exceeding 7 feet.
compliance.
Deciduous Shrub Type 3 Measurement
Size
2’ Height 5 canes
3’ Height 5 canes
4’ Height 6 canes
Type 3 Deciduous Shrub Examples (Coarse Branched Large or Tall Shrubs)

virginiana ‘Canada
Cherry Canada red Prunus
Red’
Cotoneaster Hedge Cotoneaster All Varieties
American Elder Sambucus canadensis
Winged Euonymus Euonymus alatus
American Hazelnut Corylus americana
Honeysuckle All varieties Lonicera Spp.
chinensis – all
Chinese varieties,
Dwarf Korean ‘Palibin’ meyeri ‘Palibin’
Lilac James MacFarlane Syringa x prestoniae ‘James
Mcfarlane’
Miss Kim
patula ‘Miss Kim’
ginnala ‘Bailey
Amur Maple compact Acer
Compact’
Nimebark Physocarpus opulifolius
False spirea Ash Leaf Sorbaria sorbifolia
Fragrant Sumac Rhus `aromatica
Nannyberry Viburnum Viburnum lentago
Old Fashioned Weigela Weigela florida

Deciduous Shrub – Type 4 (Fine to Medium Branched Large or Tall Shrubs)

compliance.

Size
2’ Height 4 canes
3’ Height 5 canes
4’ Height 6 canes
Type 4 Deciduous Shrub Examples (Fine to Medium Branched Large or Tall Shrubs)
Downy Arrowwood - Viburnum rafinesquianum
Buffaloberry All varieties Shepherdia Spp.
American Cranberrybush Viburnum trilobum
Gray Dogwood Cornus racemosa
Red Berried Elder Sambucus racemosa
Common Purple vulgaris

Common White vulgaris – All varieties
Lilac Syringa
Donald Wyman x prestoniae ‘Donald Wyman’
Pocahontas x hyacynthiflora ‘Pocahontas’
False Spiraea Ash Leaf Sorbaria sorbifolia
Bridal Wreath Spiraea Spiraea prunifolia
Fragrant Sumac Rhus aromatia
Spp. ‘flame’
Willow Flame Salix
caprea ‘flame’

Deciduous Shrub – Type 5 (Single Cane Shrubs)

Size
18” Height 1 cane
2’ Height 1 cane
3’ Height 1 cane
4’ Height 1 cane
Type 5 Deciduous Shrub Examples (Single Cane Shrubs)

Smooth glabra – All Varieties

Sumac Rhus
Staghorn typhina – All Varieties

Criteria For Accepting Plant Size – Deciduous Shrubs

Specified Size and Root
Root Length/ Container
Root Type Height Height Caliper Spread or
Depth Size
width
6” Ht. Seedling 4.5” 1/16” 8”
12” Ht. Seedling 9” 1/8” 10”
18” Ht. Seedling 15” 3/16” 10”
2’ Ht. Seedling 21” 1/4” 12”
12” Ht. BR 10.5” 8”
15” Ht. BR 13.5” 9”
18” Ht. BR 16.5” 10”
2’ Ht. BR 21” 11”
2.5’ Ht. BR 27” 12”
3’ Ht. BR 33” 14”
4’ Ht. BR 3.5’ 16”
5’ Ht. BR 4.5’ 18”
12” Ht. Cont. 10.5” No. 2
15” Ht. Cont. 13.5” No. 3
18” Ht. Cont. 16.5” No. 3
2’ Ht. Cont. 21” No. 5
2.5’ Ht. Cont. 27” No. 5
3’ Ht. Cont. 33” No. 5
4’ Ht. Cont. 3.5’ No. 7
5’ Ht. Cont’ 4.5’ No. 7
12” Ht. B&B 10.5” 8” 6”
15” Ht. B&B 13.5” 9” 6.5”
18” Ht. B&B 16.5” 9” 6.5”
2’ Ht. B&B 21” 10” 7.5”
2.5’ Ht. B&B 27” 12” 9”
3’ Ht. B&B 33” 12” 9”
4’ Ht. B&B 3.5’ 14” 10.5”
5’ Ht. B&B 4.5’ 16” 12”

Rose Grade
All rose grades must have canes ¼ inch or larger in caliper branched not higher that 3 inches from the
bud union.* For final acceptance, measure top growth only.
Criteria For Accepting Plant Size – Deciduous Shrubs Deciduous Shrub Rose
Measurement
Initial, Replacement, or Final*
Specified Size and Root Acceptance Minimum
Type No. of Root Container
Height
Canes Spread Size
16” Ht. Grade 1 BR 3 16” 11”
15” Ht. Grade 1.5 BR 2 15” 10”
12” Ht. Grade 2 BR 2 12” 9”
16” Ht. Grade 1 Cont. 3 16” No. 2
15” Ht. Grade 1.5 Cont. 2 15” No. 1
12” Ht. Grade 2 Cont. 2 12” No. 1
Coniferous Trees Measurement

Top Growth
* Measure all coniferous trees, except cedar, from the root flare to the midpoint of the top
unbranched terminal leader.
* Measure cedar from root flare to the top of the plant.
* The spread is the average spread of all branches.
* Although acceptable, lightly pruned conifer trees have had their growth impeded which may
result in a larger trunk caliper than normal for its height.
Root
Accept only
* The minimum root ball size for previously sheared or de-budded coniferous trees will be subject
to the minimum trunk caliper to root ball size relationship for deciduous trees as described in
“Criteria for Accepting Plant Size – Deciduous Trees” previously in this chapter.
Reject if
* Width is less than 3/5 of the height.
* Central leader is absent or damaged and cannot be trained by cutting back competing multiple
leaders.
* Central leader exceeds 18 inches in length and cannot be pruned back acceptably to a side bud
leaving leader less than 18 inches, while still meeting minimum height requirements.

Reject if . . . (Continue)
* Pine tree leader is longer than 18 inches. Pine tree
leaders cannot be pruned back to a lateral bud.
* Large open areas due to missing branches (not fully
branched from top to bottom).
* Routinely sheared, which would result in and be
identified by:
* Densely grown and uniformly pyramidal
“Christmas tree” appearance.
* New growth removed with a machete or power
shear.
* Terminal leader and terminal buds are missing.
* Trunk caliper is large relative to tree height and
width.
* “Finger-like” or thick whorl development is at
the branch tips.
* Tree-on-a-tree developing with the new Tree on Tree
growth that has not been debudded.
Coniferous Tree – Type 4 Cone Type Pyramidal

Width should be no less than 3/5 of the height.
Type 4 Coniferous Tree Examples: (Pyramidal) Coniferous Type 4
Common Name /
Botanical Name
Varieties
Balsam Fir balsamea
Abies
Fraiser Fir fraseri
Douglas Fir Pseudotsuga menziesii
virginiana
Eastern Red Cedar Juniperus
– all varieties
American and Japanese laricina

Larix
Larch kaempferi
Austrian Pine Pinus nigra
Scotch Pine Pinus sylvestris
Black Hills Spruce Picea glauca ‘Densata’
Colorado Blue Spruce Picea pungens ‘Glauca’

Coniferous Tree – Type 5 Broad Upright

Width should be no than ½ of the height
Coniferous Tree Type 5
Type 5 Coniferous Tree Examples (Broad Upright)
Arborvitae ‘Techny’ Thuja occidentalis
Rocky Mountain ‘Sutherland’ scopulorum

Juniperus
Juniper ‘Welch’ scopulorum
Rocky Mountain Juniper Juniperius scopulorum
Eastern White Pine Pinus strobus
Coniferous Tree – Type 6 Columnar

Width should be no less than 1/5 of the height.
Coniferous Tree Type 6
Type 6 Coniferous Tree Examples

(Columnar Conifer Trees)
Arborvitaev ‘Pyramidal’ Thuja occidentalis
Eastern Red Cedar ‘Taylor’ Juniperus virginiana
Rocky Mountain ‘Blue Trail’

Juniperus scopulorum
Juniper ‘Medora’v

CRITERIA FOR ACCEPTING PLANT SIZE – CONIFEROUS (EVERGREEN) TREES

EXCEPTION – Type 6 Columnar Trees – Use the minimum dimensions for height and roots from the
table below and a minimum spread of no less than 1/5th the height for.

Specified Size Top Root
and Root Type Root Length/ Container
Height Growth Caliper Spread
Depth Size
Spread or Width
6” Ht. Seedling 4.5” 2.5” 1/16” 8”
9” Ht. Seedling 7.5” 4.5” 1/8” 8”
12” Ht. Seedling 10.5” 6” 3/16” 10”
6” Ht. Cont. 4.5” 2.5” No. 1
9” Ht. Cont. 7.5” 4.5” No. 1
12” Ht. Cont. 10.5” 6” No. 2
15” Ht. Cont. 13.5” 8” No. 2
18” Ht. Cont. 16.5” 10” No. 3
2’ Ht. Cont. 21” 12” No. 3
2.5’ Ht. Cont. 27” 16” No. 5
3’ Ht. Cont. 33” 19” No. 7
3.5’ Ht. Cont. 39” 23” No. 15
4’ Ht. Cont. 45” 27” No. 15
5’ Ht. Cont. 57” 35” No. 20
2’ Ht. B&B 21” 12” 12” 9”
3’ Ht. B&B 2.5’ 18” 14” 10.5”
4’ Ht. B&B 3.5’ 24” 16” 12”
5’ Ht. B&B 4.5’ 30” 20” 13.5”
6’ Ht. B&B 5.5’ 36” 22” 14.5”
7’ Ht. B&B 6.5’ 42” 24” 16”
8’ Ht. B&B 7.5’ 54” 27” 18”
9’ Ht. B&B 8.5’ 60” 30” 18.5”
10’ Ht. B&B 9.5’ 66” 34” 20”
12’ Ht. B&B 11.5’ 78” 42” 22”

Coniferous Shrub Measurement

Top Growth Measurement
Measure average spread - Plants should measure approximately the same in average spread in any
direction. If a plant is unbalanced (deviations in measurement exceeding 1/3 in one direction compared
to another direction), the plant shall be pruned to average spread. Reject the plant if minimum form and
size criteria cannot be met.
Coniferous Shrub – Type 1 Creeping or Prostrate

Type 1 Coniferous Shrub Examples Coniferous Shrub Type 1
(Creeping or Prostrate)
Common Name /
Botanical Name
Varieties
Russian Cypress Microbiota decussate
sabina
Savin Juniper Skandia Juniperus
‘skandia’
Creeping horizontalis
Blue Rug Juniperus
Juniper ‘Wiltonii’
Single Seed squamaty

Blue Star Juniperus
Juniper ‘Blue Star’
Coniferous Shrub – Type 2 Semi-Spreading

(Semi-Spreading)
Common Name /
Botanical Name
Varieties
Old Gold &
Chinese juniper Juniperus chinensis
Maney
Arcadia
Savin Juniper Juniperus sabina
Broadmoor
Mugo Pine Dwarf Pinus mugo
Rhododendron All Varieties Rhododendron Spp.
Dense x media
spreading, ‘Densiformis’
Yew Taxus
Taunton x media
spreading ‘tauntonii’

Coniferous Shrub – Type 3 Broad

Up to 12 inches height, spread should be approximately equal to height. Plants with height of greater
than 12 inches, spread may exceed height.

(Broad Spreading, Globe and Compact Upright)
Common Names / Varieties Botanical Name
Globe
Arborvitae ‘Techny Globe’, Thuja occidentalis
‘Woodwardii’
Boxwood ‘Saskatoon’ Buxus spp.
Chinese
‘Sea Green’ Juniperus chinensus
Juniper
Mugo Pine Pinus mugo
abies
Birds Nest
Norway ‘Nidiformis’
Picea
Spruce
Dwarf
abies ‘Pumila’

Criteria For Accepting Plant Size – Coniferous (Evergreen) Shrubs

Specified Size and Top Top Root
Root Type Container
Growth Growth Spread or Root Depth
Size
Height Spread Width
12” Spread Cont. 10.5” 10.5” No. 2
15” Spread Cont. 13.5” 13.5” No. 2
18” Spread Cont. 16.5” 16.5” No. 3
2’ Spread Cont. 21” 21” No. 3
2.5’ Spread Cont. 27” 27” No. 5
12” Spread B&B 10.5” 10.5” 8” 6”
15” Spread B&B 13.5” 13.5” 10” 7.5”
18” Spread B&B 16.5” 16.5” 10” 7.5”
24” Spread B&B 21” 21” 12” 9”
30” Spread B&B 27” 27” 14” 10.5”
36” Spread B&B 33” 33” 16” 12”
12” Ht. Cont. 10.5” 9” No. 2
15” Ht. Cont. 13.5” 10” No. 2
18” Ht. Cont. 16.5” 13” No. 3
2’ Ht. Cont. 21” 16” No. 3
2.5’ Ht. Cont. 27” 19” No. 5
3’ Ht. Cont. 33” 22” No. 7
12” Ht. B&B 10.5” 9” 8” 6”
15” Ht. B&B 13.5” 10” 10” 7.5”
18” Ht. B&B 16.5” 13” 10” 7.5”
2’ Ht. B&B 21” 16” 12” 9”
2.5’ Ht. B&B 27” 19” 14” 10.5”
3’ Ht. B&B 33” 22” 16” 12”

Vine Grades
Criteria For Accepting Plant Size – Vine Grades

Specified Size
and Root Type
2 Yr. No. 1 BR 12” long canes (2 or more) and 1/8” diam. primary roots (10 or more)
2 Yr. Med. BR 12” long cane (1 or more) and 1/8” diam. primary roots (5 or more)
1 Yr. No. 1 BR 6” long canes (2 or more) and 1/16” diam. primary roots (10 or more)
1 Yr. Med. BR 6” long cane (1 or more) and 1/16” diam. primary roots (5 or more)
Note – expect reduced root and top growth for Boston Ivy
*For Final acceptance, measure top growth only
Herbaceous Groundcovers and Perennials

Herbaceous plants are generally specified by container or bare root size. Plant height, spread, and the
number of stems or stolons are variable depending on species of plant and the season. While the top
growth size and form are variable, generally the diameter of the top growth should fully cover or exceed
the top diameter of the container. An exception is native wildflowers which have little, or no, visible top
growth in the spring.
The root system must be evident throughout the width and depth of the container soil ball. Root systems
(fine or coarse texture) vary greatly within plant types.
Bare Root Perennials

Reject plants if:
* Roots are soft and/or moldy;
* Roots are not live. Scrape roots if flesh is white or green, root is alive.
* Collected stock is unacceptable unless specified.
Herbaceous Plant Type 1
Herbaceous Plant Type 1 (Shoot Form)
Type 1 Herbaceous Plant Examples
Common Botanical
Varieties Species
Name Name
millefolium-
Yarrow All Varieties Achillea
All varieties

Herbaceous Plant Type 2 (Runner Form) Herbaceous Plant Type 2

Common Botanical
Varieties Species
Name Name
Moneywort - Lysimachia nummularia
Sedum All Varieties Sedum All Species
Herbaceous Plant Type 3 (Fan Form) Herbaceous Plant Type 3

Common Botanical
Varieties Species
Name Name
Daylily All Varieties Hemerocallis All Species
Iris All Varieties Iris All Species
Herbaceous Plant Type 4 (Eye Form)
Common Botanical
Varieties Species
Name Name
Hosta All Varieties Hosta All Species


Herbaceous Plant Type 5 (Plant Form)
Common
Varieties Botanical Name Species
Name
Purple Prairie Clover Petalostemum purpureum

Container Grown Plants

The following are minimum dimensions for standard size nursery stock containers.
Criteria For Accepting Plant Size – Herbaceous Plants

Minimum Inside Top
Container Class Minimum Vertical Height
Diameter
Cell Packs 2.75” Varies
2 ¼” 2.80” 2.10”
3 ½” 3.30” 3.30”
4” 3.75” 3.75”
4 ½” 4.25” 4.25”
Quart 5.5” 5”
No. 1 6” 6”
No. 2 7.5” 7.5”
No. 3 8.5” 9.5”
No. 5 11” 9.75”
No. 7 11” 12.25”
No. 10 13.75” 14.5”
No. 15 15” 15”
No. 20 17” 20”
No. 25 16” 24”
Note: The industry commonly uses containers

specified and measured in gallons rather
than by a number which conforms with
the American Standard for Nursery Stock
classification. For practical purposes, the two
containers correlate closely and can be used
interchangeably. For Example:
* A No. 1 container approximates the
size of a 1 gallon container
* A No. 15 container approximates the
size of a 15 gallon container
* Etc.
Container Stock

On-Site Storage
All nursery stock (seedling, bare root, container, or
B&B) must be kept secure, cool, and moist while
being stored. If storing bare root and B&B plants on
site, store in either a refrigerated truck or heeled into
soil or mulch.
Plant Installation Healing In

Plants shall be installed according to the Contract
Documents including the plan, Special Provisions, Standard Planting Details, MnDOT’s Specifications for
Construction , and this Manual.
Competency Test
Prior to proceeding with plant installation work and to the satisfaction of the Engineer, the Contractor
shall schedule and perform a “Competency Test” demonstrating acceptable plant installation methods
(in accordance with the plan and Standard Planting Details) for each plant pay item and root category
applicable to the project.
The test shall include handling plants, digging holes and beds, installing plants, initial watering, installing
applicable protection materials, and mulching.
Drainage
The Contractor shall be responsible for ensuring adequate drainage in the planting hole and bed areas.
When the Contractor has reason to suspect a drainage problem, they shall perform a percolation test by
filling a 16 inch deep planting hole with water and measuring the time it takes for the water to drain from
the hole. Adequate drainage will be considered equal to or greater than a percolation rate of 1/2 inch
per hour. In the case of inadequate drainage, the Contractor shall be responsible for requesting approval
from the Engineer to either relocate, delete affected planting locations, or to proceed with Extra Work by
using one or a combination of the Planting Details for Poorly Drained Soils as shown in the plan.
Stem Girdling Roots

Container grown and balled & burlapped plant stock
with more than 4 inches of soil depth above the
root flare shall be rejected. Excess soil above the
root flare can in time result in stem encircling roots,
which can then lead to stem girdling roots. Plant
stock may be accepted provided the excess soil
is less than 4 inches and can be removed without
damaging the root system of the plant.
Stem Encircling Roots / Stem Girdling Roots

Balled and Burlapped Stock

As described in the planting detail, the Contractor must:
* Remove the top 1/3 or the top two horizontal rings of the wire basket.
* Remove the burlap and nails to expose the top 1/3 of the soil ball.
* Remove all rope/twine and dispose of off site.
* Cut vertical slits at 6 inch intervals into treated burlap.
Reject broken soil balls. Staking and guying plants with broken soils balls are not acceptable.
It may be determined that staking and guying is necessary for support of the tree. This will be done in
accordance with MnDOT 2571.3I.1 and the Standard Planting Details. Rope or twine will not be retied to
the remaining wire basket for support.
Container Stock
Container grown material is a plant that has grown in a container for at least 1 year (through the winter).
Reject “potted” material. Potted material is bare root stock placed in a container in the current growing
season. “Potted” material roots will not hold soil intact and in the shape of the container when removed
from container.
Install containerized plants immediately after removing
from the container and as described in the planting detail.
Score or prune the outside of the soil ball to redirect
circling roots at 6 inch intervals.
Paper fiber pots need not be removed but must be
vertically slit at 6 inch intervals to allow faster degradation
of the pot. The top of the pot must be removed to a depth
of 1 inch below the soil line.
Bare Root Stock

Soak plant roots for 1-24 hours prior to planting.
The Contractor must install bare root stock as described
in the Standard Planting Details. The root must be spread
in a natural position and at the proper depth before back Soaking Bare Root
filing around the roots. Planting hole should be wide
enough to fit the natural root spread. Do not prune roots to fit the hole.
Machine Moved Stock

Trees, except MnDOT supplied stock, must be inspected and found free of pests and disease by the
Minnesota Department of Agriculture (MDA), before installation. Install machine moved stock as
described in the Standard Planting Details. Planting hole must be scarified and tree shall be installed
according to Standard Planting Details.

Seedling Stock
Seedling stock is plant material that is usually 12 inches or less in height. It can be either bare root or
containerized (Cell Pack) material.
Vines
Plant vines in a linear bed 2 feet wide extending 5 feet beyond the terminal vine as described in the
Standard Planting Details.
Initial Watering (2571.3G)

At all times during the PIP, the Contractor shall have sufficient watering equipment and forces available
to completely water all plants as often as necessary to maintain adequate but not excessive soil moisture
in the root zones.
Within 2 hours of installation, each plant’s backfill soil will be thoroughly saturated with water. After
settling, the Contractor will provide additional backfill as needed to fill in the voids.
Mulch Placement (2571.3H)

Before placing mulch, planting beds shall be graded and leveled with hand tools, to prevent puddling and
mulch depth irregularities.
Do not place mulch if soil moisture is excessive. Delayed placement of mulch may be requested by the
Contractor, but must meet erosion control guidelines shown in the SWPPP.
Staking and Guying (2571.3I.1)

Staking and Guying may be necessary or specified in the plan to keep the plant material in plumb
condition. It must be installed according to the Standard Planting Detail.
Staking and Guying must be removed after 1 year.
Rodent Protection (2571.3I.2)

All deciduous, pine, and larch trees will have rodent protection installed according to the Standard
Planting Details.
Tree Painting (2571.3I.3)

To help prevent the bark from splitting in the winter (frost cracks), trees will be painted with undiluted
exterior white latex paint from the ground line to the first major branch. The Contractor will paint trees
in accordance with the Standard Planting Details in the plan.
Cleanup and Restoration Work (2571.3J)

All clean up and restoration work will be done to the satisfaction of the Project Engineer and in
accordance with MnDOT 2571.3J. All excess materials, rocks, and debris must be stored in containers and
disposed of off-site throughout the project.

Turf Establishment and Restoration

Seeding will be required for restoration or erosion control work or as a separate bid item in the plan. All
seed will follow MnDOT 3876 Inspection and Acceptance Guidelines. Repair turf in disturbed areas with
seed mixes as shown in the plans, special provisions or to match in-place turf. Preparation, installation
and maintenance for seeding are defined in MnDOT 2575.3. MnDOT 3882.2C Type 3 mulch shall be disk
anchored for all seeding types.
If sod is used to repair or restore turf areas, use sod type specified in the plans and in accordance with
MnDOT 3878.
Applying Fertilizer and Conditioners

Before placing seed or sod, apply fertilizer or other amendments (compost, liming materials, other
additives) using mechanical spreading devices for uniform application. Till the soil at least once within 24
hours of placing any soil amendments. Perform seeding no later than 48 hours after fertilizing.
Seed Storage
The Contractor will store seed in a cool, dry location. Reject wet or moldy seed.
Seeding Rates
Seed will be planted at 1.5 times the rate specified in a Table 3876-1 ”State Seed Mixes” in MnDOT’s
Standard Specifications for Construction or as specified in the plan or special provisions.
Seed Planting Dates

The Contractor shall use Table 2575-1 “Season of Planting” in MnDOT’s Standard Specifications for
Construction to determine when the seed shall be planted. The Engineer may adjust a specified date by
up to 10 days depending on prevailing weather conditions.
Wind
Do not seed when winds exceed 24 Km/h (15 mph).
Seeding Native Mixes

Native seed mixes will be planted using a seed drill to accurately meter varied seed sizes uniformly.
Interseeding
Interseeding is used when existing vegetation is to remain. The seed drill will cut through the existing
vegetation and plant the seed at a specified depth.

Seeding Turf Mixtures

Seed Mixes shall use either broadcast, drop seed, or hydroseed for introduction. If a seed drill is used, it
shall be at right angles to the direction of surface drainage.
Hydroseeding shall be uniform in coverage. The results can be verified by uniform wetness of the soil.
Seedbed Firming
Seedbed firming shall be done with approved equipment. On steep slopes, hand raking shall be used to
cover seed.
Mulch
On areas within 10 feet of the shoulder, the Contractor shall seed and mulch in a continuous operation.
On areas outside 10 feet of the shoulder, the Contractor shall seed no more than can be mulched within
24 hours of seeding.
All seeding shall be covered with mulch. See the plan and MnDOT 3882 for mulch types.
Disc Anchoring
Disc Anchoring is the process of punching the mulch into the soil and is used with Type 1, 3, 7 and 8
mulches.
Placing Hydraulic Erosion Control Products

Hydraulic erosion control products will be sprayed as specified in the plan and in accordance with
MnDOT 2575.3E.
Placing Sod
Before placing sod, the Contractor will have all areas smoothed out and prepared for the sod installation.
Sod will be installed in accordance with MnDOT 2575.3A.2b, MnDOT 2575.3F and MnDOT 3878.
Acceptance of Initial Planting Operations

The Engineer will provisionally accept initial operations based upon satisfactory completion of
* Plant stock acceptance,
* Competency test,
* Installation of all individual plants,
* All incidental material and work items (initial watering, tree protection materials, mulching,
proper drainage, pruning, staking & guying, tree painting, fertilizing, erosion control, seeding and
clean up) required as part of the initial planting operation.

The Plant Establishment Period (PEP) is defined as the period beginning after the Initial Planting
Chapter 5: Plant Establishment Period

Operations through the end of the Contract (usually 2 years). The PEP involves the following
activities: scouting and reporting, watering, incidental item maintenance, disease and insect control,
plant replacement, maintaining plumb plants, weed control, pruning, storm water management, and
debris removal.
The PEP begins when all work under the Initial Planting Operations is satisfactorily completed and
continues until final acceptance of the Project.
Scouting & Reporting

The Contractor shall scout to assess the condition of the plants and the planting site and any factors
that may influence a plant’s health, vigor, and establishment success. The Contractor shall scout
these conditions a minimum of every 2 weeks during the growing season and a minimum of once a
month during the dormant season.
The Contractor shall submit a written scouting report to the Engineer, via e-mail, on the 1st and 15th
of each month during the growing season (April through October) and by the 1st of each month
during the dormant season (November through March). The report must contain the Engineer’s
name, name of Contractor’s responsible scout or representative, date(s) any work was performed,
work location(s); work completed; prevailing weather conditions; soil moisture assessments, insect,
animal, vehicular, weather or other damage; disease problems; treatment plans, and assessment of
overall plant conditions including weed competition and control. The report may include scanned
copies of the plan sheets with the Contractor’s notes, photos, and/or copies of the “MnDOT
Landscape Contractor Scouting Report” found in Appendix B.
The report frequency and content will be used by the Engineer to assess plant establishment
compliance for payment.
If reports are not submitted as required, the Contractor will be considered non-compliant. The
Engineer may assess a daily charge of $200.00 for non-compliance on a calendar day basis until
compliance is achieved.
Soil Moisture (Watering)

The Contractor is responsible for maintaining
adequate, but not excessive, soil moisture for
plants installed by Contractor.
Watering must respond to varying seasonal
conditions, soil types, and drainage. The
watering guidelines in the Standard Planting
Details assume average soils with adequate,
but not excessive, drainage. Large spade-
moved trees and B&B plants typically need
more water than small or bare root plants.
Percolation Rates Vary by Soil Type
Wilting plants can be a sign of either overly dry or overly wet soil conditions. The Contractor will check
soil moisture by pulling back the mulch from around the plants and inserting a soil recovery probe to a 12
inch depth. The Contractor will record the soil moisture on the Scouting Report.
Watering Methods
Watering must thoroughly soak the entire root area
rather than merely dampen the soil surface. The
application rate should be slow enough to allow the
water to soak into the ground and not run off.
Watering probe
A probe is used to inject water into the ground.
Pressure must be low enough to assure that voids
are not created by the force of the water. If soil
washes out of the probe entry hole, the pressure is Watering Probes
too high.
Surface watering
A hand-held hose or temporary above ground sprinklers
may be used. Pressure must be low enough to avoid
washing away any wood chip mulch or soil.
Rainfall
Generally rainfall of 1 inch or more per week can
support most plant growth under average soil and
temperature conditions. Rainfall amounts may vary
widely within just a few miles. Contractors are advised
to place rain gauges on roadside landscape projects to
verify rainfall amounts and frequency by project area.
Surface Watering
Painting
White latex paint provides reflective properties to minimize heat build up and sudden changes in
temperature which can cause frost cracks within the tree trunk during winter. If paint applied to smooth
bark trees begins to flake or peel off or if tree caliper expands exposing smooth bark through cracks in
the paint, reapply undiluted exterior grade white latex base paint.
Housekeeping and Restoration

Cleanup and restoration of the Project site shall be satisfactorily completed throughout the establishment
period. The Contractor shall replace pre-existing plants and restore turf areas damaged by the
Contractor’s operations. Soil compacted by the Contractor’s operations shall be de-compacted to no
5-2 Chapter 5: Plant Establishment Period

n Inspection & Contract Administration Manual for MnDOT Landscape Projects
more than 200 psi (1400 kPa). The Contractor can request, in writing, that restoration work for damages
that occurred beyond the Contractor’s control, be compensated as Extra Work. Restoration work, when
the damages were a result of the Contractor’s operations or were within the Contractor’s control, are
incidental. All excess material, rocks and debris must be stored in containers and disposed of properly off
site.
Disease, Insect, and Pest Control

The Contractor will maintain plants in a healthy condition and provide insecticides (without the use of
systemic insecticides such as neonicotinoides), fungicides and other cultural procedures as necessary. The
Contractor must note any disease, insect, or pest problems and actions taken to control on the “MnDOT
Landscape Contractor Scouting Report”. See Appendix D for additional information on identification and
control.
All pesticide applications require a license from Minnesota Department of Agriculture (MDA) in the
category applicable to the pesticide being applied.
Rodent Protection / Seedling Shelters

Replace, repair, or adjust rodent protection or seedling shelters as needed. Trees with missing or
improperly installed rodent protection or seedling shelters can be girdled and killed by feeding rabbits,
mice, or voles. Mice and voles can crawl under rodent protection that is not correctly imbedded in
the soil. Tipped rodent protection or tipped trees in windy roadside locations, can cause the rodent
protection to saw through bark damaging or killing trees. See also: Maintaining Plumb Plants-
Straightening Plants.
Rodent protection and seedling shelters are ineffective in preventing pocket gopher damage. Where
pocket gophers are destroying root systems by tunneling and feeding, the Contractor may have to place
traps or poison in tunnels or flood tunnels. If a rodenticide is used, the applicator must possess a MDA
Category P license.
Rodent-damaged shrubs may be pruned back to the ground and
rejuvenated, however; the plants are still required to meet minimum
specifications at final inspection. (See criteria for accepting plants in
Chapter 4).
Maintaining Plumb Plants

Plants must be maintained in a plumb condition.
Staking and Guying

If desired or specified, staking and guying may be used to provide
additional support between the stem and the root ball.
Staking and guying must be installed in accordance with MnDOT 2571.3I.1.
See Standard Planting Detail. Approved Staking
Chapter 5: Plant Establishment Period 5-3

Reject staking and guying if:

* Rubber hose and wire are used.
* Plants have broken root ball- see Plant Stock Inspection Chapter 4- B & B and Container.
* Tipped trees are staked without repositioning roots.
* Straps are not positioned half way between first branch and root collar.
* Too loose.
* Too tight.
Staking and guying is incidental unless specified otherwise in the plan.
The Contractor must visually inspect and adjust the staking and guying continuously during the first year of the
PEP to ensure the staking and guying remains acceptable.
The staking and guying shall be removed by the Contractor within one year of initial installation.
Straightening Plants
Trees that have been blown sideways in the wind or have settled with a tilt can probably be straightened in
the first year after planting.
To straighten plants:
* Thoroughly saturate the soil around the roots of the plant.
* Place shovel under root system and reposition until plant is plumb.
* Grab low on the trunk and gently push or pull the trunk back to a plumb position. The tree should
slowly come back to a vertical position.
* Staking and guying may be required to provide additional support.
* To straighten machine moved plants, a spade larger than the one used to install the tree must be used.
Weed Control
Weed control contributes to successful plant establishment and survival by reducing competition for water,
soil nutrients, and sunlight, and by reducing rodent habitat. The Contractor shall keep all planting areas in a
weed-free condition.
Noxious weeds regulated under Minnesota Rules 1505.0750 through 1505.0830 by the State and County
shall be removed to 5 feet beyond the mulch limits.
Prohibited noxious weeds must be controlled or eradicated as required in Minnesota statutes, section 18.78.
Verify with the County Weed Inspector which plant species have been added by petition to county noxious
weed lists. Lists of State Listed Noxious Weeds and County Weed Inspectors is available at
http://www.mda.state.mn.us
For detailed information and images of noxious weeds go to:
http://www.dot.state.mn.us/roadsides/vegetation/pdf/noxiousweeds.pdf

Remove all weeds (top growth and roots) within the mulch limits by hand pulling (pre-watering is
advised). All weed parts should be disposed of off site to avoid spreading weed seed.
A non-selective, non-residual post-emergent herbicide containing 41 percent glyphosate, as the

active ingredient, may be applied with a surfactant on a spot treatment basis with a brush or wick
applicator. A broad-spectrum dichlobenil based granular (pre-emergent) herbicide may also be applied,
in conformance with product labeling and manufacturer’s recommendations to further control residual
weeds. Other herbicides may be used if the Contractor receives prior approval from the Engineer. Spray
application of chemicals for weed control in the mulched planting areas will not be permitted during the
PEP unless the Contractor receives prior approval from the Engineer as recommended by the Technical
Advisor.
Weed whipping and weed clipping will not be accepted as weed control.
The herbicide applicator must be licensed by the Minnesota Department of Agriculture as commercial
pesticide applicator. Both A and J must appear on the license certifying the applicator for right-of-way
use.
At least 3 days prior to herbicide application, the Contractor must supply the Engineer with a copy of
the label(s) from the intended herbicide(s) and copy of a valid MN Pesticide applicators license with
Categories A and J.
In addition, the Contractor must keep accurate, daily application records and submit, with the scouting
report, a list of materials used, rates, area, and locations treated. All pesticides must be applied in
accordance with all pertinent laws and rules of the State of Minnesota, and in accordance with the label.
READ, UNDERSTAND, AND OBSERVE THE PESTICIDE LABEL
Table 5.1 Partial List of Suggested Herbicide Control Methods* for Weed
Control in the Landscape- Pre-Emergent
Possible Products, Active
Situation Comments
Ingredient / Trade Name
Control germinating weeds in
Dichlobenil such as Dyclomec™ Overdose kills woody plants.
mulched beds
Control germinating weeds Good safety factor.
in bare ground or rock mulch Oryzalin such as Surflan™ Questionable in wood chip.
beds Mulch beds.
Evergreen plantings and DO NOT apply to areas where
Conifer release from Hexazinone such as Velpar™ roots of desirable deciduous
competition with other plants plants may extend.
Can injure leafed-out
Control germinating weeds in
Oxyfluorfen such as Goal™ deciduous plants, poor on
bare ground
grasses
*Note – mention of trade names does not constitute endorsement of a product.

Table 5.1 Partial List of Suggested Herbicide Control Methods* for Weed Control in the Landscape-
Post-Emergent
Possible Products, Active

Situation Comments
Ingredient / Trade Name
Glyphosate such as Roundup™,
Kill grasses and forbs prior to
Add Transline™/Clopyralid if
tree hole or shrub planting bed Boom or band sprayer.
Canada Thistle or Crown Vetch
preparation
are present
Wiper or wick applicator

Crown Vetch Transline with Surfactant recommended for safety factor.
Do not blanket spray as many
Kill weeds in planting beds Glyphosate such as Roundup™ absorbing woody roots are in
the wood chip mulch.
Very selective spot spraying
when thistle are 6 inches -12
inches high. Spraying rosettes
in the fall is very effective. DO
Kill Canada Thistle in planting NOT use Transline™ within
Clopyralid such as Transline™
beds the dripline of Honeylocust,
or other woody legumes or
Tilia or Rhus species. DO NOT
spray over the top of woody
landscape plants.
Apply Transline™ in the fall
to kill thistle in preparation
for spring seeding of native
prairie species. Transline™
Kill Canada Thistle in turf prior applied during the season of
Clopyralid such as Transline™
to native prairie restoration prairie seeding will kill newly
germinating prairie plants.
Roundup™ can be applied
during the same season as
prairie seeding.
Can injure Juniper and

Kill grass in planting beds and
Fluazifop such as Fusilade™ Potentilla when sprayed over
holes.
the top. Timing is critical.
*Note – mention of trade names does not constitute endorsement of a product.

Maintenance of Turf
Areas
Unless specified, mowing is incidental to the
Project.
The Contractor shall continuously maintain
turf to between a mow height of 4 inches
and 9 inches to a distance 5 feet beyond
mulch line.
In areas of Contractor–installed turf, the
Contractor shall maintain turf to between a
mow height of 6 inches and 18 inches.
See plan or special provisions for additional
maintenance requirements for Contractor-
installed native seed mixes. Maintenance of Turf
Mulching
Mulch must be applied at depths specified in the table below and in the plan details. Due to settling
and decomposition, mulch must be uniformly maintained in a clean and weed-free condition at a
minimum depth of 3 inches. Mulch reduces weed growth, maintains soil moisture, helps moderate soil
temperature, and reduces mechanical and animal damage.
Mulch contaminated with soil as a result of the Contractor’s operations shall be removed from the
Project site.
A= Center
B = Depth
Type of Plant of Plant to
of Mulch
Mulch Line
Coniferous Trees 3’ min. 4”-6”
Deciduous Trees 3’ min. 4”-6”
Coniferous Shrubs 3’ min. 4”-6”
Deciduous Shrubs 3’ min. 4”-6”
Vines 2’ min. 4”-6”
Perennials 2’ min. 3”-4”
Machine- 12” Beyond
4”-6”
Transplanted Trees Edge of Hole

Pruning
The Contractor shall prune dead, rubbing, damaged or diseased branches, and unwanted suckers and
remove debris from the Project site. Following removal of diseased branches, disinfect pruning tool
before making next cut.
Dead branches and stubs or crossed and rubbing branches create wounds that cannot completely close
and seal off. Flush pruning cuts (too close) also make it impossible for the wound to completely close.
Wounds provide entry points for decay, insects, and disease.
No more than 25% of the live canopy may be removed during one growing season.
Pruning must produce clean cuts using the Shigo method and must not tear or crush branches. Scissor-
type bypass pruners and pruning saws shall be used. A bypass pole pruner may be used only during the
PEP. Misuse of pole pruners may cause the central leader and/or branches to tear and cause rejection of
the plant. Anvil pruners and hedge shears, which tear bark while crushing and bruising branches at the
site of the cut, are not acceptable.
Photo credit: www.felco.com

Scissor
Accepted
Pruners
Anvil Not
Pruners accepted
Pruning
Accepted
Saws
Photo credit: www.felco.com
Hedge Not
Shears accepted
Accepted
Pole
during PEP
Pruner
only

Prune branches so that an outside bud becomes the new terminal bud. Trees with multiple leaders must
be pruned to improve symmetry and to establish central leader dominance.
For tree branches larger than 2 inches in diameter, the Shigo pruning method is required.
To prune by the Shigo Method follow the steps below.
* Cut part way through
the branch at point A.
* Cut completely
through branch from
point B to A.
* Cut from point C to D.
* Leave branch collar (C
to D).
* DO NOT flush cut (C
to X).
* DO NOT leave stubs
(A to B).
Pruning by Shigo Method
Pruning to Live Buds

Structural Pruning of Young Elms

Dutch Elm Disease resistant Elms have gained in popularity and availability within the last few years.
These trees are valued for their beauty, historical significance, fast growth and ability to tolerate a wide
range of conditions. These American, Asian, Eurasian, and Hybrid Elms require special pruning to achieve
their iconic vase shape, especially during the first ten years.
For detailed information on Pruning Young Elms, refer to “Pruning Young Elms” by Chad P. Giblin. More
information is available at:
http://blog.lib.umn.edu/umtrees/trees/2010/05/how-to-order-pruning-young-elms.html
Steps for Structural Prunning of Young Elm

Steps for Structural Prunning of Young Elm

Oak Wilt
Avoid pruning branches or roots of oak trees during April – July in order to prevent the spread of oak
wilt. Pruning or accidental cuts or wounds to oaks shall be immediately (within one minute) treated with
an approved wound dressing. Wound dressing material should be latex paint, shellac, or other material
as approved by the Engineer. The paint color should blend with the bark color. The Contractor shall have
wound dressing on the Project site at all times. Asphalt-based wound dressing is not allowed.
Storm Water Management, Controlling Erosion and

Establishing Vegetation (2575)
Maintaining Erosion Control Devices
The Contractor and the Erosion Control Supervisor are responsible for maintaining quality control on all
work performed. When erosion or sediment control devices are installed, the work must be supervised
by a certified installer. See Table 2573-1 in MnDOT’s Standard Specifications for Construction and the
NPDES permit for corrective actions and materials required to qualify for payment.
Sediment Removal
The Contractor shall remove sediment in sediment traps and basins that has been trapped or detained
when the level of sediment reaches 50% of the height of the riser or 50% of the storage volume complete
drainage and removal within 72 hours of discovery. The Contractor shall remove sediment captured in
perimeter control devices as necessary to restore the functions of the device MnDOT 2573.3P.4.
If the Engineer determines that the Contractor has not followed specified erosion control practices and
sedimentation occurs within the right-of-way, the Contractor shall retrieve all sediment that has left
the right-of-way and restore the property to pre-existing condition, to the fullest extent possible, at the
Contractor’s expense. This must occur within 7 days of discovery and may require additional regulatory
permits.
Plant Replacement
Within the first year of the 2-year PEP, the Contractor is responsible for determining plant compliance
and the need for replacements based upon Project requirements. The Contractor shall conduct all plant
replacement operations during the month of May (spring plantings) and September (fall plantings) within
the first year of the PEP. At least 1 week prior to anticipated plant replacements, the Contractor shall
submit a summary report of proposed plant replacements to the Engineer. The report shall include,
by attachment, copies of plan sheets with the proposed replacement quantities and locations clearly
identified and a completed MnDOT Certificate of Compliance form. The Contractor shall also clearly mark
the plants to be replaced with brightly colored paint in the field.
The Contractor shall, at no extra expense to the Department, replace dead, defective, or missing plants
and all incidental materials needed to meet initial installation requirements. This includes plants lost
due to accidents, vandalism, theft, rodent damage, damage caused by Contractor, or as ordered by

the Engineer. Replacement plants and incidental materials shall be equal to or better than the initially
specified material.
In order to provide at least 1 full year of establishment care, the Contractor shall not replace plants in the
second year of the PEP unless the PEP is extended by a Supplemental Agreement or Change Order.
The Contractor is not responsible for replacement of transplant trees or shrubs furnished by the MnDOT.
However, dead or defective trees shall be removed by the Contractor at no expense to MnDOT.
When replacing plants, the mulch must be pulled back without contaminating it with soil. Soil
contaminated with wood chips robs plants of available nitrogen and creates voids in the soil. Mulch
contaminated with soil provides a rooting environment for weed growth and must be removed from the
project site and replaced.
Previously existing plants damaged by the Contractor’s operations will be appraised for value using
the most current edition of International Society of Arboriculture (ISA) “Guide for Plant Appraisal”. The
Contractor will be responsible for replacement, repair, and/or payment of damages in accordance with
MnDOT 1712.
Debris Removal
Remove all excess material, rocks, debris, and obsolete temporary erosion control devices, from the
Project site.
Daily Charges for Unsatisfactory Work

A daily charge of $200.00 may be assessed against the Contractor for failure to proceed satisfactorily with
required plant establishment work.
The Contractor shall keep all plants in a healthy growing condition, using good horticultural practices
continuously throughout the PEP.
The Engineer may assess a daily charge of $200.00 for non-compliance, on a calendar day basis, until the
Contractor achieves compliance.
Final Acceptance
As a condition for terminating the PEP and conducting the final inspection, the Engineer may require the
Contractor to bring the plant establishment work into compliance.
On or about the date on which the PEP is terminated, the Engineer will make a final inspection of the
Project.
The Engineer will make a determination as to which plants will be accepted for payment at the Contract
unit prices, at a reduced payment, or at no payment.
Upon final acceptance, the Contractor will not be required to provide any further care for the plantings.
Final acceptance will be made upon completion of the 2-year PEP and a final inspection of the completed
Project.

Method of Measurement
Chapter 6: Method of Measurement

All plants will be measured separately by the number of acceptable plants for each contract item as
listed in the Payment Schedule and by the following measurements to determine if the plant material
is acceptable.
Coniferous Trees (2571.501)

Coniferous trees are defined as a plant with needle shaped or scalelike leaves with true cones and/
or with an arillate fruit. Coniferous trees are usually upright and will have mature heights in excess of
30’. Coniferous trees are measured using the following criteria:
* Size: Using either Inches or Feet, the plant is measured from the base to the tip to determine
its height
* Root Category: Plants are measured in four categories; Seedling, Bare Root (BR), Container
(CONT) or Balled and Burlapped (B&B)
Deciduous tree (2571.502)

Deciduous trees are defined as a plant which tends to lose their leaves seasonally. The plant may
or may not flower and the plant may or may not bear fruit. Deciduous trees are usually single stem
plants (unless specified in a clump form), that have a mature height greater than 40’. Deciduous trees
are measured using the following criteria:
* Size: For trees using height, the plant is measured from the base of the plant to tip of the
central leader. For trees using Caliper (CAL), the plant is measured by diameter at breast
height.
Ornamental tree (2571.503)

Ornamental trees are the same as Deciduous trees but have a smaller statue, usually between
12’ and 40’ in height. They can be either single stem or multi stem plants. Ornamental trees are
measured using the following criteria:
* Size: For trees using height, the plant is measured from the base of the plant to tip of the
central leader. For trees using Caliper (CAL), the plant is measured by diameter at breast
height.
Coniferous shrub (2571.504)

Coniferous shrubs have the same definition as a coniferous tree, except they can have a multi stem
form and are usually less than 30’ tall. They can also have a spreading form, rounded form, or upright
form. Coniferous shrubs are measured using the following criteria:
* Size: For shrubs using height, the plant is measured from the base of the plant to tip of top of the
plant. For shrubs using spread, the plant is measured by the average width in any direction.
* Root Category: Plants are measured in two categories; Container (CONT) or Balled and
Burlapped (B&B)
Deciduous shrubs (2571.505)

Deciduous shrubs have the same definition as both deciduous and ornamental trees, but usually are
multi-stem in nature and are typically shorter than 25’ when mature. Deciduous shrubs can also have a
spreading nature. Deciduous shrubs are measured using the following criteria:
* Size: Plants are measured using height from the base of the plant tip of the tallest cane.
* Root Category: Plants are measured in five categories; Seedling, Bare Root (BR), Container
(CONT) or Balled and Burlapped (B&B).
* Roses: Rose plants also are based on Grade.
Vine (2571.506)
A vine is defined as a weak stemmed plant that derives its support from climbing, twining or creeping
along a surface. A vine is measured using the following criteria:
* Age: The number of years grown in the nursery.
* Size: Plants are measured using height from the base of the plant to tip of the central leader.
* Root Category: Plants are measured in two categories; Bare Root (BR), Container (CONT).
Perennial (2571.507)
A perennial plant is defined plant have a life cycle lasting more than two years. The above ground portion
of the perennial plant dies back yearly, but send up fresh growth the following spring. Perennials are
measured using the following criteria:
* Size: Plants are measured using height from the base of the plant to tip of the central leader.
* Root Category: Plants are measured in two categories; Bare Root (BR), Container (CONT).
Transplant tree/shrub/vine/perennial (2571.541, .544, .546, .547)

Transplants are trees, shrubs, vines or perennials that are exist in the landscape currently and are moved
either mechanically or by hand to a new location. Transplants are measured using the following criteria:
* Size: Measurement in inches for the width of the mechanical spading machine or size of the ball
created after hand digging.
Definitions
* Size: Size it defined as how large the plant is at the time of sale from the nursery.
* Root Category: Root Category is defined one of the following: Seedling, Bare Root (BR),
Container (Cont), Balled and Burlapped (B&B) or Machine Moved (MM) .
6-2 Chapter 6: Method of Measurement

* Age: Age is defined as how old the plant is at the age of sale, determined by when it was started
as a seedling or root cutting.
* Grade: Grade refers to a rating established by the American Association of Nurserymen and
applies to grafted field grown roses as they are removed after two years of growing.
Payment schedules for non-plant contract item, such as subsoiling, erosion control, etc., can be found in
MnDOT Standard Specifications for Construction.
Chapter 6: Method of Measurement 6-3

Payment Schedule
Chapter 7: Basis of Payment

All plants will be measured separately by the number of acceptable plants for each contract item as
listed in the “Payment Schedule” (MnDOT 2571.5G).
The Department will make payment for plant installation and establishment at a percentage of
the contract unit price per item unit of measure for all costs relating to furnishing, installing, and
maintaining the required plants and associated incidental materials as specified and shown on the
plans.
The Engineer may require additional materials and work beyond that specified or shown in the
contract. The Department will make payment for the additional materials and work as extra work.
The Department may make full payment, reduced payment or no payment of no more than the
maximum eligible partial payment percentage at any phase of payment (initial, interim, final) based
on the performance of the Contractor (see Payment Checklist on pages B-13 & B-14 of this manual).
Initial Payment
The Department will make a payment of up to but not exceeding 70% of the contract unit price for
each plant as follows:
Pre-Construction Work (up to 10%)

Upon completion and acceptance of preconstruction work, as defined in the Pre-Construction
checklist on pages B-13 & B-14 of this manual, the Department will pay no more than 10% of the
contract unit price for each plant pay item.
Preparation of Planting Holes and Beds (up to 15%)

Upon completion and acceptance of preparation of planting holes and beds work, as defined in
the Preparation of Planting Holes and Beds Checklist on pages B-13 & B-14 of this manual, the
Department will pay no more than 15 % of the contract unit price for each plant pay item.
Initial Planting Operations (up to 45%)

Upon completion and acceptance of initial planting operations, as defined in the Initial Planting
Operations Checklist on pages B-13 & B-14 of this manual, the Department will pay no more than
45% of the contract unit price for each plant pay item.
The Contractor may receive no more than 70% if all Preconstruction Work, Preparation of Planting
Holes and Beds, and Initial Planting Operations are met to the satisfaction of the Engineer. It is at the
Engineer’s discretion to withhold payments for unsatisfactory work and assessments. This amount
withheld could be based on specific area, specific bed of plants, or as an overall percentage of the
contract.
Interim Payment
At the end of the first calendar year of the Plant Establishment Period (PEP), and after completion
and acceptance of the Contractor’s work and continuous compliance with the plant establishment
requirements as defined by Plant Establishment-Year One on pages B-13 & B-14 of this manual, the
Engineer may authorize no more than 15% of the contract unit price for each plant.
The engineer may withhold payments for non-compliance, such as not turning in scouting reports on time
and lack of ongoing maintenance of the site.
Assessments
Supervision by Contractor (MnDOT 1506)
The provisions of MnDOT 1506 are supplemented as follows:
At the Preconstruction Conference, the Contractor shall designate in writing who the competent
superintendent and competent individual (if different) will be for this Project. These persons can only be
changed throughout the duration of the Project by submission of written authorization to the Engineer
by the Contractor. The submittal of these persons shall be done before any work is performed on this
Project.
The Contractor will be subject to an hourly charge for failure to comply with the requirements of MnDOT
1506. Non-Compliance charges, for each incident, will be assessed at a rate of $100.00 per hour, for each
hour or portion thereof, during which the Engineer determines that the Contractor has not complied. No
charge will be made if the deficiency is corrected within 1 hour of notification.
An incident of Non-Compliance will be defined as the receipt of a written work order by the Contractor
with instructions to correct a deficiency.
Plant Stock and Materials Documentation (2571.2A.2)

Work performed with plant stock, materials, and equipment that has been misrepresented in the
documentation will be considered unauthorized work. If required documentation is not supplied as
specified, subsequent work may be unauthorized and MnDOT may assess a daily charge of $200.00, on a
calendar day basis, until the Contractor is in compliance.
Construction Requirements (2571.3)

Unauthorized Work and Penalties for Non-compliant Operations (2571.3A.3)
The Engineer will consider work performed as follows to be unauthorized work:
(1) Without required and acceptable documentation and notifications,
(2) Without supervision by a certified landscape specialist,
(3) Without conducting required and acceptable competency tests, or
(4) In conflict with the working hours of MnDOT 1803, “Prosecution of Work.”
7-2 Chapter 7: Basis of Payment

In the case of non-compliant operations, the Department may assess a daily charge of $200.00, on a
calendar day basis, until the Contractor achieves compliance.
Establishment Work (2571.3K.2)

Keep plants in a healthy growing condition in accordance with the current edition of the ICAMMLP
throughout the establishment period and submit MnDOT Landscape Contractor Scouting Reports
in accordance with item 1 of MnDOT 2571.3K.2.a, “All Plants.” Perform plant establishment work
throughout the growing seasons from April through October and as necessary during the dormant
seasons from November through March. The Engineer may perform random inspections throughout the
PEP to verify compliance. The Engineer will consider the Contractor non-compliant if the Contractor does
not maintain plants throughout the PEP and does not submit scouting reports.
The Department may assess a daily charge of $200.00 for non-compliance, on a calendar day basis, until
the Contractor achieves compliance.
Storm Water Management (2573)

Installers (2573.3A.2)
If the Contractor fails to provide the required certified installers, the Engineer may reject the work as
unauthorized work in accordance with MnDOT 1512, “Unacceptable and Unauthorized Work.”
Storm Drain Inlet Protection (2573.5B)

The Department will withhold from monies owed to the Contractor for each improperly installed or
maintained storm drain inlet protection and for each drain where the Contractor failed to remove
sediments, the Engineer has ordered this corrective action.
Bonus Payment
When 90% or more of all plants installed within the initial plant installation period (PIP) and related
contract operations have been continuously acceptable throughout the contract period, the
Department will make a bonus payment of 10% of the total final contract price for plant installation and
establishment. The Department considers replacement plants, replaced during the initial PIP, initially
installed plants. Replacements made during the PEP are not eligible.
Final Payment
The Department will make final payment after final inspection and acceptance of the completed project
at the end of the PEP. The Engineer may authorize no more than 15% of the contract unit price for each
plant as defined by Plant Establishment Year 2 on pages B-13 & B-14 of this manual. The total final
payment includes the PEP Year 2 payment, assessments, reduced payments if any, and bonus payment if
eligible (see bonus payment above).
Chapter 7: Basis of Payment 7-3

Payments
No additional payment will be made for replacement plants unless authorized by the Engineer.
Withheld Payments
Any percentage of initial and interim payment that is withheld may continue to be withheld from the
final payment.
Any assessments charged during the Contract period will not be reimbursed at final payment. If the final
voucher shows that the total of all initial and interim payments made exceeds the total amount due
the Contractor, the Contractor shall promptly refund the overpayment. Final payment shall conform to
MnDOT 1908 (Final Estimate And Payment).
Liquidated Damages
The Department is entitled to damages for failure of the Contractor to complete the work within the
prescribed time. In view of the difficulty in making a precise determination of actual damages incurred,
the Department will deduct, from money due the Contractor, a daily charge in the amount stipulated, not
as a penalty but as liquidated damages to compensate for the additional costs incurred.
In suits involving assessment or recovery of liquidated damages, the reasonableness of daily charges will
be presumed and the amount assessed will be in addition to every other remedy enforceable at law, in
equity, by statute, or under the Contract.
Assessment of Liquidated Damages (1807.1 )

The Department will deduct from money due the Contractor a daily charge for each calendar day that
the work remains after the Contract time expires. The Engineer will assess the daily charge based on the
original Contract amount and Table 1807-1, “Schedule of Liquidated Damages” in MnDOT’s Standard
Specifications For Construction.
7-4 Chapter 7: Basis of Payment

Appendix A: Nursery, Seed Dealers & Growers
Appendix A

Partial List of Nursery Dealers and Growers

Type of Plant/
Hardiness
Name/Address Phone Number Landscape
Zone
Material
Alpine Nursery
7155 State Highway 76 507-896-3715 Perennials, Trees,
4b
Houston, MN 55943 Fax 507-896-5463 Shrubs
www.alpinenursery.com
Anderson Nurseries, Inc

605-489-2582
46043 – 238th Street
Fax 605-489-1300 Conifers 4b
Wentworth, SD 57075-7307
Email: [email protected]
Badger Evergreen Farms, Inc.

800-342-3152
N2650 Maple Lane – PO Box 796
715-218-5351
Merrill, WI 54452-0796 Conifers 4a
Fax 715-536-1629
www.badgerevergreen.com
Bachman’s Nursery Wholesale Center

6877 – 235th St. W. 651-463-3288
Farmington, MN 55024 800-525-6641 All 4b
Email: [email protected] Fax 651-463-4747
www.bachmanswholesale.com
Badoura Forest Tree Nursery Mn/DNR

218-652-2385 Bare Root
13885 – State 64 - PO Box 117
800-657-3767 Seedlings,
Akeley, MN 56433-0117 3b
Fax 218-652-2383 Transplants,
www.dnr.state.mn.us/forestry/nursery/
Cuttings
ordering.html
Bailey Nurseries, Inc

651-459-9744
1325 Bailey Rd
800-829-8898 All 4b
St. Paul, MN 55119
Fax 651-459-5100
www.baileynursery.com
Bergen’s Greenhouses, Inc.

218-847-2138
801 Willow Street West
800-492-4812 All 3b
Detroit Lakes, MN 56501-3808
Fax 218-847-3515
www.bergensgreenhouses.com
Appendix A A-1

Type of Plant/
Hardiness
Zone
Material
The Bruce Company
2830 Parmenter Street
608-836-7041
Middleton, WI 53562 All 5a
Fax 608-831-4236
www.bruceco.com
www.brucecompany.com
Bork Evergreens LLC
320-384-7406
44966 State Hwy 48
800-752-9182 Conifers 3b
Hinckley, MN 55037
Fax 320-384-7072
www.borktreefarms.com
Buell’s Landscape Design
836 Minnesota Street S.
651-459-9331
Bayport, MN 55003 All 4b
Fax 651-459-9358
www.buells.com
Cross Nurseries Inc.
22953 Highview Ave
952-469-2414
Lakeville, MN 55044 All 4b
Fax 952-469-1844
www.crossnurseries.com
Eagle Bay Farms
18277 – 150th St 218-732-9137
Containerized tree,
Park Rapids, MN 56470 800-726-3001 3b
shrubs, perennials
www.eaglebayfarms.com
Evergreen Nursery Co, Inc
5027 County TT 920-743-4464
Sturgeon Bay, WI 54235 800-448-5691 All 5b
www.evergreennurseryco.com
Gertens Wholesale Nursery
5500 Blaine Ave. E 651-450-1501
All 4b
Inver Grove Heights, MN 55076 Fax 651-450-9380
www.gertens.com/wholesale
Green Value Nursery
651-483-9855
8301 20th Ave N
888-321-9855 All 4b
Hugo, MN 55038
Fax 651-483-3679
www.greenvaluenursery.com
A-2 Appendix A

Type of Plant/
Hardiness
Zone
Material
Grove Nursery
9650 Trail Haven Rd 763-420-4202
Corcoran, MN 55340 800-944 8164 All 4b
www.grovenursery.com
Happy Land Tree Farms

320-245-5135
16706 Groningen Road Conifers,
800-860-7819
Sandstone, MN 55072 Deciduous Trees, 3b
Fax 320-245-5189
Email: [email protected] B&B/Container
www.happylandtreefarms.com
Hoffman and McNamara Co

Conifers,
9045-180th St E 651-437-9463
Deciduous Trees, 4b
Hastings, MN 55033-9532 Fax 651-437-9050
B&B/Container
www.hoffmanandmcnamara.com
Kahnke Brothers Tree Farm

10603 Boone Road
320-238-2572
Plato, MN 55370 All 4b
Fax 320-238-2574
www.kahnkefarm.com
Hartman Companies, Inc,
8099 Bavaria Rd 952-443-2990 Shade Trees
4b
Victoria, MN 55386 Fax 952-443-2835 B&B
www.hartmantreefarm.com
Itasca Greenhouse, Inc

26385 Blackwater Rd – PO Box 273 218-328-6261 All
Cohasset, MN 55721 800-538-8733 Containerized 3b
Email: [email protected] Fax 218-328-9843 Tree Seedlings
www.itascagreenhouse.com
Johnson’s Nursery, Inc

W180 N6275 Marcy Rd Menomonee Falls, WI
262-252-4988 Trees, Small Fruit,
53051 5b
Fax 262-252-4495 Ornamental
www.johnsonsnursery.com
Appendix A A-3

Type of Plant/
Hardiness
Zone
Material
Landscape Alternatives, Inc. Containers & Plugs,
25316 St. Croix Trail North Prairie Wild Flowers,
651-257-4460
Shafer, MN 55074 Grasses, 4a
Email: [email protected] Perennials
www.landscapealternatives.com
Laurel Tree Farms

16101 Dayton River Road
763-323-4406
Dayton, MN 55327 B&B Trees 4b
Fax 763-323-4642
www.laureltreefarms.com
Law’s Nursery, Inc

13030 Maycrest Ave Court S
651-437-9119
Hastings, MN 55033 Shade B&B 4b
Fax 651-438-3097
www.lawsnursery.com
Lincoln-Oakes Nurseries
3310 University Drive
701-223-8575 Tree and Shrub
Bismarck, ND 58504 4a
Fax 701-223-1291 Seedlings
www.lincolnoakes.com
Lundeby Evergreens
2565 100th Ave NE 701-262-4721
Tolna, ND 58380-9789 800-598-1228 Conifers 4a
www.lundebymfg.com
McKay Nursery Co
750 South Monroe St 920-478-2121
All, Mostly Trees
PO Box 185 800-236-4242 5a
and Shrubs
Waterloo, WI 53594 Fax 920-478-3615
www.mckaynursery.com
A-4 Appendix A

Type of Plant/
Hardiness
Zone
Material
Minnesota State Forest Nurseries
Mn/DNR – General Andrews Tree Nursery
218-372-3182 Trees
85894 County Highway 61
800-657-3767 (All Seasons) 3b
Willow River, MN 55795
Fax 218-372-3091 Shrubs
www.dnr.state.mn.us/state_forests/
sft00020/index.html
Mulligan’s Landscaping
612-332-8356
PO Box 623 B&B, Machine
507-663-0393
Northfield, MN 55057 Transplant, Shade 4b
800-232-8733
Email: [email protected] And Evergreen
Fax 507-663-0477
www.mulliganslandscaping.com
North Central Reforestation, Inc.

10466 – 405th Ave 218-747-2622
Tree Seedlings,
Evansville, MN 56326 877-702-5579 4a
Shrubs
www.ncrtrees.com
Northstar Seed and Nursery
18029 Ames Trail 507-334-6288
Perennials, Shrubs 4b
Faribault, MN 55021 Fax 507-334-8013
www.northstarnursery.com
Northern Minnesota Nursery

12017 Eagle Road 218-476-2162 Landscape Trees,
Floodwood, MN 55736 888-883-5580 Shrubs, Seedlings, 3a & 4b
Email: [email protected] Fax 218-476-2162 Christmas Trees
www.northernminnnursery.com
Out Back Nursery and Landscaping

651-438-2771 Native Trees &
15280 – 110th St. S.
800-651-3626 Shrubs 4b
Hastings, MN 55033
Fax 651-438-3816 Prairie Wetland
www.outbacknursery.com
Plants Beautiful Nursery
Nursery Address: 907 N Otter Ave
218- 338-6267 Shade Trees,
Mailing Address: 15927 Co Hwy 42
800-451-7623 Evergreens & 4a
Parkers Prairie, MN 56361-4552
Fax 218-338-5297 Topiary Trees
Email: pbnemidwestinfo.com
www.plantsbeautifulnursery.com
Appendix A A-5

Type of Plant/
Hardiness
Zone
Material
Prairie Moon Nursery
Native Plants Seed
32115 Prairie Lane 507-452-1362
Wetland, Prairie,
Winona, MN 55987 866-417-8156 4b
Savanna &
Woodland
www.prairiemoon.com
Prairie Nursery
608-296-3679
PO Box 306 Wildflowers,
800-476-9453 5a
Westfield, WI 53964 Native Grasses
Fax 608-296-2741
www.prairienursery.com
Prairie Restorations, Inc
Native Wildflowers
31646-128th Street 763-389-4342
& Grasses
Princeton, MN 55371 800-837-5986 4a
Limited Trees and
Shrubs
www.prairieresto.com
Rohde’s Nursery, LLC
Limited Conifers
N8098 Duck Creek Ave
920-293-4374 Deciduous Trees
Neshkoro, WI 54960 5a
Fax 920-293-4534 Bur Oak
E. Red Cedar
www.rohdesnursery.com
Schumacher Nursery & Berry Farm, Inc

Small Container,
37806 – 910th St
507-793-2288 Conifers,
Heron Lake, MN 56137 4b
Fax 507-793-0025 Bare Root Trees
and Shrubs
www.schumachersnursery.com
South Cedar Greenhouses
23111 Cedar Avenue South
952-469-3202 Native Perennials
Farmington, MN 55024 4b
Fax 952-469-5335 and Annual Flowers
www.southcedar.com
Swedberg Nursery
PO Box 418
37499 State Highway 210 East 218-864-5526
All 3b
Battle Lake, MN 56515 Fax 218-864-8212
www.swedbergnursery.com
A-6 Appendix A

Type of Plant/
Hardiness
Zone
Material
Wilson’s Nursery, Inc.
PO Box 160 952-445-4088
New Germany, MN 55367 800-477-4123 All 4b
www.wilsonsnurseryinc.com
Wolcyn Tree Farms and Nursery

Conifers
4542 Hwy 95 NW
763-689-3346 Christmas Trees
Cambridge, MN 55008 4a
Fax 763-689-0837 Hardwoods &
Shrubs
www.wolcyntreefarms.com
The MnDNR maintains lists for “Native Plant Nurseries and Native Vegetation Consultants”. These lists
are availiable at:
http://www.dnr.state.mn.us/gardens/nativeplants/suppliers.html
Suppliers on these lists who sell seed may or may not be certified through the MN Crop Improvement
Association (MCIA). Please check the MCIA web site for certified supplier if certified seed is specified at:
www.mncia.org
Appendix A A-7
Appendix B: Checklists & Forms
Appendix B

Projects
PRECONSTRUCTION CONFERENCE CHECKLIST (2571.3B) S.P. _______________
*Payment
Guidelines
Contractor Responsibility Date MnDOT Responsibility
Actual
Max %
Amt.
Possess copies of the following: Explain the Engineer, Inspector & Technical
* Plan – including SWPPP (1401, 1402, 1504) Assistant roles.
* Proposal & special provisions (1202, 1205, Explain the Project design intent & special
1206, 1210) considerations.
* Current Standard Specifications for Verify adequate equipment/ crews & time.
Construction Y_____ N _____
* Addendums, if any Verify the Contractor possesses all documents.
* Minnesota Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Y_____ N_____
Devices (MN MUTCD) Determine staging areas.
* Current MnDOT Standard Sign Manual
* Current Inspection & Contract Administration
Manual for MnDOT Landscape Projects
Provide the following documentation Identify where to post permits.

(2571.2A.2)
* NPDES permit (or proof of application
submitted by Prime Contractor).
* Preliminary MnDOT Certificate of Compliance
for Plant Stock, Landscape Materials, &
Equipment. Review SWPPP
* Written documentation if plants are Review MnDOT Certificate of Compliance with
unavailable and list of proposed substitutions. Technical Advisor:
* Compost, mulch, & seed must be from an * Materials from acceptable approved source.
approved source or will require testing. Y____ N ____
Compost Certificate of Compliance is required * Written documentation if plants unavailable.
whether from approved source or not. Check Y____ N ____
current MnDOT Technical Memos and * Substitutions acceptable (2571.2A.3).
Approved Construction Materials Y____ N ____
http://www.mrr.dot.state.mn.us/materials/ Review Preconstruction documentation.
ApprovedProducts/appcharet.asp Date Received. __________________________
* Copy of a valid nursery stock dealer/grower
certificate from all nurseries used. NOTE: Deduct $200/day if the Plant
* Pesticide applicator license. Stock documentation is not supplied at the
Name __________________________________ Preconstruction conference (2571.2A.2)
License # ______________ A _______J_______
Expiration Date __________________________ If late__________ days x $200 = $ __________
* Preliminary progress schedule including Plant

Installation Periods.
* Certified Landscape Specialist(s)
Name Expiration Date
______________________________________
______________________________________
* NPDES Erosion Control Supervisor
_______________ and backup _____________
Date
Inspector ____________________________ ________ *0% (Include in
This is part of Preconstruction Work
Preconstruction
Inspector (2571.5C.1).
Engineer ____________________________ ________ Work)
*Partial initial payment. Maximum eligible percentage/amount. Pay up to this amount if work is acceptable. The suggested
payment percentages are guidelines and do not obligate MnDOT to provide interim payment until operations are complete.
Appendix B B-1
PRECONSTRUCTION WORK CHECKLIST (2571.3B) S.P. _______________

*Payment
Guidelines
Actual
Max %
Amt.
Attend a Preconstruction conference. NOTE:
Supply the required Preconstruction If Preconstruction documentation is not supplied
documentation at the Preconstruction Conference, assess
See the Preconstruction Conference $200/day until acceptable documentation is
Checklist. supplied (2571.2A.2).
5%
Precon date
______________________________________
Documentation turn in date ________________
If late, _________days x $200 = $ __________
Mobilize: NOTE:
* Provide 24-hour notice prior to beginning Work performed without notice is unauthorized
work. Notify the Engineer immediately if (2571.3A.3).
plans change. Record notifications in project diary. 3%
Move initial planting hole and bed
preparation equipment and supplies to the
Project site.
Vegetation Protection Determine if equipment or operations endanger Entire 10% or

* Protect or avoid existing plants (in existing vegetation to remain? greater (based
accordance with 1712, 2031, 2557, & 2572). Y________ N _______ on damage
Install temporary fence if deemed necessary. appraisal)
Consult Technical Advisor to assess any
damage
2%
Inspector ________________________________________ Date _______________________

*10%
Engineer ________________________________________ Date _______________________
Notes:
B-2 Appendix B
PREPARATION OF PLANTING HOLES & BEDS CHECKLIST (2571.3A, C & D) S.P. ________________
*Payment
Guidelines
Actual
Max %
Amt.
Provide 24-hour notice prior to beginning work Date of first 24 hour notice.
or when changing operations (2571.3A.2). NOTE: Work performed without notice is 1%
Notify the Engineer immediately if plans unauthorized (2571.3A.3).
change.
Layout and stake planting beds and isolated Plants located outside sight corners, clear zone,
plant locations (2571.3C). & utility lines.
Review staking for conflicts with: Y_______ N ______
* Buried utilities and Overhead lines. Approve staking. 2%
* Sight corners & sign visibility.
Y ______ N ______
* Wet, slowly draining, or low spots.
Contact Gopher State One Call. Contact Technical Advisor with any questions.
Weed Control & Soil Cultivation (2571.3D.2) Date herbicide labels submitted.
Soil moisture must be at field capacity or ______________________________________
drier before working. If too wet, cultivation will
destroy the soil structure. Applicator is licensed for types A & J
Commercial.
Steps: Y_______ N ______
1 Mow one week prior to herbicide application. Weather conditions are suitable on spraying
2 Submit copies of labels & valid pesticide date.
applicator license to Engineer 3 days prior to
Y_______ N ______
herbicide application.
3 Spray and kill all turf & weeds in specified Verify competence in cultivating & incorporating
areas. soil additives (2571.3D.2 step 4). Required
4 Complete successful competency test in one depth: 16” including 4” of compost, plus any
planting bed and one tree planting area. other additives.
5 Cultivate in place soil to 12” depth. Planting hole competency test acceptable 10%
6 Incorporate 4” of compost and other Y_______ N ______
specified soil additives to a depth of 16”.
Planting bed competency test acceptable.
7 Measure compaction levels, not to exceed
200 psi to a depth of 16”. Y_______ N ______
8 Measure percolation rate if necessary to Soil moisture at or below field capacity.
verify adequate drainage. Y_______ N ______
9 Install temporary erosion control measures. v
Compaction tester available.
Y_______ N ______
Soil Reading
Compacted Soil. Y_______ N ______
Verify Contractor compliance of NPDES work.

Comply with NPDES Permit Part IV 2%
Notify Contractor in writing of non-conforming
(Construction Activity Requirements)
work.
Inspector ____________________________________________ Date _______________________

*15%
Engineer _____________________________________________ Date _______________________
Appendix B B-3
STORM WATER POLLUTION PREVENTION IMPLEMENTATION CHECKLIST (1717, 2573, 2574, 2575)
S.P. ________________

NPDES Permit – Must be provided if the cumulative Verify if NPDES Permit is required at the Preconstruction
soil disturbed is 1 acre or more (application is in conference (see Plan/Proposal).
proposal). Y_______ N ______
Erosion control materials list. Review erosion control materials list (on Certificate of
Identify Erosion Control Supervisor: Compliance).
_____________________________________________ Refer to Preconstruction conference checklist.
Erosion Control Supervisor responsibilities:

* Coordinating erosion and sediment control measures
and preparing weekly schedule.
* Attending construction meetings with regard to NPDES
log and other related issues.
* Ensuring that Federal, State and Local regulations are
followed.
Erosion Control – Best Management Determine seasonal restrictions (ex. Dormant wattles, fall
Practices (2573.3, 1717) prep left open on steep slope, etc.)
Comply with NPDES permit & SWPPP. Y_______ N ______
* Ensuring that all erosion/sediment control work is Verify erosion control devices installed/maintained
functioning effectively and installed in a timely manner. according to Plan.
* Ensuring that proper cleanup occurs and that erosion
Y_______ N ______
control devices are removed at the end of the Contract
and damaged turf restored. Verify Sediment Control devices are removed at
* Install and maintain erosion control devices according completion or left to biodegrade (blanket, bioroll mulch).
to plan (mulch, seed, blanket, etc). Y_______ N ______
* Submit site plans as needed detailing proposed
erosion and sediment control measures.
Sedimentation Control – Best Management Practices NOTE:
(2573.3, 1717). Notify Contractor in writing of non-conforming NPDES
Comply with NPDES permit work.
* Devices installed and maintained according to Plan &
Specifications.
_____ Silt fence*
_____ Mulch
_____ Sedimentation trap*
_____ Sediment Control Log
_____ Erosion Control Blanket
_____ Inlet Protection*
_____ Culvert End Control*
_____ Stabilized Construction Exit*
_____ Spill Kits
_____ Other
* Remove devices upon completion.
Inspector _____________________________________________ Date _______________________

Engineer _____________________________________________ Date _______________________
B-4 Appendix B
PLANT STOCK ACCEPTANCE CHECKLIST (2571.2A & 3861) S.P. ________________
Provide Notices (2571.3A.2) Date Notified

3-day notice prior to plant stock delivery.
NOTE:
Work performed without notice is unauthorized
(2571.3A.3).
Plant Stock Documentation (2571.2A.2 & 3861) NOTE:

Required no later than 1 week prior to planting: Work performed without Plant Stock Documentation is
* MN Department of Agriculture documentation for plants unauthorized. (2571.3A.3)
from quarantine areas.
* Revised MnDOT Certificate of Compliance for Plant Documentation is completed and supplied as specified.
Stock, Landscape Materials, and Equipment (if
Y_______ N ______
needed).
* Documentation verifying the seed or root stock source
is MN-hardy if plants not grown for last 2 years within Documentation turn in date.
the specified growing range limits.
* Written documentation if plants are unavailable. Date plants delivered.
* Compare Certificate with invoices, bills of lading to
For each supplier provide: verify plant health, hardiness, and regulated pest
* Valid Dealer/Grower certificates. (License) inspection.
* Documentation from the appropriate regulatory official * Accept substitutions only if previously approved &
from the State of origin for regulated pests (e.g. Gypsy documented.
moth, Emerald Ash Borer). Must be current and
signed.
Required at plant stock delivery. Date shipping papers received.

* Bills of lading (shipping papers).
Date invoices received.
Required prior to payment:
* All of the above, plus invoices.
Delivering & Storing Plants (2571.3E) Verify:

* Ventilate plants to prevent overheating. Plants protected during transport.
* Maintain cool and humid environment for bare root Y_______ N ______
plants to prevent breaking dormancy, unless species
requires sweating. Plants protected while handling.
* Cover plants during transport. Y_______ N ______
* Label individual plants and bundles. Plants protected during on-site storage.
* Protect plants from sun, wind, heat, etc. Y_______ N ______
* Install plants on delivery day.
* If unable to install immediately, store plants to
keep roots moist. NOTE:
* Handle all plants by the soil ball or container, not by Reject plants with unacceptable delivery or storage
the branches or trunk. methods.
Appendix B B-5
PLANT STOCK ACCEPTANCE CHECKLIST (2571.2A & 3861) - CONTINUED S.P. ________________
Provide plants that: Inspect Plants:

* Meet or exceed the minimum size, branching, caliper * Randomly check individual plants (container and B&B)
and root/soil ball requirements. and open random bare root plant bundles.
* Have a minimum 4” previous year’s shoot growth. * Break open random soil balls of container and B&B
* Are dormant if bare root. plants to confirm root compliance.
* Are conifers that are not candled or if candled ONLY if * Look at a representative sampling for compliance
they are NOT wilted or limp. with the requirements listed under Contractor
* Have healthy, viable buds which are green when split Responsibility.
open. EXCEPTIONS: buds of honeylocust, willow, * If you see any non-compliance, examine other plants
Kentucky coffeetree, potentilla, and spirea are small to see if problems are widespread.
and hard to see or are hidden.
* Have no wounds or cracks unless they are small NOTE:
superficial cuts or abrasions which do not penetrate Reject plants that do not meet the requirements and
through the outer bark. confirm the Contractor has removed them from the
* Have no cankers. Project site.
* Have pruning cuts less than 1” diameter on the lower 6
feet of the trunk; intact branch collars; no branch stubs.
* Have white or light-colored roots when scraped and
are moist, mold-free, and rot-free.
* Have intact soil balls with a root flair no more than 4”
deep, no more than 10% off center and with roots that
fill the soil, if B&B or container.
* Have roots that are balanced, and are not encircling
and not extending 4” beyond ball or container.
* Are free of insects and disease.
* Are from state-inspected nurseries and within the
acceptable growing range limits.
* Meet minimum spade size requirements for machine
moved transplants.
Remove rejected plants from the Project site.
Date
This is part of Initial Planting Operations Inspector ________________________ ___________

(2571.5C.3)
Engineer ________________________ ___________
Notes:
B-6 Appendix B
INITIAL PLANTING OPERATIONS CHECKLIST (2571.3F)` S.P. _______________

*Payment
Guidelines
Actual
Max %
Amt.
Plant Stock Documentation for required Documentation completed and supplied as
materials (2571.2A.2 & 3861) specified.
Y_______ N ______
See Plant Stock Acceptance checklist.
NOTE: 4%
Assess a daily charge of $200 if Plant Stock
Documentation is not provided as specified.
(2571.2A.2).
If late, _______
days x $200 = $ _________
Provide Notices (2571.3A.2). NOTE:

* 24-hour notice when changing operations. Work performed without plant stock
* Planting must occur within a Plant documentation or without notice is unauthorized 3%
Installation Period (PIP). (2571.3A.3). cumula-
Notify the Engineer immediately if * Record notifications in project diary. tive
plans change.
Complete successful plant installation Approve competency test before allowing

competency test. further work:
* Soil moisture must be at or below field * Coniferous Tree B&B
capacity to avoid destroying the soil * Coniferous Tree Cont.
structure. * Deciduous Tree B&B
* Appropriate spading equipment. * Deciduous Tree B.R.
* Cultivation depth. * Deciduous Tree Cont.
* Amendments to soil. * Coniferous Shrub Cont. 2%
* Install one plant for each pay item or * Deciduous Shrub Cont.
root category applicable to the project * Deciduous Shrub B.R.
(2571.3F1). * Seedling
* Vine
* Perennial
* Tree spade
* Percolation rate (if needed)
Deliver & Store Plants (2571.3E). Plant storage is acceptable.

See Plant Stock Acceptance checklist. Y_______ N ______
Install Plants according to 2571.3F and Verify plants are installed as specified.
MnDOT Standard Planting Detail A in Plan Y_______ N ______
(planting hole dimensions).
Plant prep prior to placement specific to stock Alternative planting employed.

type according to Standard Planting Details in Y_______ N ______
plan. 20%
Keep records of unacceptable work.
Alternative planting methods as needed

according to Standard Planting Detail in plan.
Appendix B B-7
INITIAL PLANTING OPERATIONS CHECKLIST (2571.3F) - CONTINUED S.P. _______________
*Payment
Guidelines
Actual
Max %
Amt.
Provide Initial Watering and Backfill Watering equipment available during installation
(2571.3G) operations.
Watering equipment and forces must be Y_______ N ______
available on the Project until all initial plant
Plants are positioned at proper depth, are 5%
installation operations have been accepted.
plumb, and with no soil air-voids.
First watering: thoroughly water each plant Y_______ N ______
within 2 hours of installation to settle soil
and fill voids.
Mulch plants (2571.3H) Verify soil is raked level and clods removed prior
Place mulch within 48 hours after plant to placing mulch.
installation, unless delays are authorized due to Y_______ N ______
excessive soil moisture.
Mulch at proper depth.
* Perennials depth 2” – 4”
Y_______ N ______
* All others depth 4” – 6” 5%
SWPPP compliance.
*EXCEPTION: On slopes steeper than 3:1 Y_______ N ______
above Special Waters, mulch placement
must occur within 3 days of exposing soil.
Protect plants (2571.3I) All rodent guards installed.

Install rodent guards, paint, staking & guying, & All listed trees painted.
tree shelters, as specified. All staking & guying installed.
2%
All tree shelters installed.
Clean up the Site (2571.3J) Site cleanup complete.
Remove all debris (twine, unearthed rocks/
debris, pots, burlap, nails, labels, trash, etc.)
from Project. 2%
Sweep tracked soil from adjacent paved

surfaces.
Restore/Repair the Site (2571.3J(2)) Compaction correction required (2105.3G).
* Restore any compacted soil. Y_______ N ______
* Repair all rutted/damaged turf with the
All turf repaired. 2%
specified or in place seed mixes/sod.
Turf mixes:_____________________________
Sod: __________________________________
If at any time the Planting Operations are non-

compliant, assess $200/day until the Contractor
achieves compliance.
Completed (2571.5C.3)
Inspector _____________________________________________ Date _______________________ *45%
Engineer _____________________________________________ Date _______________________
B-8 Appendix B
PLANT ESTABLISHMENT CHECKLIST (2571.3K) – YEAR ONE S.P. ________________

*Payment
Guidelines
Actual
Max %
Amt.
Provide 24-hour notice prior to beginning or Keep notifications for all plant establishment
changing operations (2571.3A.2). Notify the activities. 1%
Engineer immediately if plans change.
Maintenance and Scouting (2571.3K.2) Keep scouting reports & record dates:
* Scout to assess plant health and the June 1 15
landscape project condition. July 1 15
* Submit required scouting reports. Aug 1 15
* Water plants. Maintain adequate, but not Sept 1 15
excessive soil moisture. Oct 1 15
* Repair, adjust, or replace staking & guying,
Nov 1
planting soil, rodent protection, seedling
shelters, paint, & other incidental items. Dec 1
* Maintain mulch depth at a minimum of 3” at Jan 1
all times. Feb 1
* Maintain healthy, vigorous plants, free from Mar 1
harmful pests and disease. Apr 1 15
* Remove dead plants on a continuous basis.
May 1 15
* Maintain plumb plants.
* Continuously keep all planting areas weed-
free. Control weeds (top & root growth) & *Keep Photo documentation with Scouting
remove from the Project site; avoid spreading Reports.
weed seeds. Year One establishment requirements were
* Hand pull any weeds in mulch. continuously acceptable.
* Remove State and County-listed noxious Y_______ N ______ 14%
weeds to at least 5’ beyond the mulch line.
* Mow - Mow turf areas to at least 5’ beyond The Engineer may notify the Contractor in writing
mulch line when 9” tall. Mow no shorter than of non-compliance. The Engineer will assess a
4”. Mow all Contractor- installed turf when 18”. daily charge of $200 for non-compliance, on a
* Prune using the Shigo method. See Standard calendar day basis, until the Contractor achieves
Planting Detail A. compliance. (2571.3K2)
* Replace unacceptable plants within the month
of May (spring planted projects) and within the ________ # of days x $200 = _______________
month of September (fall planted projects).
* Determine which plants need to be
replaced. Refer to Plant Stock Documentation Checklist for
plant replacements.
* Replacement requirements are the same
Documentation turn in date _________________
as for initial preparation & planting - Provide
plant stock documentation (2571.2A.2); and Date plants delivered ______________________
replace incidental materials as necessary to
meet initial installation requirements. Reject unacceptable plants.
* Housekeeping - All rocks & debris must be Verify compliance based upon scouting reports,
stored in containers and disposed of properly random site visits, photo documentation and
throughout the project. Contractor communication.
Completed (2571.5D)
Inspector _____________________________________________ Date _________________________ *15%
Engineer _____________________________________________ Date _________________________
Appendix B B-9
PLANT ESTABLISHMENT CHECKLIST (2571.3K) – YEAR TWO S.P. ________________
*Payment
Guidelines
Actual
Max %
Amt.
Provide 24-hour notice prior to beginning or Keep notifications for all plant establishment
changing operations (2571.3A.2). Notify the activities. 1%
Engineer immediately if plans change.
Maintenance and Scouting (2571.3K.2) Keep scouting reports & record dates:
* Scout to assess plant health and the June 1 15
landscape project condition. July 1 15
* Submit required scouting reports. Aug 1 15
* Water plants. Maintain adequate, but not Sept 1 15
excessive soil moisture. Oct 1 15
* Repair, adjust, or replace staking & guying,
Nov 1
planting soil, rodent protection, seedling
shelters, paint, & other incidental items. Dec 1
* Maintain mulch depth at a minimum of 3” at Jan 1
all times. Feb 1
* Maintain healthy, vigorous plants, free from Mar 1
harmful pests and disease. Apr 1 15
* Remove dead plants on a continuous basis.
May 1 15
* Maintain plumb plants.
* Continuously keep all planting areas weed-
free. Control weeds (top & root growth) Year Two establishment requirements were
& remove from the Project site; avoid continuously acceptable.
spreading weed seeds. Y_______ N ______ 14%
* Hand pull any weeds in mulch.
* Remove State and County-listed noxious The Engineer may notify the Contractor in
weeds to at least 5’ beyond the mulch line. writing of non-compliance. The Engineer
* Mow- Mow turf areas to at least 5’ beyond will assess a daily charge of $200 for non-
mulch line when 9” tall. Mow no shorter than compliance, on a calendar day basis, until the
4”. Mow all Contractor- installed turf when Contractor achieves compliance. (2571.3K.2)
18” tall.
* Prune using the Shigo method according ________ # of days x $200 = ______________
Standard Planting Detail A.
* Housekeeping - All rocks & debris must
Reject and remove from Project site
be stored in containers and disposed of
unacceptable plants.
properly throughout the project.
All replacement plants must receive 1 full year Verify compliance based upon scouting
of Plant Establishment Work to be acceptable. reports, random site visits, and Contractor
When less than one year remains in the communication.
Contract, replace only if the Establishment
Period is extended one full year.
Completed (2571.5E)
Inspector _____________________________________________ Date _______________________

*15%
Engineer _____________________________________________ Date _______________________
B-10 Appendix B
FINAL INSPECTION CHECKLIST (2571.3L.4) S.P. ________________
Insp.
Contractor Responsibility MnDOT Responsibility
Date
As a condition for terminating the Plant Establishment Review Project with Contractor and indicate compliance:
Period and conducting the final inspection, the Engineer
may require the Contractor to address deficiencies. On or
about the date on which the Plant Establishment Period
Y_______ N ______
is terminated, the Engineer will make a final inspection of
the Project. The Engineer will make a determination as to
which plants will be accepted for payment at the contract
unit price, at a reduced payment, or at no payment. Upon
final acceptance the Contractor will not be required to
provide any further care for the plantings.
Final Watering:
* Maintain adequate but not excessive moisture.
Protection (as shown in plan details):

* Adjust rodent guards to meet initial planting Y_______ N ______
requirements.
* Apply fresh latex paint on specified trees, as needed. Y_______ N ______
* Remove all staking & guying. Y_______ N ______
* Adjust seedling tree shelters to meet initial planting Y_______ N ______
requirements.
Mulching:
Maintain a minimum depth of 3” at specified widths. Y_______ N ______
* Widths = 3’ radius from plant center for deciduous
and evergreen trees and individual deciduous and
evergreen shrubs.
* Widths = 3’ beyond edge plants for deciduous and Y_______ N ______
evergreen shrubs
* Vines (2’ wide x 10’ long).
Mulch is not contaminated with soil or weeds. Y_______ N ______
Weed Control:
* Control weeds (top growth and roots) by hand pulling Y_______ N ______
in all mulched area. No chemical application is
allowed within 2 weeks of final inspection.
* Control State and County-listed noxious weeds within Y_______ N ______
5’ of mulched areas.
Mowing:
* Mow to 5’ beyond the mulch line if taller than 9”. Y_______ N ______
* Mow all turf establishment/repair areas if taller than
18”. Y_______ N ______
Plants are free from harmful insects and disease. Y_______ N ______
Form:
Y_______ N ______
* Plumb trees.
* Well-balanced and full branching. Y_______ N ______
* Establish central leaders on trees. Y_______ N ______
Appendix B B-11
FINAL INSPECTION CHECKLIST (2571.3L.4) - FINAL ACCEPTANCE S.P. ________________
Insp.
Contractor Responsibility MnDOT Responsibility
Date
Pruning:
* Employ the Shigo method. Standard Planting Detail A Y_______ N ______
* Remove dead, diseased, broken, or crossing branches.
Y_______ N ______
Plants are vigorous: Y_______ N ______

* New twig growth averages 4”+.
* Buds are plump. Y_______ N ______
* Leaf/needle size is average size and healthy color. Y_______ N ______
* Proper wound closure. Y_______ N ______
Cleanup and Restoration: (2575) Y_______ N ______

* Restore turf with appropriate seed/sod.
* Properly dispose of weeds/pruning debris off site. Y_______ N ______
* Remove dead or defective plants. Y_______ N ______
* Remove debris and unearthed rocks from Project site. Y_______ N ______
Storm Water Management: (2573) Min. 70% perennial cover

* Notice of Termination.
Y_______ N ______
* Prepare project for compliance review.
Sediment control devices removed
* Remove all sediment control devices.
Y_______ N ______
* Sign Notice of Termination, then submit to Engineer
verifying that all Clean Water Act requirements have Sign & send notice to Contractor
been met.
NOTE:
Contractor signature required for Final Payment
Inspector ______________________ Date _________

*Payment is based on plant & NPDES acceptance
(2571.5E & 2575)
Engineer ______________________ Date _________
*See 2571.5E for final payment requirements and percentages.
B-12 Appendix B
FINAL PAYMENT CHECKLIST (2571.5) S.P. ____________________

MnDOT Checklist for Payment (prepare one for each contract item) Contract Item No. _____________
Assessments: if any, per 1506, 1717.2G, 2571.2A.2, 2571.3A.3, 2571.3K.2, 2573.3P.1, 2573.5B.2
Plant Contract Item Payment Criteria: Summary of Checklists

Cont-
Total $
ract
Basis of Payment (as eligible for acceptable work) Max % Actual % Qty (% x Qty. x
Unit
Price)
Price
Supply required documentation 5
Preconstruction
Mobilization 3 10
Work
Vegetation Protection 2
Provide 24-hour Notice 1
Preparation of Layout & Staking 2
Planting Holes & 15
Beds Weed Control, Mowing & Soil Cultivation 10
Comply with NPDES 2
Plant Stock Documentation and Seed Labels 4
Provide 3-day & 24-hour Notices 3
Competency Tests 2
Install Plants, Transplants or Seeding 20
Initial Planting
Initial Watering & Backfill 5 45
Operations
Mulch Plants 5
Protect Plants 2
Clean up Site 2
Restore/Repair Site 2
Subtotal 70
Initial Payment per
Assessments ( )
plant contract item
Total Initial Payment
Plant Establishment Provide 24-hour Notice 1

- Year 1- See year 1
checklist page B-9 Scouting Maintenance 14
Subtotal 15
Year 1 (Interim
Payment) per plant Assessments ( )
contract item
Year One Payment
Plant Establishment Provide 24-hour Notice 1

- Year 2- see year 2
checklist page B-10 Scouting Maintenance 14
Subtotal 15
Year 2 Payment per
Assessments ( )
plant contract item
Year Two Payment
TOTAL Plant Stock Payment for Contract Item # $
��
Comments:
Appendix B B-13
Full Payment: (2571.5A) The Department will make full payment of 100 percent of the contract unit price for each plant the
Engineer considers acceptable, upon inspection, if the Contractor fully achieves all Payment Criteria listed in the Plant Contract
Item Payment Criteria: Summary of Checklists.
Contract Item # Total $ Contract Item # Total $ Contract Item # Total $
2571. 2571. 2571.
Column Total Column Total Column Total

Total of all three columns Full Payment
Reduced/No Payment: The Department will make a reduced payment or no payment of the Contract unit price for each
plant in accordance with Table 2571-1 below.
Table 2571-1 Plant Installation: Condition of Acceptance

Reduction
Condition of Acceptance Reduced by %
$
The plant is acceptable at final inspection, the work met all initial installation
requirements and is in compliance with the plant establishment requirements upon
5-20
final inspection, but has not been continuously in compliance with plant establishment
requirements.
The plant is acceptable at final inspection and the work met all initial installation
requirements, but is not in compliance with plant establishment requirements upon final 20-50
inspection.
Reduce payment to the
The plant is acceptable at final inspection, but the work does not meet some initial
extent the Engineer
vegetation protection or plant installation requirements.
determines acceptable.
The plant is not acceptable at final inspection, but the work continuously met initial
50-65
installation and plant establishment requirements.
The plant is not acceptable at final inspection, and the work has not been continuously in
100
compliance with initial installation or plant establishment requirements.
Payment Reduced by $
Bonus Payment: (2571.5F) When 90 percent or more of all plants installed within the initial plant installation period (PIP) and
related contract operations have been acceptable continuously throughout the contract period; the Department will make a
bonus payment of 10 percent of the total final contract price for plant installation and establishment. The Department considers
replacement plants, replaced during the initial PIP, initially installed plants. Replacements made during the Plant Establishment
Period (PEP) are not eligible.
Year 2 Payment
Payment Reduced by ( )
Assessments ( )
Final Payment Of the total final contract
Bonus Payment (If Eligible) 10% price for plant installation
and establishment
Other Contract Items/Extra Work
$
Inspector _____________________________________ Date _______________________ Final
Engineer _____________________________________ Date _______________________ Payment
B-14 Appendix B
MnDOT Landscape Contractor Scouting Report April through October
Project Number ______________________ T.H. _

_________ Engineer’s Name ____________________________________
Scouting Date ______________________________ Person Scouting ____________________________________________
Firm Name _____________________________________ Location on Plan Sheet number(s) _________________________
Signature of Certified LS Spec/Project Supervisor _________________________________ Phone Number ______________
Weather Conditions: Temp. _____________ °F Precipitation since last report ____________ “ Wind ______________ mph
Plant Establishment Task Conditions Found – Work Performed Date
Maintain adequate soil moisture:

______________ Gallons of water applied.
Test soil moisture with soil recovery probe: (check one)
soil forms ball ___________ soil crumbles ____________
Replace, adjust or repair staking and guying.
Remove from Project at end of first year.
Replace, adjust or repair rodent protection.
Maintain plumb plants.
Replace, adjust, or repair seedling shelters.
Repaint tree trunks to first lateral branches, as needed.
Maintain min. 3” depth mulch ( _______” measured).
__________ cubic yards of mulch applied to _______ depth.
Inspect for harmful insects and disease, treat as needed.
Maintain mulched planting areas free of weeds by hand

pulling tops and roots.
* Do not contaminate mulch with soil.
* Remove all weed parts from Project.
* Wick applied or granular herbicides must be applied
according to Manufacturer’s label. Pesticide Application Record Form
Remove State and County-listed noxious weeds to at least 5’
beyond mulch lines.
Maintain turf between 4” and 9” ht. to a distance 5’ beyond all
mulch lines. Remove all weed parts from Project.
Maintain contractor-installed turf between 6” and 18” ht.
Prune dead, diseased, broken and crossing branches using

the Shigo method. Remove debris.
Plants missing due to theft, animal damage, etc.
Replace unacceptable plants and incidental items as per

initial planting requirements.
Maintain erosion control devices.
Remove synthetic erosion control devises at end of Contract
and remove from Project.
Remove dead plants from Project.
Do not contaminate mulch with soil.
Other / Comments
Appendix B B-15
MnDOT Landscape Contractor Scouting Report November through March
Keeping plants healthy using good horticultural practices (2571.3K.2)
Project Number ______________________ T.H. _

____________________ Scouting Date ____________________________
Engineer’s Name ______________________________________________________________________________________
Firm Name _____________________________________ Location on Plan Sheet number(s) _________________________
Person Scouting _________________________________________ Phone Number _________________________________
Weather Conditions: Temp. _____________ °F Precipitation since last report ____________ “ Wind ______________ mph
Plant Establishment Task Work Performed and Location on Plan Date
Snow Load Damage

* Is future damage avoidable?
Animal Damage
Trees Missing (Theft)
Vehicle Damage
Weather-related Damage
* i.e. Ice storms, heavy snow, frost crack, sunscald, winter
browning, etc
Rodent Protection Damage
Prune dead, diseased, broken, and crossing branches

using the Shigo method. Remove debris.
Replace, adjust, or repair staking and guying.

Remove from Project at end of first year.
Maintain plumb plants
Plants missing due to theft, animal damage, etc.
Other / Comments
B-16 Appendix B
Template for Contractors Applying Herbicides and Other Pesticides on Roadside Rights of Way
Pesticide Application Record (Minn. Statutes, Chapter 18B.37)
Applicator must have valid MN Commercial Pesticide Application Record in CORE and the category
required by the pesticide label. All herbicide applicators must be licensed in the Right of Way category
APPLICATOR’S COMPANY NAME APPLICATOR’S COMPANY ADDRESS
TELEPHONE FAX (Optional) CITY STATE ZIP CODE
CUSTOMER’S NAME (Mn/DOT District Staff) CUSTOMER’S ADDRESS (Mn/DOT District)
TELEPHONE FAX (Optional) CITY STATE ZIP CODE

(Optional)
DATE OF APPLICATION TIME OF APPLICATION

/ / STARTED  A.M.  P.M.
(MONTH) (DAY) (YEAR) COMPLETED  A.M.  P.M.
The information in the section below must be updated at least every two hours.
TIME
TEMPERATURE
WIND SPEED
WIND
DIRECTION
The information in the section below should identify application site, start point and end point.
Start Mile Direction Start End Mile End Chemical Applied (Include brand name and rate Water
Trunk Highway Post of Travel Time Post Time for multiple chemicals in tank mix) present
BRAND NAME & EPA REG. NO. Chemical Application Total Mix Used UNITS TREATED
Rate per Acre (Ounces) (Ounces) (square feet or acres)
Comments:
APPLICATOR’S
APPLICATOR’S NAME (PRINT) APPLICATOR’S SIGNATURE
LICENSE NUMBER
APPLICATOR’S
APPLICATOR’S NAME (PRINT) APPLICATOR’S SIGNATURE
LICENSE NUMBER
Appendix B B-17
State of Minnesota Department of Transportation

Certificate of Compliance for Plant Stock,
Landscape Materials, and Equipment
Project S.P. Number __________________________________________ Date ___________________
Highway No. ________________________________ City ____________________________________
Project Engineer ______________________________________________________________________
Lead Company Owner _________________________________________________________________
Certified Landscape Specialist _______________________________ Cert. # _____________________
Work Phone _______________________________________ Home Phone ______________________
Mobile Phone ___________________________________ Fax ________________________________
The Landscape Contractor acknowledges that he or she has thoroughly investigated the supply of plant
stock specified on this project and has obtained firm commitments from all the growers/suppliers listed.
These commitments assure that the specified plant stock will be delivered as required to complete the
Contract.
If information changes, the Contractor shall furnish the Engineer a revised MnDOT Certificate of
Compliance no later than one week prior to the proposed planting date. As a condition for delivery
and approval of plant stock, this Certificate of Compliance states that all plant stock furnished by the
Contractor on this project is in conformance with the current edition of the MnDOT Standard Specification
for Construction, the Supplemental Specifications, the Plans and Special Provisions, and the Contract
Administration Manual for MnDOT Landscape Projects.
The attached Plant Stock Schedule shall list the following information for all plant stock specified: plant
species, variety, size, root type, quantity, and growing range, supplier name, address, phone number,
and growing range USDA hardiness zone. This Certificate of Compliance documents that all plant
stock furnished by the Contractor on this Project is Category A (grown and cultivated on state-inspected
growing ranges, within the Acceptable Plant Stock Growing Range, for at least the last two years), or
Category B (grown outside of the Acceptable Plant Stock Growing Range, only if the seed source or root
and graft stock is certified and documented as originating within the Acceptable Range). All plant stock
shall be hardy to the Minnesota zone where the project is located.
The Landscape Contractor certifies that the information provided herein is accurate to the best of his or
her knowledge:
Name/Title (Print) _____________________________________________________________________
Signed: ___________________________________________ Date: _____________________________
Appendix B B-19

Certificate of Compliance for Plant Stock Schedule (3861)
Growing
Growing
Plant Name, Species, Supplier Name, Address, Range
Size Root Quantity Range
Variety Phone Hardiness
A or B
Zone
B-20 Appendix B

Certificate of Compliance for Landscape Materials and Equipment
Landscape Materials Supplier Name, Address, Phone
Grade
Compost (3890)
Type
Mulch (3882)
Test Result
Mix
Seed (3876)
Material (silt fence):
Mulch Type
Storm Water Management
(2573) Blanket Category:
Other
Anticipated Pesticides Applicator Name: _

______________________
Applicator Co.: _________________________
Pesticides
*Attach additional sheets if Address: _____________________________
more Phone: _______________________________
one applicator Applicator License No.: __________________
License Category: _________ A _________ J
Fertilizers (3881)
Soil or Root Additives

(3896)
Equipment List anticipated motorized/mechanized

Brand / Model #
equipment. (Tractor, skid steer, etc.)
Additional Landscape Specialists

Required Equipment MnDOT Certified Specialist(s) on Project
(Must be on Project at all times 2571.3A.4)
Certification # Name (Print)
* Compaction Tester
* Soil Probe
* Caliper
Appendix B B-21

Certificate of Compliance – Acceptable Plant Stock Growing Range
Acceptable Plant Stock Growing Range Limits Map
Appendix B B-23
Sample
Blank
Preliminary Progress Schedule
B-24 Appendix B
Please refer to Minnesota Pollution Control web site for most current forms.
http://www.pca.state.mn.us/index.php/water/water-types-and-programs/stormwater/
construction-stormwater/index.html
To complete online application form for an NPDES/SDS Stormwater Permit to construction activity.
Appendix B B-25
Please refer to Minnesota Pollution Control web site for most current forms.
http://www.pca.state.mn.us/publications/wq-strm2-60.doc
LE
MP
SA
B-26 Appendix B
LE
MP
SA
Appendix B B-27
Appendix C: Clear Zone, Sight Dist. & Outdoor Ad
Appendix C

The following explanation of clear zones, sight distances and adjacent outdoor advertising (billboards or
business signs) is for informational purposes only!
If the Contractor feels there is a conflict between a planting location and a clear zone, sight distance and/
or outdoor advertising device, they should contact the Engineer before doing any work. The Engineer will
determine if any adjustment of the staking and/or layout is required and direct the Contractor as needed.
Clear Zone
The clear zone is the distance from the edge of the traveled lane which should be free of any non-
traversable hazards, such as steep slopes or fixed objects. The following should be considered when
determining the clear zone.
* Clear zone distances are targeted to permit about 80 percent of errant vehicles to recover or
come to a stop.
* Clear zones are variable depending on design speed, degree of curvature, ADT (Average Daily
Traffic), and the roadside geometry. Higher speeds and steeper slopes result in vehicles traveling
farther before recovering. Horizontal curves increase the likelihood of a vehicle leaving the
pavement and the distance it will travel off the highway. Higher ADT’s translate into increased risk
of a harmful event.
* Values are based on limited data and should be considered approximate. They do not represent
a precise, absolute distance, nor should they be considered a boundary for introducing fixed
objects. Introduced hazardous objects should be placed a discrete distance out from the
computed clear zone to the extent practical.
60 mph design speed/ 2000-6000 ADT, 2° curve

Computed clear zone: 28 ft, - Available clear zone: 30
Note:
Degree of Curvature Formula:
D = 5729.58/R
Where:
D = Degree of Curvature
R = Radius of Curve, ft
Appendix C C-1
Table 4-6.04A CLEAR ZONE DISTANCES (ft) Degree of curve TANGENT
CUT SECTION FLAT FILL SECTION

DESIGN SPEED ADT
1:3 1:4 1:5 1:6 1:10 - 1:6 1:5 1:4 1:3
< 1500 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 12 13 14 16
40 mph 1500 - 6000 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 14 15 16 17
> 6000 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 15 16 17 19
< 1500 11 13 14 14 14 14 14 15 17 20 37
45 mph 1500 - 6000 13 14 15 15 15 15 15 17 19 22 41
> 6000 14 16 17 17 17 17 17 19 21 25 45
< 1500 13 14 15 16 16 16 16 18 19 23 42
50 mph 1500 - 6000 14 16 17 18 18 18 18 20 21 26 47
> 6000 16 18 19 20 20 20 20 22 24 29 52
< 1500 15 18 19 20 22 23 23 25 29 33 76
55 mph 1500 - 6000 17 20 21 22 24 25 25 28 31 36 84
> 6000 19 22 24 25 27 28 28 31 34 40 93
17 21 23 24 25 26 26 29 31 38 87
60 mph 1500 - 6000 19 23 25 26 28 29 29 32 35 42 95
> 6000 21 26 28 29 31 31 31 35 38 46 105
< 1500 20 23 25 25 28 29 29 32 35 43 96
70 mph 1500 - 6000 22 25 27 28 30 31 31 35 39 47 106
> 6000 24 28 30 31 33 34 34 38 42 51 116
*These slopes are considered to be traversable but non-recoverable and require special considerations.
C-2 Appendix C
Table 4-6.04B CLEAR ZONE DISTANCES (ft) Degree of curve 2°

DESIGN SPEED ADT
1:3 1:4 1:5 1:6 1:10 1:10 1:6 1:5 1:4 1:3
< 1500 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 13 14 15 17
40 mph 1500-6000 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 15 16 17 18
> 6000 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 16 17 18 20
< 1500 12 14 15 15 15 15 15 17 19 22 40
45 mph 1500-6000 13 16 16 16 16 16 16 19 20 24 45
> 6000 15 17 18 18 18 18 18 20 23 27 49
< 1500 14 16 17 18 18 18 18 20 22 26 48
50 mph 1500-6000 16 18 19 20 20 20 20 22 24 29 53
> 6000 18 20 21 22 22 22 22 24 27 32 59
< 1500 18 21 23 24 26 26 26 29 33 38 88
55 mph 1500-6000 20 23 25 26 28 29 29 32 36 42 97
> 6000 22 25 28 29 31 32 32 35 40 47 107
< 1500 21 25 27 29 31 31 31 35 38 46 104
60 mph 1500-6000 23 28 30 31 33 34 34 39 42 50 115
> 6000 25 31 33 34 37 38 38 43 46 56 127
< 1500 25 29 31 32 35 36 36 40 44 54 122
70 mph 1500-6000 27 32 34 35 38 40 40 44 49 59 134
> 6000 30 35 37 38 42 44 44 48 53 65 147
Appendix C C-3

DESIGN SPEED ADT
1:3 1:4 1:5 1:6 1:10 1:10 1:6 1:5 1:4 1:3
< 1500 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 14 15 15 17
40 mph 1500-6000 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 15 16 17 19
> 6000 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 16 17 18 20
< 1500 13 14 16 16 16 16 16 17 19 23 42
45 mph 1500-6000 14 16 17 17 17 17 17 19 21 25 46
> 6000 16 18 19 19 19 19 19 21 23 28 51
< 1500 15 17 18 19 19 19 19 21 23 28 50
50 mph 1500-6000 17 19 20 21 21 21 21 23 25 31 56
> 6000 19 21 22 23 23 23 23 26 28 34 62
< 1500 19 22 24 25 27 28 28 31 35 41 94
55 mph 1500-6000 21 25 26 28 30 31 31 34 39 45 104
> 6000 23 27 29 30 33 34 34 38 43 50 115
< 1500 22 28 30 31 33 34 34 38 41 50 114
60 mph 1500-6000 25 30 33 34 36 37 37 42 46 55 125
> 6000 27 33 36 37 40 41 41 46 50 61 138
< 1500 28 32 34 35 39 40 40 44 49 59 134
70 mph 1500-6000 30 35 37 39 42 44 44 49 54 65 148
> 6000 33 38 41 42 46 48 48 53 59 71 162
C-4 Appendix C

DESIGN SPEED ADT
1:3 1:4 1:5 1:6 1:10 1:10 1:6 1:5 1:4 1:3
< 1500 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 14 15 16 18
40 mph 1500-6000 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 15 17 18 20
> 6000 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 17 18 19 21
< 1500 13 15 16 16 16 16 16 18 20 24 44
45 mph 1500-6000 15 17 18 18 18 18 18 20 22 26 48
> 6000 16 19 20 20 20 20 20 22 24 29 53
< 1500 16 18 19 20 20 20 20 22 24 29 53
50 mph 1500-6000 18 20 21 22 22 22 22 25 27 32 59
> 6000 20 22 23 25 25 25 25 27 30 35 65
< 1500 20 23 26 27 29 30 30 33 38 44 100
55 mph 1500-6000 23 26 28 30 31 33 33 36 41 48 110
> 6000 25 29 31 32 35 36 36 40 46 53 122
< 1500 24 30 32 33 36 36 36 41 44 53 122
60 mph 1500-6000 26 33 35 36 39 40 40 45 49 59 135
> 6000 29 36 39 40 43 44 44 50 54 65 148
< 1500
70 mph 1500-6000 Exceeds Maximum Allowable Curvature
> 6000
Appendix C C-5

DESIGN SPEED ADT
1:3 1:4 1:5 1:6 1:10 1:10 1:6 1:5 1:4 1:3
< 1500 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 14 15 16 18
40 mph 1500-6000 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 16 17 18 20
> 6000 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 17 18 19 22
< 1500 13 16 17 17 17 17 17 19 21 24 45
45 mph 1500-6000 15 18 18 18 18 18 18 21 23 27 50
> 6000 17 19 20 20 20 20 20 23 25 30 55
< 1500 17 19 20 21 21 21 21 23 25 31 55
50 mph 1500-6000 19 21 22 23 23 23 23 26 28 34 62
> 6000 21 23 24 26 26 26 26 28 31 37 68
< 1500 22 25 27 29 31 31 31 35 40 46 106
55 mph 1500-6000 24 28 30 31 33 35 35 38 44 51 117
> 6000 26 30 33 34 37 38 38 43 48 56 129
< 1500
> 6000
< 1500
> 6000
C-6 Appendix C

DESIGN SPEED ADT
1:3 1:4 1:5 1:6 1:10 1:10 1:6 1:5 1:4 1:3
< 1500 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 15 16 17 19
40 mph 1500-6000 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 16 17 19 21
> 6000 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 17 19 20 22
< 1500 14 16 17 17 17 17 17 19 22 26 47
45 mph 1500-6000 16 18 19 19 19 19 19 22 24 28 52
> 6000 17 20 21 21 21 21 21 24 26 31 57
< 1500 17 20 21 22 22 22 22 24 27 32 58
50 mph 1500-6000 20 22 23 24 24 24 24 27 29 35 65
> 6000 22 24 26 27 27 27 27 30 32 39 71
< 1500
> 6000
< 1500
> 6000
< 1500
> 6000
Appendix C C-7

DESIGN SPEED ADT
1:3 1:4 1:5 1:6 1:10 1:10 1:6 1:5 1:4 1:3
< 1500 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 15 16 17 19
40 mph 1500-6000 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 17 18 19 21
> 6000 17 17 17 17 17 17 17 18 19 20 23
< 1500 14 17 18 18 18 18 18 20 22 26 48
45 mph 1500-6000 16 19 20 20 20 20 20 22 24 29 53
> 6000 18 21 22 22 22 22 22 24 27 32 59
< 1500
> 6000
< 1500
> 6000
< 1500
> 6000
< 1500
> 6000
C-8 Appendix C

DESIGN SPEED ADT
1:3 1:4 1:5 1:6 1:10 1:10 1:6 1:5 1:4 1:3
< 1500 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 15 17 17 20
40 mph 1500-6000 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 17 18 20 22
> 6000 17 17 17 17 17 17 17 18 20 21 23
< 1500 15 17 18 18 18 18 18 21 23 27 50
45 mph 1500-6000 17 19 20 20 20 20 20 23 25 30 55
> 6000 18 21 23 23 23 23 23 25 28 33 61
< 1500
> 6000
< 1500
> 6000
< 1500
> 6000
< 1500
> 6000
Appendix C C-9

DESIGN SPEED ADT
1:3 1:4 1:5 1:6 1:10 1:10 1:6 1:5 1:4 1:3
< 1500 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 16 17 18 20
40 mph 1500-6000 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 17 19 20 22
> 6000 17 17 17 17 17 17 17 19 20 21 24
< 1500
> 6000
< 1500
> 6000
< 1500
> 6000
< 1500
> 6000
< 1500
> 6000
C-10 Appendix C

DESIGN SPEED ADT
1:3 1:4 1:5 1:6 1:10 1:10 1:6 1:5 1:4 1:3
< 1500 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 16 17 18 20
40 mph 1500-6000 17 17 17 17 17 17 17 18 19 20 23
> 6000 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 19 20 22 24
< 1500
> 6000
< 1500
> 6000
< 1500
> 6000
< 1500
> 6000
< 1500
> 6000
Appendix C C-11

DESIGN SPEED ADT
1:3 1:4 1:5 1:6 1:10 1:10 1:6 1:5 1:4 1:3
< 1500 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 17 18 19 21
40 mph 1500-6000 17 17 17 17 17 17 17 18 20 21 23
> 6000 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 20 21 22 25
< 1500
> 6000
< 1500
> 6000
< 1500
> 6000
< 1500
> 6000
< 1500
> 6000
C-12 Appendix C
Sight Safety Distance, Sight Corner

A vehicle approaching or entering an intersection needs adequate sight distance to safely maneuver
through intersections. Research has shown that of all intersection geometries which are related to
accident history, sight distance was the most often mentioned contributing factor. Providing sufficient
sight distance deserves special attention.
Stopping Sight Distance

Design speed (mph) 30 40 50 60 70
Safe stopping distance (feet) 200 325 475 650 850
Distance Traveled in 3 Seconds

Speed (mph) 20 30 40 50 60 70
Distance (feet) 90 130 185 220 260 310
Appendix C C-13
Outdoor Advertising
On projects with adjacent outdoor advertising devices (billboards or business signs) the following is the
required sightline distances for unobscured viewing. Any proposed plantings that may interfere with
these sightlines, initially or at maturity, should be brought to the attention of the Engineer. For more
information refer to MnDOT Technical Memorandum titled “Guidelines for Responding to Requests for
Managing Right-of-Way Vegetation Adjacent to Businesses and On-Premise and Off-Premise Advertising
Devices”.
The viewing distances may be all one continuous segment or they may be divided into two segments with
no less than 100 feet in either segment.
C-14 Appendix C
Appendix D- Disease, Insect, and Weed Control
Appendix D

MINNESOTA LAWS AND REGULATIONS PERTAINING TO

NURSERY STOCK - THE PLANT PEST ACT
The Minnesota Department of Agriculture (MDA) is responsible for the enforcement of Minnesota
Statute Chapter 18H Nursery Law (formerly known as The Plant Pest Act). Details of Chapter 18H can be
found by visiting MDAs website (http://www.mda.state.mn.us/ ->Plants/Pests -> Nursery Inspection and
Certification). Another source for this information is provided by the Minnesota Office of the Revisor of
Statutes (https://www.revisor.mn.gov/statutes/) and use the box in the left hand margin to ‘Retrieve by
number?’ and type in “18H” to retrieve the entire chapter titled Nursery Law.
Section Title Content of Interest
Subd. 6. Certified Nursery Stock

Subd. 18. Nursery Certificate
Subd. 20. Nursery Stock
18H.02 Definitions
Subd. 21. Nursery Stock Broker
Subd. 22. Nursery Stock Dealer
Subd. 23. Nursery Stock Grower
Description of and use rules behind

18H.05 Nursery Certificate Requirements
certificates.
18H.07 Fee Schedule Certificate fees and additional fees.
Nursery Stock Certification

18H.09 Pertains to inspections.
Requirements
18H.10 Storage of Nursery Stock Maintain viability and vigor.
Sets ANSI Z60.1 as a standard when

18H.11 Nursery Stock Standards
applicable.
Damaged, Diseased, Infested or Ensures quality nursery stock is available to

18H.12
Misrepresented stock consumers.
18H.15 Violations
Pertains to collection of wildflowers

18H.18 Conservation of Certain Wildflowers
potentially for sale.
Appendix D D-1
SALE OF CERTAIN NURSERY STOCK

Roses Canewood must be alive and undamaged 8 inches from the graft.
Any single stem not meeting this specification, disqualifies the entire plant.
A bush can be pruned removing the dead or diseased canes provided at least one
cane remains to qualify.
Dormant It shall be required that dormant stock being held for sale be stored under
Stock conditions which will retard growth and protect viability. Dormant packaged roses,
shrubs etc. are meant to be sold in a dormant condition. The material packed
around the roots cannot provide the necessary nutrients to sustain growth.
Therefore, dormant packaged material should be kept in a shaded cool area to
keep them dormant. The shelf life is very limited for this type of stock. Proper
handling can greatly extend the marketability.
Wild Nursery It is a violation to sell or distribute nursery stock collected from the wild unless it
Stock has been officially inspected and labeled “Collected from the Wild”. This collected
stock may be grown in nursery rows for two years, inspected and sold without the
collected tag.
Balled and It shall be required that balled and burlapped (B&B) stock held for sale be kept in
Burlapped moisture holding material not toxic to plants. This moisture holding material must
Stock adequately cover and protect the soil ball, and must be kept moist at all times.
Some of the pertinent sections are identified in the table below:

The inspection and certification program provides a vital service to the nursery industry. Annual
inspections serve to reduce losses due to harmful pests as problems are detected and treated before
they become big problems. The certified stock can move freely within the United States and special
certifications are issued for export. A standard of quality is maintained to assure the industry as well as
consumers that the product they purchase is viable and healthy.
Disease and Insect Pest Diagnosis and Control Guidelines

When inspecting plants for evidence of insects and/or diseases, follow the steps below:
Step 1 Identify the plant correctly. Most pests attack only certain plant species.
Step 2 Check the roots. Brown or black roots signal problems such as dryness or disease.
Step 3 Check appearance of the leaves or needles. Look for abnormalities such as size,
condition, shape, and color of the foliage. Also, inspect foliage for signs of insect damage
including frass, leaf mining, webbing, chewing which can leave holes, tattered edges or
surface damage.
Step 4 Check trunk, limbs and shoots. Remove stem protectors and inspect for discolored or
abnormal bark, wounds including mechanical damage, and/or small holes indicative of
boring insects.
D-2 Appendix D
If you have found any insect or disease symptom in any one of these areas, note it in the Scouting Report
and:
* During the contract period identify the nature and severity of problems as well as potential
control methods using the following diagnostic pages. The diagnostic pages, while not all
inclusive, will help determine potential treatment options or whether the damage or pest is
grounds for rejection at initial or final acceptance.
or
* If you are uncertain of the reason for the abnormality, the Project Engineer or Inspector should
call a Technical Advisor (Forester or Landscape Architect) for advice or a determination of the
problem severity, impact, and control.
The Contractor, Project Inspector, and Technical Advisor must keep in mind that the presence of a pest or
disease organism does not always require control measures.
Based on the region of the plant affected, the Diagnostic Key and Index pages provide a page number
for a diagnostic sheet that may identify and further describe the pest including signs and/or symptoms
to look for. Verify the diagnosis using the pictures and identification of the host plant(s) and determine
what, if any, control option applies.
Appendix D D-3
CONIFERS: DIAGNOSTIC KEY AND INDEX

Diagnostic
Region of Plant Affected Symptoms of Damage Casual Agent
Sheet
Inner branch needles appear red or
brown, current years new growth Needlecasts D-22
remains green.
Yellow to straw brown needles that
Needleminers D-8
are hollow.
Part or all of needles chewed or Caterpillars,

D-7
missing Sawflies
Brown spots or dead sections on D-20 to

Blights
needles adjacent to living tissue D-21
Aphids, scales,
Off colored needles, branches which spider mites, D-11 to
may be sticky when touched. spittlebugs, D-13
adelgid
Brown dead needles, many may have
fallen off. Sunken depressed and/or
discolored areas on the tree trunk Canker D-25
with white ooze flowing from the
wound.
Decay
White fungal fans forming between
organisms,
the bark and the wood around the D-27
Armillaria root
tree base.
rot
Holes in the bark, tunnels under the D-14 to

Borers, weevils
bark, dieback or loss of needles D-16
Gall rusts,
Bumps, or swollen projections on the white pine
D-23 to
trunk, branches or roots. Needles blister rust,
D-24
may be a rust color. cedar apple
rust
= Coniferous Needles = Coniferous Main Stem = Coniferous Tree = Roots

or Branches (Entire)
D-4 Appendix D
DECIDUOUS TREES AND SHRUBS: DIAGNOSTIC KEY AND INDEX
Diagnostic
Region of Plant Affected Symptoms of Damage Casual Agent
Sheet
Black spot,
Spots on leaves. Spots may grow apple scab, D-22 to
together. anthracnose, D-24
cedar-apple rust
White or tan areas or trails winding

Birch leaf miner,
inside the leaves causing the loss of D-8
elm leaf miner
the green pigment.
Cankerworms,
Part or all of the leaf chewed or caterpillars,
D-9 to D-10
missing. webworms,
gypsy moth
Part of the leaf is chewed or

missing. Roots may appear to be Japanese beetle D-10
chewed
Sudden wilting, blackening of Fire blight,

D-21
foliage and/or stem blight
Discolored, drooping, wilted,

Aphids, scales,
spotted leaves, with stunted new D-13
spider mites
growth.
Display of sparse or weak looking

foliage. Localized dead areas on the
Cankers, black
twigs, branches, or trunk. These D-25
knot
dead areas may appear sunken,
discolored, cracked or raised.
= Deciduous Main Stem = Deciduous Tree

= Deciduous Leaves = Roots
Appendix D D-5
DECIDUOUS TREES AND SHRUBS: DIAGNOSTIC KEY AND INDEX
Casual Diagnostic
Region of Plant Affected Symptoms of Damage
Agent Sheet
Extensive tip dieback with lots of

Emerald Ash D-17
sprouts coming out of lower tree
borer (EAB)
trunk. The leaves are not uniformly
shaped. These symptoms are occurring
Ash yellow D-27
in a green, black or white ash tree.
White fungal fans forming between Armillaria

the bark and the wood around the root rot,
D-27
tree base. Conks (mushrooms) on bark decay
or around base of tree. organisms
Holes in the bark, tunnels under the

Borers, D-15 to
bark, bark swelling. Infested trees
weevils D-19
typically show extensive dieback.
Verticillium
Wilted chlorotic cup-shaped leaves.
wilt, oak
The sapwood under the bark is stained D-26
wilt, Dutch
with brown streaks.
elm disease
Gall forming
Bumps or swollen projections on
insects, gall
either the leaves, trunk or roots.
forming D-13
diseases,
Common on Oak leaves.
crown galls
= Deciduous Main Stem = Deciduous Tree

= Deciduous Leaves = Roots
D-6 Appendix D
Diagnostic Sheets: Disease and Insect

INSECT DEFOLIATORS
There is usually a very limited time frame to actually observe insects feeding on foliage. Recognition
should be based on characteristic feeding patterns and by remnants of insects such as pupa cases,
cocoons and cast skins.
Yellow-Headed Spruce Sawfly

Hosts: All spruce
Symptoms: Larvae prefer new needles,
but older larvae will eat previous season’s
needles when new foliage is scarce. Damage
is usually from top down. Entire needles or
parts of needles missing. Feeding begins in Photos by E. Bradford Walker,
mid-May and continues until mid-July. Vermont Department of Forests,
Parks & Recreation,
Actions: Reject stock prior to installation. If pest appears after www.forestryimages.org
installation manual control or approved pesticide may be applied.
Note: Bacillus thuringiensis (Bt) will not affect sawflies. Sawfly larvae have 6 or more pairs of prolegs.
Butterfly/moth larvae have up to 5 pairs of prolegs.
Pine Sawflies
European Pine Sawfly – Late April thru
June, Red-headed Pine Sawfly – Mid-
August through September.
Hosts: Many species of pines;
however, red and jack pines less than Redheaded Pine Sawfly,
15 feet tall are preferred.
Photo by Gerald J. Lenhard,
Symptoms: Larvae feed in groups and www.forestryimages.org
can defoliate branches or entire trees.
Needles may be eaten completely.
Action: Reject stock prior to Sawfly vdamage
installation. If pest appears after
Photos by MnDNR
installation manual control or
approved pesticide may be applied.
Note: Bacillus thuringiensis (Bt) will
not affect sawflies. European Pine Sawfly,
Photo by Dave Hanson, MnDOT.
Appendix D D-7
Pine Needleminers
Hosts: Mugo, Scotch, and red pines
Symptoms: Yellow to brown, hollow needles.
Action: Reject stock prior to installation. If pest appears
after installation manual control or approved
pesticide may be applied. Archives, Connecticut Agricultural Experiment Station
www.forestryimages.org
Spruce Needleminers
Hosts: All spruce species
Symptoms: Look for groups of tan
needles on the previous year’s
growth. Webbing appears among
needles and a solitary hole at the base
of each needle.
Action: Reject stock prior to installation. Typical damage Adult miner
If pest appears after installation
manual control or approved pesticide Photos from Christmas Tree Fact Sheet-The Ohio State University, David
may be applied. Shetlar Ph.D. OSU Entomology
http://bugs.osu.edu/index.html
Leaf Miners
Hosts: Wide range of hosts
Symptoms: The green
pigment within the Birch leaf miners Damage of elm leaf miner
leaf is gone. Blotch and Steven Katovich, USDA Forest Service Whitney Cranshaw, Colorado State University
serpentine mines. Bugwood.org www.forestryimages.org
Action: Reject stock prior to

installation manual control or Aspen Leaf Miner
approved pesticide may be applied. (Serpentine mine)
Dave Hanson, MnDOT
D-8 Appendix D
Cankerworm
Hosts: Elm and apple Feeding damage to leaf and
preferred, but also affects newly hatched larvae
hackberry, basswood, oak, Scott Tunnock, USDA Forest Service
boxelder, maple, ash, and www.forestryimages.org
deciduous shrubs
Symptoms: Young larvae eat holes
in the leaves giving them shot hole
appearance. Old larvae eat all leaf Feeding on maple leaf
material except large veins.
E. Bradford Walker, Vermont
Action: Reject stock prior to Department of Forests, Parks
installation. If pest appears after and Recreation
installation, manual control or www.forestryimages.org
Forest Tent Caterpillar (FTC)

Caterpillar
Hosts: Poplar, plum, cherries, apple,
Ronald Billings
hawthorn, ash, birch, maple and oak
Texas Forest Service
Symptoms: Larvae emerge early to mid- Bugwood.org
May. Larvae eat leaves except large veins.
Larvae are blue with white exclamation
points on the back. FTC does not make
Heavy defoliation by forest
tents!
tent caterpillar. Minnesota
Action: Reject stock prior to installation. Steven Katovich,
If pest appears after installation manual USDA Forest Service
control or approved pesticide may be Bugwood.org
applied.
Fall Webworm Tent with larvae inside.

Hosts: Over 100 deciduous hosts Steven Katovich, USDA Forest Service
including walnut, hickory, birch, www.forestryimages.org
chokecherry, poplar, crabapple, and
linden.
Symptoms: Look for small webs (tents)
in mid-July to late August.
Larvae
Action: Reject stock prior to installation. James B. Hanson, USDA
If pest appears after installation, manual control or Forest Service
approved pesticide may be applied. www.forestryimages.org
Appendix D D-9
Female moth laying

Gypsy Moth eggs
Hosts: Oak and Aspen and hundreds Steven Katovich, USDA
of other plants Forest Service
Bugwood.org
Symptoms: May through July look
for a dark, hairy caterpillar with
5 pairs of blue spots nearest the
head then 6 pairs of red spots. In
September through April, look for
buff colored, fuzzy egg masses.
Actions: In you believe you have
Late-Stage Larvae
found an egg mass, leave intact. If
Typical feeding damage
you find a caterpillar, place in jar
caused by young larvae
with air holes and leaves. If you find
either, contact MnDOT’s RVM Unit at
USDA – APHIS, DPQ Archive
651/366-3600.
Bugwood.org
Japanese Beetle
Hosts: Maple, linden, oak, elm, grape,
fruit trees, viburnum, roses, turf and over
300 other species
Symptoms: Adult beetles feed on leaves
leaving large veins. Flowers and fruit
are eaten completely. Larvae look like
grubs and feed on roots, turf roots are
preferred.
Actions: Reject stock prior to installation. Adult beetle: white
Larvae (grub)
If pest appears after installation, manual spots on side of body
control or approved pesticide may be
Photos from USDA - APHIS
applied.
D-10 Appendix D
SUCKING INSECTS
These insects are usually very small. They can attack either the leaves/needles or stem and branches.
Pine Needle Scale

Hosts: White, red, Scotch, Austrian, and
mugo pine, spruce, and fir
Symptoms: Trees have grayish Heavy infestation on
appearance with elongated white scales mugo pine
on the needles. Needles will drop. Scott Tunnock, USDA
Forest Service
Action: Reject stock prior to www.forestryimages.org
installation, manual control or approved
pesticide may be applied.
Juniper Scale
Hosts: Juniper and arborvitae
Symptoms: Dirty white scales on the underside
of twigs. Branches yellowing and dying.
Action: Reject stock prior to installation. If pest
appears after installation, manual control or White spots on the under side of leaves.
John A. Weidhass, Virginia Polytechnic Institute and
State University
Spruce Spider Mite

Hosts: Spruce preferred, but all conifers can
be affected Spider mites and
webbing.
Symptoms: Trees with off-color needles and USDA Forest Service -
webbing present between needles. Region 4 Archives
Action: No control required.
Appendix D D-11
Cooley and Eastern Spruce Gall Adelgids

Hosts: Spruces - white, black, Colorado, and Norway.
Symptoms: Appearance of disfiguring
Cooley spruce gall
pineapple or cone-like structures at
adelgid galls
the base of twigs (Cooley) or branch
tips (Eastern). Whitney Cranshaw, Colorado
State University
Action: Reject stock prior to www.forestryimages.org
installation, manual control or
Spittlebugs
Hosts: Scotch, red, and white pine,
Norway, white, and black spruce,
hemlock, balsam fir, and larch. Also
on numerous perennials.
Symptoms: Appearance of a foam
like substance on either limbs or
shoots.
Pine Bark Adelgid

Hosts: White, Scotch, and Austrian
pine Infestation on stem
Symptoms: Main stems appeared Steven Katovich, USDA
to have been whitewashed. Forest Service
Action: Reject and remove stock
from project site if found at any
time.
D-12 Appendix D
Aphids on leaf
Aphids
Whitney Cranshaw, Colorado
Hosts: All deciduous, and coniferous trees State University
and shrubs as well as numerous perennials. Bugwood.org
Symptoms: Cupped or curled leaves, witches’
brooms, and/or spots on leaves. Yellowing of
needles. Watch for ants and sooty mold. Ants
feed on the sticky “honeydew” produced by
aphids.
Damage caused by
green peach aphid
Two Spotted Spider Mite

Hosts: All deciduous and coniferous trees Whitney Cranshaw,
Symptoms: Look for fine flecking or stippling Colorado State University
Bugwood.org
on leaves or needles.
Oystershell Scale Insects

Hosts: Apple, ash, aspen, cotoneaster,
elm, lilac, and viburnum
Oystershell scale lifted to
Symptoms: Clusters of visible scales on
reveal eggs
twigs, branches, or stem. Discolored
and/or wilted foliage with dead or dying Whitney Cranshaw, Colorado
State University
branches.
Action: Reject stock prior to installation.
If pest appears after installation, manual
control or approved pesticide may be applied.
Gall Forming Insects Horned oak galls

Hosts: Numerous deciduous trees
and shrubs
Saperda sp. Galls
Symptoms: Projections or galls on aspen
growing on leaf surfaces, twigs,
branches, or stems. Photos from
MN DNR forest Pest
Diagnostic Sheets January 1991
Appendix D D-13
BORER INSECTS
These insects usually bore in and out of bark and wood as adults. Larvae tunnel under bark, disrupting
the flow of water and nutrients. You will seldom see larvae unless you peel back the bark.
Zimmerman Pine Moth

Hosts: Red, Scotch, mugo, ponderosa,
white, and Austrian pine
Symptoms: Dieback of upper portion of
trees. Shiny, pinkish-yellow pitch masses
on the stem. Stem is frequently swollen
above whorl. Larvae are commonly found
in pitch mass.
Action: Reject and remove stock from Photos from MN DNR Forest Pest Diagnostic Sheets January 1991
project site if found at any time.
White Pine Weevil

Exit holes and
Hosts: White pine
chip cocoons
Symptoms: New weevil attacks (bark removed)
become visible in early July when
the terminal shoot suddenly wilts.
The wilted terminal forms a very
characteristic shepherds crook Shepherd’s Crook
Action: Reject and remove stock of terminal
from project site if found at any
time. Photos from MN DNR Forest Pest Diagnostic Sheets January 1991
Northern Pine Weevil

Hosts: All pine and spruce are
susceptible. Insects prefer weakened,
stressed, or dying trees.
Symptoms: Off-color, pale green or
greenish-yellow to brown foliage. Candle
shoot growth is reduced or may not
occur. Elliptical ‘chip’ cocoon under bark.
Adult weevil Chip cocoon
In late summer, ‘shot holes’ appear where
adult weevil exits. Photos from The Ohio State University
Action: Reject and remove stock from http://bugs.osu.edu/~bugdoc/Shetlar/factsheet/christmasstree/
project site if found at any time. images/NorthPineWeevil/NorthPineWeev.PDF
D-14 Appendix D
Pine Engraver
Pine engraver damage.
Hosts: All pine and spruce are susceptible.
Insects prefer weakened, stressed, or dying William M. Ciesla, Forest Health
Management International
trees.
Symptoms: Star-
like galleries
under the bark.
Frass – whitish or
reddish dust-like
frass clinging to
Adult beetle
rough bark or on the
ground at the base Ladd Livingston, Idaho
Department of Lands
of the tree. Galleries on white pine
Action: Reject and Robert L. Anderson,
remove stock from USDA Forest Service
project site if found at any time. www.forestryimages.orgy
Wood Borers
Hosts: Many coniferous and
deciduous trees and shrubs.
Insects prefer weakened,
stressed, or dying trees.
Symptoms: Holes in bark
and wood that may enter the
heartwood. Frass of various colors
and textures may be present. Wood borer on red pine Two types of wood borer
larva and frass exit holes
from project site if found at any time. Photos from MN DNR Forest Pest Diagnostic Sheets January 1991
Pine Root Collar Fallen Pine

Weevil from Manfred
Hosts: Scotch, red, Austrian, Mielke
and white pine
Symptoms: Entire tree turns USDA Forest Service
yellow then reddish-brown. Bugwood.org
Black masses of pitch and soil
around the stem just below leaf litter line. Root collar area
will be considerably smaller in diameter than the stem.
Pitch encrusted soil
Action: Reject and remove stock from project site if
from Steven Katovich
found at any time.
Appendix D D-15
Black Vine Weevil

Hosts: Yew, arborvitae, and
hundreds of other species.
Symptoms: Notches eaten
out of leaves by adult weevil.
Larvae strip bark off roots.
Action: Reject and remove
stock from project site if found at any Photos from Oregon State University
time.
Clearwing Borers (lilac/ash Frass and death of terminal

borer) leader caused by larvae
Hosts: Ash species, lilac, and many

other deciduous species.
Symptoms: Openings in the bark
may have sap oozing. Sawdust and
frass may be evident at openings,
in bark crevices and at the base of
plants. Advanced symptoms include
swollen, cracked bark, and holes in Adult clear wing borer
stems or branches. Photos by James Solomon,
Action: Reject and remove stock USDA Forest Service
from project site if found at any time. www.forestryimages.org
Galleries
Ash Bark Beetle

Hosts: Ash species
Symptoms: Adult beetles excavate
egg galleries around twigs, branches
and stem. Larvae create tunnels under
bark, which run parallel to the grain.
Adult
Action: Reject and remove stock from
project site if found at any time. Photos by James Solomon,
USDA Forest Service
D-16 Appendix D
Emerald Ash Borer

Heavily infested ash trees
(EAB)
Joseph O’Brien,
Hosts: Ash species USDA Forestry Service
Symptoms: Canopy dieback.
D-shaped exit holes caused D-shaped exit hole
by adults. Larvae make David Cappaert,
serpentine tunnels under Michigan State University
the bark. Callus tissue may
form over the larval tunnels
which may cause vertical
slits in the bark. Galleries
Action: If you suspect USDA Forest Service
Publication NA-PR Resources
Emerald Ash Borer, leave
tree in place, if you have Adult beetle
found adult or larvae, Howard Russell,
place in container with lid and contact MnDOT’s RVM
Michigan State University
Unit At 651/366-3600.
Bronze Birch Borer

Hosts: Paper birch, quaking aspen, willow,
and cottonwood
Symptoms: Stems and branches appear
swollen with raised ridges. Adult beetles
create D-shaped exit holes.
Action: Reject and remove stock from
project site if found at any time. D-shaped exit holes
Photos from MN DNR Forest Pest
Etri, nissic maximena, Patquidinces Diagnostic Sheets January 1991 Ridges in the smooth bark
Poplar and Willow Borer

Hosts: Poplar, willow, and
occasionally white birch
Symptoms: First symptoms of
attack are cracks and dead patches
in the bark and holes chewed
through the bark, usually on the Gyorgy Csoka, Hungary Forest
lower part of the stem. Adults will feed Research Institute
on new shoots in the spring. www.forestryimages.org
Action: Reject and remove stock from Fabio Stergulc, University of Udine
project site if found at any time. www.forestryimages.org
Appendix D D-17
Two-lined Chestnut Borer Creamy white, segmented

larvae of two-lined chestnut
Hosts: Attacks all oaks, red oak is
borer.
preferred.
Symptoms: Adult beetles lay eggs
on weakened oaks in late May
and June. June to August, larvae
feed on the inner bark of live
branches and stems. Nutrient-
and water-conducting tissues
are damaged causing browning
of foliage that will remain on
the branches. Larvae create
meandering galleries under the
bark of infested branches or
stems. Larvae are white with an
enlarged head. Upon emergence,
Adult beetles create D-shaped
exit holes.
Action: Reject and remove from Callus material forming over Weeping wounds with cankers
project site if found at any time. larval galleries cause bark splits. beginning to develop.
Recently planted oak stems (painted white) responding to two-lined

chestnut borer infestations.
Flatheaded Apple Tree

Borer Sap flow
Hosts: Variety of deciduous trees,
especially apple (flatheaded appletree
borer), cotoneaster, dogwood, elm, Photos by
linden, maple, oak, and willowv James Solomon
Symptoms: Larvae tunnel under bark USDA Forest Service
causing cracks in the bark, from which www.
sap will ooze. Branch dieback and oval forestryimages.org
exit holes may become evident.
Action: Reject and remove stock Larvae
from project site if found at any time.
D-18 Appendix D
Asian Longhorn Beetle

Hosts: Variety of deciduous
trees, especially maple, birch,
ash, and willow
Symptoms: Look for deep,
perfectly round holes a little
bigger than a pencil. Sap may be
flowing out of these holes. Also
look for unseasonable yellowing Exit hole and adult beetle
or dropping of leaves and branch Beetle is smooth and shiny black
dieback. with white spots. Antennae have
Action: If you suspect Asian distinct white bands on each
Longhorn Beetle, leave tree in Damage under bark segment and are 1.5 to 2.5 times
place, if you have found adult or Dennis Haugen, the body length.
larvae, place in container with lid USDA Forest Service USDA APHIS Archives, USDA APHIS
and contact MnDOT’s RVM Unit www.forestryimages.org www.forestryimages.org
at 651/366-3600.
Note. Asian longhorn beetle looks similar to 2 native insects in MN
Whitespotted Sawyer Beetle Cottonwood Borer (rare in

Beetle is rough and bronzy-black with Minnesota)
mottled Beetle is
white to gray black with
patches. numerous
Antennae white cross
are faintly stripes formed
banded gray by dense
and black growths of
and slightly Joseph Berger white hairs. Charles T. Bryson, USDA
longer on www.forestryimages.org Antennae are Agricultural Research Service
females. Male solid black and www.forestryimages.org
antennae are all nearly as long as
black and much longer than the body. the body.
Appendix D D-19
DISEASES
Blights
Brown Spot Needle Blight
Hosts: Scotch, ponderosa, red, jack, Edward L. Barnard, Florida
white, mugo, and Austrian pine Department of Agriculture
and Consumer Services
Symptoms: Severely infected trees www.forestryimages.org
may have green needles only on the
top few branches. Brown spots and
bands form on the needles in late
summer. The tips of the needles
turn brown within a few weeks,
then the entire needle turns brown and falls off. Most needle
drop occurs before winter. Look for dark brown football-
shaped fruiting bodies which protrude from infected needles.
Action: Reject stock prior to installation. If pest appears after
installation, manual control or approved pesticide may be
applied.
Diplodia Tip Blight

Hosts: Austrian, Scotch, and
sometimes red pine
Symptoms: Look for scattered,
blighted needle tips with
resin formation on the lower
branches and black spots at
the base of needles located
beneath the sheath. If tree has
pine cones, look on the base
of the cones for small black
dots, especially cones on the Early season infection
ground. USDA Forest Service Archive
Action: Reject stock prior to Bugwood.org
installation. If pest appears
after installation, manual Multiple shoots infected
control or approved pesticide
may be applied.
D-20 Appendix D
Dothistroma Needle Blight

Hosts: Austrian and ponderosa
pines are preferred, but mugo
pine is also susceptible
Symptoms: Yellow to reddish-
brown spots and bands on
needles. Dead needle tips:
spots and bands girdle needles,
causing them to dieback from
the tips. Branch defoliation and Photos from Andrej Kunca
dieback, starting on lower branches Forest Research Institute - Slovakia
and spreading upward within the tree. www.forestryimages.org
installation. If pest appears after installation, manual control or approved
pesticide may be applied.
Fire Blight
Hosts: Serviceberry, black chokeberry, crappapple
cotoneaster, hawthorn, apple, ninebark,
Potentilla, plum, rose, false spirea, and mountain
ash
Symptoms: Bacterial oozing, which looks like sap
flow, during periods of high humidity. Blighted
twigs and branches resemble a shepherd’s crook.
Infected twig showing shepherd’s hook
Leaves appear fire scorched.
Minnesota Department of Natural Resources Archives
Action: Reject and remove stock from project site Minnesota Department of Natural Resources
if found at any time. www.forestryimages.org
Blight
Hosts: Chinese lilac, Japanese tree lilac, common lilac, plum, apple,
rose, poplar, willow, linden, Norway maple, red maple, sugar maple,
ash and Amur maple
Symptoms: Sudden wilting and blackening of
leaves.
Action: Reject stock prior to installation. If Manfred Mielke
pest appears after installation, manual control USDA Forest Service
or approved pesticide may be applied. www.forestryimages.org
Appendix D D-21
Needlecasts
Another view of pattern & color

Rhizosphaera
Needlecast MN DNR Forest Pest Diagnostic
Hosts: Colorado, white, and Sheets January 1991
Black Hills spruce
Symptoms: Needles become
mottled yellow in late
summer, then turn brown to
purple-brown in late winter
and the following spring, and
drop off the tree during the following summer and autumn. Black,
dot-like spores on infected needles (both green and discolored).
Branch defoliation and dieback is from bottom-up and inside out
pattern within the tree.
Action: Reject and remove stock from project site if found at any Fruiting bodies on upper needle
time. Michael Kangas
NDSU, North Dakota Forest Service
Leaf Spots
Black Spot
Hosts: Roses
Symptoms: Black leaf spots are 1/16 to ½ inch in diameter with a yellow zone
around the black spot. Early leaf drop.
Clemson University - USDA
Action: Reject and remove stock from project site if Cooperative Extension Slide Series
found at any time. www.forestryimages.org
Apple scab on leaf

Apple Scab Photo: U of MN
Hosts: Apple, crabapple, and hawthorn Plant Disease Clinic
Symptoms: Look for dull smokey-olive green spots that change to velvety
grayish dark olive-drab spots without a sharp outline on the leaves and
fruit. Defoliation may occur.
D-22 Appendix D
Anthracnose
Hosts: Primarily ash, maple, oak,
and walnut
Symptoms: Leaves become
spotted and drop prematurely
(e.g. green ash). Spots can develop
anywhere, will vary in size, and can
grow together on the leaf surface.
Spots can be light brown, purple,
or black in color. Typically occurs Oak anthracnose: close-up Maple anthracnose
during cool wet weather.
Photos from MN DNR Forest Pest Diagnostic Sheets January 1991
Powdery Mildew
Hosts: Most weeds, shrubs, fruit trees, and deciduous trees. Commonly
found on Virginia creeper, lilac, grapes, poplar, willow, and apple trees
during the growing season
Symptoms: The leaves appear to turn a grayish-white color.
William M. Ciesla, Forest Health Management International
Rusts
Gall Rust of Pine

Hosts: Pine, alternate host needed
Symptoms: Galls can occur on
branches and main stem.
installation, manual control or
Photos from MN DNR Forest Pest Diagnostic Rust pustules fruiting Stem distortion from sweetfern
Sheets January 1991 in May blister rust canker
Appendix D D-23
White Pine
Blister Rust
Hosts: White
pine, alternate
hosts are Ribes
(currants /
gooseberries)
Symptoms:
Elongated
cankers on
stems. Blisters Flagged branch Canker with spore-laden pustules
appear on stems in spring.
Photos from MN DNR Forest Pest Diagnostic Sheets January 1991
from project site if found at any time.
Cedar-Apple
Rust
Hosts: Apples, Dry gall on cedar
crabapples, hawthorn, Edward L. Barnard
cotoneaster, serviceberry, Florida Department of Agriculture Wet gall on cedar
Rocky Mountain junipers, and Consumer Services
eastern red cedar and www.forestryimages.org
Chinese junipers
Symptoms: On cedar, dimpled rust colored galls
attached to leaves and stems. During warm humid
conditions in late spring, the galls gelatinize and
turn bright yellow-orange. On deciduous hosts,
leaves have bright orange-yellow spots.
Action: Reject stock prior to installation. If pest
appears after installation, manual control or
Leaf Spots
Clemson University - USDA Cooperative Extension Slide Series
D-24 Appendix D
Cankers
Cytospora Canker
Hosts: Spruce and fir
Symptoms: Scattered branch
defoliation and dieback that
typically occurs on lower
branches first and progresses
from the branch tips inward.
Cankers develop and are often
covered by copious amounts of Cytospora canker: close-up
exuding sap.
Actions: Reject and remove Cytospora canker killing
stock from project site if found spruce branches Diagnostic Sheets January 1991
at any time.
Black Knot
Hosts: Plum, chokecherry, and black cherry
Symptoms: Look for the characteristic black knots on
twigs branches or the stem. The knots vary from a ½ inch
length to more than a foot and up to 2 inches in diameter.
Action: Reject stock prior to installation. If pest appears
after installation manual control or approved pesticide
Robert L. Anderson, USDA Forest Service
may be applied. www.forestryimages.orgorg
Cankers
Hosts: All deciduous trees and shrubs
Symptoms: Localized dead areas on the
branches, twigs, or trunk. Typically appear
as sunken or raised lesions of varying size
and discoloration. Cankers usually form
around a dead bud, branch stub or stem
wound.
Action: Reject stock prior to installation.
If pest appears after installation manual Neonectria canker
control or approved pesticide may be Photos from MN DNR Forest Pest Hypoxylon canker on aspen
applied. Diagnostic Sheets January 1991
Appendix D D-25
Wilts
Staining on twig
Verticillium Wilt Clemson University - USDA
Cooperative Extension Slide Series,
Hosts: Maple, Ash, black locust,
catapla, elm, linden, sugar and
red maple, plum, chokecherry, Branches flagging
Russian olive, currant, lilac, USDA Forest Service Archives,
privet, sumac and viburnum and USDA Forest Service
hundreds of other species. www.forestryimages.org
Symptoms: Wilted leaves and

branches, chlorotic cup-shaped leaves and the death of infected
branches. Peeling back the bark will reveal olive green to brown
streaks, instead of the normal solid white sapwood.
Action: Reject and remove stock from project site if found at any time.
Oak Wilt
Infected oak with dieback
Hosts: Oak
Symptoms: Leaf bronzing, wilting
and early shedding. A cross section
of a branch shows discoloration
often seen as small dark dots in
cross section of stem.
Action: Reject and remove stock Bronzing and browning of leaves
from project site if found at any Photos from MN DNR Forest Pest
time. Diagnostic Sheets January 1991
Dutch Elm Disease

Hosts: Elm
Symptoms: Wilted leaves
and loss of foliage. A cross
section of a branch shows
discoloration, peeling back
the bark reveals brown
Closeup of leaves wilting
streaks instead of the
normal solid white sapwood Photos from MN DNR Forest Pest
from project site if found at any time. Flagging branches on an elm
D-26 Appendix D
Rot
Armillaria Root Rot
Hosts: Most species of
deciduous and coniferous
trees
Symptoms: White fungal
fans forming between the
bark and wood around
the tree base. Dark brown
shoestrings on decayed Mycelial fan and pitching at root Rhizomorphs, also called
wood or in the soil around collar of pine “shoestrings”
the roots. Honey-yellow to
brown mushrooms will form on diseased trees in the fall. Photos from MN DNR Forest Pest
Action: Reject and remove stock from project site if found at any time.
Other Diseases
Ash Yellows
Hosts: Ash USDA Forest Service – Forest
Health Protech, St. Paul Archive
Symptoms: Top
dieback with broom
like sprouts growing from the main stem.
Symptoms may mimic Emerald Ash Borer.
Action: Reject and remove stock from project
site if found at any time.
Stem Decay
Hosts: All deciduous and coniferous
trees and shrubs
Symptoms: Look for fruiting bodies on
the bark, a strong indication of stem
decay and plants may have a hollow
cavity inside the stem or branch.
Action: Reject and remove stock from Laetiporus sulphureus
project site if found at any time. Fruiting bodies fruiting bodies
Appendix D D-27
ABIOTIC FACTORS
Weather
Weather can cause structural injuries, disrupt physiological processes or cause death. Most often weather
damage occurs when environmental conditions are extreme or untimely.
Frost damage
Hail damage Lightning damage
USDA Forest Service, North Central
Paul Mistretta, USDA Forest Service Paul Mistretta, USDA Forest Service
Research Station Archive
Ice loading caused branch

Drought-induced mortality Winter burn
breakage
MN DNR Forest Pest Diagnostic MN DNR Forest Pest Diagnostic
MN DNR Forest Pest Diagnostic
Sheets January 1991 Sheets January 1991
Sheets January 1991
Winter injury to new growth Elm leaf scorch

Wind damage
Steven Katovich, USDA Forest Service
D-28 Appendix D
Flood damage Snow loading damage

Appendix D D-29
Animals
Animals injure foliage, branches, stems or roots by feeding, rubbing or trampling.
Sapsucker holes
Porcupine girdled stem Squirrel peeled bark
William M. Ciesla, Forest Health Photos from MN DNR Forest Pest
Diagnostic Sheets
Management International Diagnostic Sheets January 1991
January 1991
Rabbit girdled stem Gopher destroyed roots

Deer antler rub
Photos from MN DNR Forest Pest Photos from MN DNR Forest Pest
David Mooter, Prairie Silvics, Inc
Diagnostic Sheets Diagnostic Sheets
Bugwood.org
January 1991 January 1991
Beaver chewed stem

Diagnostic Sheets
January 1991
Noxious Weeds
For more information:
http://www.mda.state.us/plants/pestmanagement/weedcontrol/noxiouslist.aspx
D-30 Appendix D
Noxious Weeds
For more information:
http://www.mda.state.us/plants/pestmanagement/weedcontrol/noxiouslist.aspx
Appendix D D-31
Appendix E: Web Sites
Appendix E

Web Site Addresses

Minnesota Department of Transportation -- http://www .dot.state.mn.us
Plant Selector Web Site
http://www.dot.state.mn.us/roadside/plantselector/
Standard Specifications for Construction
http://www.dot.state.mn.us/pre-letting/spec/index.html
MnDOT’s Office of Environmental Stewardship
http://www.dot.state.mn.us/environment/
1. MnDOT Seeding Manual
http://www.dot.state.mn.us/environment/erosion/pdf/seedingmanual.pdf
2. Links to Environmental Technical Memorandums (lists approved vendors or wide-
spreading changes to the Standard Specifications for Construction).
http://www.dot.state.mn.us/environment/techmemos.html
MnDOT Active and Historical Technical Memoranda
http://techmemos.dot.state.mn.us/
Minnesota Department of Natural Resources -- http://www.dnr.state.mn.us/index.html

Forest Insect and Disease Newsletter: Minnesota DNR
http://www.dnr.state.mn.us/publications/forestry/index.html
Native Plant Nurseries and Native Vegetation Consultants List
http://www.dnr.state.mn.us/gardens/nativeplants/suppliers.html
Minnesota Department of Agriculture -- http://www.mda.state.mn.us/

Pesticide Applicators License
http://www.mda.state.mn.us/licensing/licensetypes/pesticideapplicator.aspx
Minnesota Shade Tree Advisory Committee -- http://www.mnstac.org/
USDA Forest Service, St. Paul Field Office -- http://www.fs.fed.us/
University of Minnesota -- http://www.extension.umn.edu/

Department of Forest Resource
http://www.forestry.umn.edu/index.htm
Appendix E E-1
Pests of Trees and Shrubs

http://www.entomology.umn.edu/cues/IPM-trees/IPM-trees.html
Minnesota Crop Improvement Association -- http://www.mncia.org/
National Urban and Community Forestry Advisory Council --

http://www.fs.fed.us/managing-land/urban-forests/ucf/nucfac
The Simple Act of Planting a Tree - online version
http://www.treepeople.org/simple-act-planting-tree
International Society of Arboriculture -- http://www.isa-arbor.com/
Gopher State One Call -- http://www.gopherstateonecall.org
E-2 Appendix E
Appendix F: Glossary
Appendix F

ABSCISSION – Forming of a breaking point that allows loosening and falling of leaves, flowers, and fruits
from trees and shrubs, for leaves this occurs in the fall.
ABSORPTION – The intake of gas or liquids from the air or a solution.
ACIDIC SOIL – Acidity describes an aspect of the soil’s chemical reaction: the concentration of hydrogen
ions (an ion is an electrically charged atom or molecule). The relative concentration of hydrogen ions is
represented by a mathematical symbol called pH. A pH below 7 means soil is acidic.
Soils in areas with high rainfall tend to be acidic. Areas with light rainfall tend to have alkaline soil.
Roadside soils are usually alkaline due to the high degree of construction disturbance. Add peat moss,
ground bark, sulfur, or sawdust to increase soil acidity.
ACCLIMATE – To adapt to a new temperature, altitude, climate or environment.
ADVENTITIOUS – The formation of a root or shoot or bud that arise or occur sporadically in tissue which
does not normally produce such structures in
other than the usual location. Soil Aeration
AERATION, SOIL – Process by which air in the soil
is replaced by air from the atmosphere. In a well-
aerated soil, the soil air is similar in composition
to the atmosphere above the soil. Poorly aerated
soils usually contain a much higher percentage
of carbon dioxide and a correspondingly lower
percentage of oxygen than the atmosphere above
the soil. The rate of aeration depends largely on
the size, volume, and continuity of pores from the
surface and within the soil.
AEROBIC – Occurring only in the presence of
molecular oxygen.
AESTHETICS – The philosophy pertaining to the
nature, creation, and appreciation of desirable
visual values or beauty.
ALKALINE SOIL – Alkalinity describes an aspect of
the soil’s chemical reaction: the concentration of hydrogen ions (an ion is an electrically charged atom or
molecule). The relative concentration of hydrogen ions is represented by a mathematical symbol called
pH. A pH above 7 is alkaline.
ANAEROBIC – Occurring in the absence of molecular oxygen.
ANNUAL – Plant which grows from a seed, tuber or bulb, produces flowers and fruit, and dies in a single
growing season.
ARBORIST – One who tends, cultivates, and manages trees and shrubs, generally for ornamental
purposes.
AXILLARY BUD – A shoot arising from the joint where a leaf meets the stem.
Appendix F F-1
BACKFILL – Cultivated and amended soil excavated from planting holes, with all debris removed including
rocks larger than 3 inches diameter.
BACKSLOPE – Slope area on the opposite side of the ditch from the inslope.
Typical Ditch Section
BALLED AND BURLAPPED, (B &

B) – Shrubs and trees dug from
fields with a ball of dirt around
the roots; the ball is wrapped in
burlap to hold it together. Usually
dug from late fall to early spring,
during the dormant season.
BARE ROOT, (BR) – Trees and
shrubs dug from the field without
soil around the roots. Plants are Balled & Burlapped (B & B)
dug dormant from field; the roots
are cleaned, trimmed and kept from drying out. Bare root plants are
stored in very humid, cold storage lockers until spring.
BARK – An outer protective tissue of woody plants, derived from the
cortex. Varies greatly in appearance and texture; including all tissue
from the vascular cambium outward. Bare Root
BERM – A raised and elongated area of earth

Berm
intended to direct the flow of water, visually
screen, reduce noise levels or to raise the root
zones of plants for better aeration in heavy or
poorly drained soils.
BIENNIAL – Plants which live for two seasons,
normally flowering, fruiting and dying the
second growing season from time of seed
germination.
F-2 Appendix F
BRANCH – Secondary shoot or stem of a plant, a

natural subdivision of the main plant stem.
BRANCH BARK RIDGE – The bark boundary which
separates the trunk from the branch. Located on the
top side of the junction of the main stem and the
branch.
BRANCH COLLAR – The swollen base of a branch
which contains trunk and branch tissues which should
not be injured during pruning if proper callus closure
is to occur.
BROAD-LEAF – 1. In connection with weeds, it
means any weeds that are not grasses. 2. In the Branch Bark Ridge & Branch Collar
sense of “broad-leafed evergreen”, it refers to a plant
that is evergreen but not a conifer with needle-like leaves, for example
Rhododendron.
BUD – A structure of embryonic tissues, which will become a leaf, flower,
new shoot or some combination of the three. The stage in which a growing
point spends the winter or a dry season. May be naked or enclosed in scales.
BUDDING – In basic principle it’s similar to grafting. A bud of one plant is
inserted in the bark of another plant (called the stock). If the bud and stock
unite; the bud will then develop the characteristics of the plant it came Bud Scale
from, while the stock supplies it with water and nutrients.
BUD SCALE – A modified leaf or stipule, protective of the embryonic tissue
of the bud.
BUD UNION – The point where the woody
shoot is grafted (attached) on to a rootstock.
CALENDAR DAY – Every day shown on the
calendar.
CALLUS (plants) – Undifferentiated tissue
that proliferates at cut surfaces or wound
edges; also, organized tissues including
xylem, phloem, and periderms, usually
growing more rapidly than normal, that
proliferate at the edges of wounds and
gradually cover wounds.
CAMBIUM – A thin formative layer between
the xylem and phloem of most vascular
plants that gives rise to new cells and is
responsible for secondary growth. Cambium
Appendix F F-3
CANDLE – The growing terminal shoot of

conifers, notably pines. Generally refers to
spring growth on conifers.
CANE (shrubs) – A long woody pliable stem
rising from the ground or a point not higher
than 1/4 of the height of the shrub.
CANKER – A necrotic (dead tissue) lesion in
bark of the stem or root, often extending to
1 Cane
the xylem; also, the scar left after shedding 3 Canes
of bark tissues killed by localized disease or Sumac
environmental injury. Cane (Shrubs)
Candle
* Canker, Annual – A canker that
enlarges only once and does so within an interval more brief than
the growth cycle of the plant, usually less than 1 year.
* Canker, Diffuse – A canker that enlarges without characteristic
shape or noticeable callus formation at margins.
* Canker, Perennial – A canker that enlarges during more than 1
year. See related term below - Canker, Target.
* Canker, Target – A canker that includes concentric ridges of callus.
Often, the canker is caused by a fungal pathogen.
CANOPY (CROWN) – 1. The upper mass or head of a tree, comprising the
branches. 2. Central point near the ground level of a perennial herb from
which new shoots arise each year. Canker
CAPILLARY – Very small hair-sized tubes or pores in plants or in soils.
CAPILLARY WATER – Water held as a film around soil particles and in tiny
spaces between particles. This water is available to plants.
CARBON: NITROGEN RATIO – The ratio of the weight of organic carbon to the
weight of total nitrogen in the soil or in organic material, obtained by dividing
the percentage of organic carbon (C) by the percentage of total nitrogen (N).
CERTIFICATE OF COMPLIANCE for plant stock, landscape materials and
equipment – Part of the required documentation provided by the Contractor
to the Engineer at or prior to the Preconstruction Conference to verify that all
plants are in conformance with the Project requirements. At least one week Canopy (Crown)
prior to the plant stock delivery date the Contractor shall furnish the Engineer
with an updated Certificate of Compliance for plant stock, landscape
materials and equipment signed by the Contractor’s representative.
CERTIFIED NURSERY STOCK – Nursery stock which has been inspected and found free of plant pests or
problems by the State Department of Agriculture.
CERTIFIED TEST REPORT – Provided by a manufacturer, producer, or supplier of a product such as
compost or mulch, indicating actual results of tests or analysis.
F-4 Appendix F
CHANGE ORDER – A written order issued by the Engineer to the Contractor, covering permissible
adjustments and minor plan changes or corrections and rulings with respect to omissions, discrepancies
or intent of the plans and Specifications, but not including any extra work or other alterations that are
required to be covered by supplemental agreement.
Orders issued to implement changes made by mutual agreement shall not become effective until the
order has been signed by the Contractor and returned to the Engineer.
CHLOROPHYLL – A green pigment utilizing light to produce sugar from carbon dioxide and water as
photosynthesis.
CHLOROSIS – When a leaf looks more yellow
than it should (especially between the leaf veins),
it often is chlorotic or suffering from chlorosis.
Frequently chlorosis is caused by a plant’s inability
to obtain the iron it needs to produce chlorophyll.
For one way to correct this condition, see IRON
CHELATE.
CHLOROTIC – A plant symptom showing the effect
of chlorosis (see CHLOROSIS).
CLAY (soils) – 1. Mineral soil consisting of particles
less than 0.002 mm in equivalent diameter which Chlorosis
are not visible under a normal microscope. 2.
A soil textural class. 3. A fine-grained soil that has a high plasticity index in relation to the liquid limits
(engineering). 4. A specific mineral structure.
CLAYPAN – A dense, compact layer in the subsoil having a much higher clay content than the overlying
material, from which it is separated by a sharply defined boundary; usually hard when dry and plastic and
sticky when wet. Claypans usually impede the movement of water and air and the growth of plant roots.
Compare with Hardpan.
CLEARING – The removal of surface vegetation, structures or objects as an item of highway landscape
construction.
CLEAR ZONE – An unobstructed, relatively flat area beyond the edge of the traveled way that allows a
driver to stop safely or regain control of a vehicle that leaves the traveled way.
CLIMATIC ZONE – A geographical area in which weather conditions are typically similar.
COHESION – Holding together; force holding a solid or liquid together because of attraction between
molecules; cohesion decreases with a rise in temperature.
COLLECTED STOCK – Refers to native grass, wildflowers, trees, and shrubs which have been harvested
directly from native stands and put into production.
COMPOST – See MnDOT 3890. Organic residues or a mixture of organic residues and soil that have been
piled and allowed to undergo full biological decomposition. MnDOT contracts require compost derived
from yard waste.
Appendix F F-5
CONIFER – A plant which bears naked seeds in cones or cone-like structures and most have needle
shaped or scale-like leaves which remain green on the plant throughout the dormant season. Often
referred to as “evergreen”, including juniper, spruce, pine, cedar, and yew. Not all conifers are evergreen
including larch and gingko.
CONSISTENCY – The degree of cohesion or adhesion of the soil mass. Terms used for describing
consistency of soil materials at various soil moisture contents and degrees of cementation are as follows:
* wet (stickiness) – Stickiness is the quality of adhesion to other objects. For field evaluation of
stickiness, soil material is pressed between thumb and forefinger and its adherence is noted.
* wet (plasticity) – Plasticity is the ability to change shape continuously under the influence of an
applied force and retain the impressed shape on removal of the force.
For field determination of plasticity, roll the soil material between thumb and forefinger and
observe whether a thin rod (“wire”) of soil can be formed.
* moist – Consistency when soil is moist is determined at a moisture content approximately
midway between air-dry and field capacity.
* dry – The consistency of soil material when dry is characterized by rigidity, brittleness, maximum
resistance to pressure, tendency to crush to a powder and inability of crushed material to cohere
again when pressed together.
* cemented – Brittle, hard consistency caused by some cementing substance other than clay
materials.
CONTAINER – A pot, can, or box used for growing plants.
CONTAINERIZED (CONTAINER GROWN) – A growing plant, in a container with its root system ready for
retail sale. Often, a field grown plant that has been potted in preparation for retail sale.
Container Grown
F-6 Appendix F
CONTRACT – The written agreement between the Contracting Authority and the Contractor, setting forth
the obligations of the parties thereunder, including, but not limited to, the performance of the work, the
furnishing of labor and materials, and the basis of payment.
The contract documents include the advertisement for bids, proposal, contract form, contract bond,
specifications, supplemental specifications, special provisions, general and detailed plans, and notice
to proceed, also any change orders and agreements that are required to complete the construction of
the work in an acceptable manner, including authorized extensions thereof, all of which constitute one
instrument.
CONTRACT BOND – The approved form of security, executed by the Contractor and Surety or Sureties,
guaranteeing complete execution of the Contract and all Supplemental Agreements pertaining thereto
and the payment of all legal debts pertaining to construction of the Project.
CONTRACT TIME – The number of working days or calendar days, including authorized time extensions,
allowed for completion of the contract. When a calendar date of completion is shown in the proposal in
lieu of the number of working or calendar days, the contract shall be completed by that date.
CONTRACTING AUTHORITY – The governmental body, board, department, commission, or officer making
the award and execution of Contract as the party of the first part.
CONTRACTOR – The individual, firm or corporation contracting for and undertaking prosecution of the
prescribed work; the party of the second part to the Contract, acting directly or through a duly authorized
representative.
COOL-SEASON PLANT – A plant that produces most of its growth and flowers during spring, slows growth
or becomes dormant during the hot part of summer, and may resume growth in the fall with cooler
temperatures.
CULL – Nursery stock that is rejected as inferior because it does not meet the standards for individual
grades as established in the “American Standard For Nursery Stock”.
CULTIVAR – A horticultural or cultivated variety that has originated and persisted under cultivation,
distinguished by single quotation marks. For example, in the scientific name Fraxinus pennsylvanica
‘Marshall’s Seedless’, the cultivar is Marshall’s Seedless.
CULTIVATION – 1. To improve or prepare soil, by plowing, tilling or fertilizing, for the purposes of
promoting or maintaining plant growth. 2. To promote, tend to or assist the growth of plants.
CUTTING – A severed vegetative or asexual part of a plant used in propagation; as in a cutting of a root,
stem or leaf.
DEBUDDED – Any process which results in the loss of buds on a plant. Generally refers to trees or shrubs
that have, through cultural practices, had a large portion of buds removed, especially terminal buds on
the leader or branches. Debudding may occur with pruning. Shearing is common practice in Christmas
tree farms but may occur at any grower.
DECIDUOUS – A plant that sheds all of its leaves at one time annually.
DECLINE – The general loss of a plant’s vitality caused by a disease or by a series of events that disrupt
essential life processes (i.e. too little or too much water, etc.)
Appendix F F-7
DEFOLIATION – Unnatural loss of plant leaves.

DEPARTMENT – The Minnesota Department of Transportation; or the department, division, or agency
constituted for administration of the Contract work within its jurisdiction.
DIEBACK – Progressive dying from the tips of twigs towards the trunk of the tree.
DIKE – A berm of soil constructed to Dieback
maintain or control surface water in
a drainage system or watering basin.
DISC – To cultivate with a disc
harrow or similar implement.
DORMANCY – A state when the
plant is not actively growing due to
either internal or external conditions. A resting period especially during winter or drought.
DRAINAGE – “Good drainage,” “bad drainage,” “slow drainage,” “fast drainage,” “well drained” – all of
these terms refer to the speed with which water
passes through soil in a plant’s root area, and
water must pass through if most plants are to
grow. It’s not the standing water that hurts plants
directly; it is the fact that the water excludes
oxygen. Most roots can’t live without oxygen.
(SEE PERCOLATION)
DRIP LINE – The line you would draw on Drip Line Drip Line
the soil around a tree directly under its
outermost branch tips. The term is used in
connection with feeding, watering, and limitations
upon grading or other disturbances around
existing trees and shrubs.
DWARF – An atypically small plant, often bred for
this trait.
EASEMENT – A right acquired by a public authority
through the use of direct purchase or eminent
domain to use or control property for designated purpose.
EMBANKMENT – A slope or raised area created with fill material.
ENGINEER – The duly authorized engineering representative of the Contracting Authority, acting directly
or through designated representatives who have been delegated the responsibility for engineering
supervision of the project, acting within the scope of the duties and authority delegated to them.
EQUIPMENT – AII machinery and equipment, together with the necessary supplies for upkeep and
maintenance, and also tools and apparatus necessary for the proper construction and acceptable
completion of the Contract within its intended scope.
F-8 Appendix F
EROSION – The dislocation or movement of soil and land surface by water, wind, frost or other agents.
EROSION CONTROL – Protecting soil from dislocation by water, wind or other agents. Includes the
proper grading and drainage and the utilization of vegetation and/or other erosion control equipment to
absorb the impact of rainfall, slow the velocity of runoff or to hold the soil in place.
ESTABLISHED – Growing and reproducing without cultivation. Pre-existing vegetation.
EVERGREEN – See CONIFER
EXFOLIATING – The splitting, shedding and pealing of the outer bark of a tree (i.e. River Birch).
EXOTIC – A plant not indigenous or native to the area at the time of European settlement.
EXTRA WORK – Any work not required by the Contract as awarded, but which is authorized and
performed by Supplemental Agreement, either at negotiated prices or on a force account basis as
provided elsewhere in the Specifications.
FALLOW – Allowing tilled planting areas to lie idle during a portion of, or between growing seasons.
FERTILITY – A measure of the quality of soil that provides proper nutrients in the correct amounts and
balance for plant growth.
FERTILIZER – Any material containing one or more available nutrient and/or elements.
FERTILIZER ANALYSIS – The actual composition of a fertilizer as determined in a chemical laboratory by
standard methods. See Fertilizer Grade.
FERTILIZER GRADE – The guaranteed minimum analysis in whole numbers, in percent, of the nitrogen,
phosphorus, and potassium in a fertilizer material. For example, a fertilizer with a grade of 20-10-5 is
guaranteed to contain 20 percent total nitrogen (N), 10 percent available phosphoric acid (H3PO4), and 5
percent water-soluble potash (K2O).
FIBROUS ROOT SYSTEM – A root arrangement whereby roots arising from the stem base are similar in
size and length, each bearing numerous side branches. A diffuse root system.
FIELD CAPACITY (field moisture capacity) – The amount of water remaining in a soil after the free
(gravitational) water has been allowed to drain away (a day or two) after the root zone had been
previously saturated. Estimated at -1/3 bar water potential using a tensiometer. See Field Capacity Table
(Chapter 3).
FIELD POTTED – Refers to plants dug from the field with soil intact around the roots and immediately
potted. These may be supplied and must meet the requirements for B&B plant stock specified on MnDOT
contracts.
FINES – Extremely small soil particles.
FIRST ORDER BRANCHING – Branches that are attached to a tree’s main stem.
FLOWER – The sexually reproductive structure of angiosperms.
FORB – A herbaceous plant that is not a grass or grass-like plant (i.e. wildflowers).
FORESTER – A person trained to evaluate, develop, care for, and cultivate trees, shrubs, and other plants.
Appendix F F-9
FORM – Characteristic shapes of tree, shrub, vine and herbaceous plant

species referring to the outline of the crown as perceived in silhouette,
grown in an open field under favorable environmental conditions.
FRASS – Chewed wood fragments and plant tissues mixed with
excrement produced by insects.
FRIABLE – A loose crumbly condition of the soil (tilth).
FROST-CRACK – A vertical split in a tree trunk due to unequal stresses in
cold weather.
FROST HEAVING – The raising of the surface soil due to the growth of
ice crystals in the underlying soil. Such action may push plants out of the
ground.
FRUIT – An enlarged ovary which contains ovules which will develop
into seeds. May be edible or not, true or accessory, fleshy or dry.
FUNGI – An order of plant organisms, which cause decay in living or
dead organic material.
FUNGICIDE – Any material which will destroy or repel fungus infection.
GALL – An abnormal growth or excrescence on a plant, usually caused Frost Crack
by an insect.
GALLERIES – Vertical and lateral channels or tunnels found under a plant’s bark or in other areas and
denoting current or past activity by boring insects.
GENUS – A group of species possessing fundamental traits in common but differing in other lesser
characteristics. White pines scientific name is Pinus strobus, with Pinus being the genus name.
GRADE – 1. The level of the land or the deviation from level. 2. The standardized description of a
nursery stock plant’s proportionate size and mass of top growth and root growth as measured by visual
inspection.
GRADIENT – Rise or fall per unit of horizontal distance (slope ratio). Commonly expressed such as 10%
or 10:1.
GRADING – 1. To level or smooth the land to a desired gradient. 2. To rank or sort nursery stock by a
standardized sizing system as described in the “American Standard For Nursery Stock”. Nursery stock that
does not meet the standards for individual grades is defined as a cull (reject).
GRAFT – The top of one plant and the roots of another forming a living union. A branch or bud (scion)
inserted on another plant with the intention that it will grow there.
GRAFTING – A method of propagating plants. A section from one plant (scion) is inserted into a branch
of another plant (stock). The graft works, the two grow together as one plant, only if the cambium layers
of both scion and stock make contact. (The cambium is a thin layer of tissue between the bark and
wood.) If the graft takes, the scion develops foliage, flowers, and fruits just like the plant it came from;
the stock supplies water and nutrients as before.
F-10 Appendix F
GRANULAR MATERIAL – Any natural or synthetic mineral aggregate such as sand, gravel, or crushed
rock that when graded will pass a one inch sieve and not more than 20 percent, by weight will pass the
No. 200 sieve.
GRASS – Plants, mostly herbaceous, with jointed stems used to cover open soil areas, to provide
drainage and erosion control and to provide wildlife habitat. Characterized by reduced non-showy
flowers, grain type fruit and narrow, usually long leaves.
GRAVEL – Naturally occurring rock or mineral particles produced by glacial and water action. Particle
size ranges from 3 inches (76mm) in diameter to the size retained on a No. 10 sieve .08 inches (2mm
diameter)
GROUND-COVER – Plants, other than grass, which grow closely together to cover the surface of the
ground.
GROUNDWATER – Water found underground in porous rock strata and soils.
GROWING SEASON – The period when soil temperature rises above 50°F in the spring until the soil
temperature lowers below 50°F in the fall; for scouting purposes, April through November.
GROWTH RATE – The measured vertical and horizontal increase in height, spread and diameter during
one growing season.
GRUBBING – The process of removing tree roots, stumps and low-growing vegetation.
GUARANTEED ANALYSIS – A guarantee from a manufacturer, producer or supplier of a product that the
product complies with the ingredients or specifications as indicated on the product label.
GUYING – Temporary placement of cable between a stake and an elevated spot on a tree trunk after
transplanting. Guying systems provide firm anchorage to prevent the tree from tipping over while new
root growth is developing or to prevent excessive bending due to wind pressures.
HABIT – The general aspect or mode of growth of a plant.
HABITAT – A place where environmental factors favor a specific plant or organism.
HARDENING-OFF – To expose plants gradually to more extreme conditions such as lower temperatures
in advance of winter.
HARDPAN (PRESSURE PAN) – A layer of soil impervious to air and water, or a soil layer that retains
water so tight that it will not pass through. PRESSURE PAN – A subsurface horizon or soil layer having a
high bulk density and a lower total porosity than the soil directly above or below it as a result of pressure
by normal tillage operations or by other artificial means. Frequently referred to as hard pan, plow pan,
plowsole, tillage pan, or traffic pan.
HARDWOOD – Term loosely applied to deciduous trees.
HARDY – The ability of a plant to survive under extremes of cold, drought, etc. Refers to plant capability
of withstanding winter conditions in a particular area. It does not mean tough, pest resistant, or disease-
resistant. The U.S. is divided into 13 Hardiness Zones with Minnesota in Hardiness Zones 3, 4 and 5. The
lower the number the hardier a plant must be to survive.
HAUL ROAD – A road used to transport material to and from construction areas.
Appendix F F-11
HEADING BACK – A pruning term for cutting a

branch back to a bud or side branch to increase
the number of shoots, or make the plant
bushier. For a method that produces roughly
the opposite effect, see THINNING OUT.
HEALTH – Characterized by the ability of
plants to resist irreversible condition caused by
excessive stresses to the plant such as disease,
pests, etc..
HEARTWOOD – Older harder non-living
central wood of trees that is usually darker,
denser, less permeable, and more durable than
the surrounding sapwood.
Heartwood
HEAVY SOIL – Imprecise term meaning dense
soil, made up of extremely fine particles (clay
particles are especially fine), packed closely
together.
HEELING IN – Temporarily storing plants by
covering or burying the roots with moist soil,
sawdust, or similar material. Plants are heeled
in before planting to keep the bare roots or
root balls from drying out.
HERBACEOUS – A non-woody plant whose
above ground portion dies to the ground in the
fall.
Healing In
HERBICIDE – Material toxic to plants that is generally used for weed/plant
control.
HIDDEN BUD – Bud covered by the petiole base and therefore inconspicuous.
HIGHWAY, STREET, OR ROAD – A general term denoting a public way for purposes of vehicular travel,
including the entire area within the right-of-way.
HORTICULTURE – The science of specifically treating plants in order to develop their full individual
potentials.
HOST – A plant parasitized by another organism such as insects or fungi.
HYBRID – A plant resulting from a cross between species, strains, or inbred lines.
HYBRID VIGOR – Characteristic of a hybrid that is better adapted or structured for survival in an
environment, than either of its parents.
IMPERVIOUS SOIL – A soil through which water, air, or roots cannot penetrate.
INCIDENTAL – Work and materials for which no direct payment will be made.
F-12 Appendix F
INDIGENOUS – See NATIVE.

INDUSTRY STANDARD – An acknowledged and acceptable measure of quantitative or qualitative value
or an established procedure to be followed for a given operation within the given industry. This will
generally be in the form of a written code, standard or specification by a creditable industry association.
INFECTION – The establishment of disease-producing organism in a host.
INFESTATION – Invasion by pests or pathogens such as plants, insects, mites, nematodes, etc.
INOCULATION – Introducing cultures of specific bacteria or microorganisms into soils or culture media,
i.e. adding Rhizobia bacteria to legume seed. Legumes have root tubercles which can absorb and utilize
nitrogen from the air but only if certain bacteria are present in the soil.
INSECTICIDE – A material used to destroy or repel insects.
INSLOPE – Slope area between the road edge and the bottom of the ditch. See BACKSLOPE for image.
INSPECTOR – The Engineer’s authorized representative assigned to make detailed inspections of
Contract performance.
INTEGRATED PEST MANAGEMENT (IPM) – The use of many different
techniques, in combination, to control pests. One example is the
combined uses of resistant plant varieties, natural predators of the
pest, pesticides and preventive practices. (i.e. watering, pruning,
fertilizing)
INTERIM SEEDING – Seeding when permanent seeding cannot be
performed because of contract requirements for temporary construction or because topsoil placement
and permanent seeding are to be accomplished under a future contract.
INTERNODE – The part of a plant stem between two nodes.
IRON CHELATE (pronounced key-late) – A chemical added to the soil to treat plants with iron chlorosis
(see CHLOROSIS). It is a combination of iron and a complex organic substance that makes the iron already
in the soil more available to roots.
IRRIGATION SYSTEM – A watering system, either temporary or permanent, used to establish or sustain
plants and turf where natural rainfall or groundwater is inadequate or where supplemental watering is
necessary and cannot be provided by other means.
LANDSCAPE – Any portion of the earth’s surface visible from any given point. The land form of a region
including its vegetation, wildlife, hydrology, geology, and physical and biological characteristics of form.
LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT – A person who applies artistic and scientific principles to the research,
planning, design, integration, and management of both natural and built environments.
LANDSCAPING, HIGHWAY – Treatment of the highway or transportation facility and roadside to
conserve, enhance and effectively display the character and quality of the environment it passes
through, taking into account safety, utility, beauty, economy, sustainability history and context, pollution
prevention and other functions by means of proper location, design, construction and maintenance.
Appendix F F-13
LARVA – An immature insect that emerges from the egg in Larva

an early stage of metamorphological development, differing
fundamentally in form from the adult into which it develops via
the pupal stage.
LATERAL BUD – A bud growing from the side of a branch, and
not at the apical meristematic area.
LEACHING – The loss of mineral elements from the soil by the
downward movement of water, through the soil.
LEADER – The primary or central stem of a
tree. Multiple or competing leaders are not
desirable with most tree species and indicate a
lack of proper prior care (pruning) in a nursery.
LEAF – The main photosynthetic organ of a
plant.
LEAFING OUT – When leaf buds break open
and new foliage begins to grow.
LEAFLET – A leaf like portion of a compound leaf. A leaflet will not have a bud where
the stem grows out of the branch.
LEGUME – A member of the legume or pea family, nitrogen-fixing plants -Leguminosae. This includes
many valuable food and forage species, such as peas, beans, peanuts, clovers, alfalfas, sweet clovers,
lespedezas, and vetches plus trees and shrubs like honeylocust and peashrub.
LIME, AGRICULTURAL – a variety of acid-neutralizing materials; most are the oxide, hydroxide, or
carbonate of calcium, or of calcium and magnesium. The most commonly used forms of agricultural lime
are ground limestone, marl, and oyster shells (carbonates), hydrated lime (hydroxides), and burnt lime
(oxides).
LINERS (LINING OUT STOCK) – Young plants, typically unbranched, grown for sale to nursery growers at
wholesale cost for lining out in their fields to further develop them as tree and shrub grade stock.
LONGEVITY – The length of time a selected plant can be expected to live when environmental
conditions are normal.
MAINTENANCE – The proper care of plants
and other landscape features to promote
plant health and vigor under all environmental
conditions.
MARGIN – The edge of a leaf.
MASS PLANTING – The placement of a large
number of plants close together to give a
uniform aspect.
Mass Planting
F-14 Appendix F
MATERIALS – Any substances specified for use in the construction of the Project and its appurtenances.
MATERIALS LABORATORY – The Central Materials Laboratory of the Department, and for those tests so
authorized, the District Materials Laboratories.
MEDIAN – The portion of a divided roadway separating the traveled ways for traffic moving in opposite
directions.
MICROCLIMATE – A small localized area where the conditions of temperature, moisture, etc., are
significantly different from those of the general area.
MINNESOTA ZONE HARDY – Certification required to ensure that plant stock has been continously
grown (for at least 2 years) within the
acceptable limits so that the origin of seed,
root, graft or plant stock grown outside of
the acceptable Midwest and Northern grown
plant stock growing range is hardy in the
hardiness zone in which it will be planted in
Minnesota.
MOTTLED (soils) – Soil horizons consisting
of irregular soil masses of various colors.
A common cause of mottling is impeded
drainage.
MOWING LIMITS OR LINE – Boundaries
established to show the desired extent of
mowing.
MULCH – Any material placed on the MN Zone Hardy
surface of the soil (i.e. wood chips) to conserve moisture, prevent erosion
control weeds, and moderate surface soil temperature.
MYCORRHIZAE – Literally “fungus root.” Typically, beneficial associations (symbiotic) of specific fungi
with roots of specific higher plants that provide benefit to plants by enhancing nutrient uptake, water
availability and resistance to infection by soil-borne pathogens. Some trees including those on previously
unforested land may fail because certain fungi are not present to form mycorrhizae with the roots.
Mycorrhizal plants grow more vigorously and remain healthier than non-infected plants in harsh, stressful
and infertile conditions.
NATIVE – A plant species existing in an area from the time prior to European settlement.
NEEDLE – The slender leaf of many conifers.
NEMATODE – Microscopic worms most of which feed on roots causing various types of injury to roots,
stems and leaves. Some feed on leaves resulting in injury by infection.
NITROGEN, ACTUAL – The portion of a manufactured fertilizer (or any product containing several
ingredients) that supplies a specific needed element. A 25-pound bag of fertilizer containing 22 percent
nitrogen will yield 5-1/2 pounds actual nitrogen (25 pounds x .22 = 5.5 pounds).
Appendix F F-15
NODE – The points or joints on a stem from which the buds, leaves and branches originate; sometimes
represented by a swollen or constricted ring, or by a distinct leaf scar. See internode for image.
NOMENCLATURE – An International system of Standardized names used in biology for animals and
plants.
NON-NATIVE (INTRODUCED) – A plant species established in an area from the time after European
settlement.
NOXIOUS WEEDS – Noxious weeds are regulated under Minnesota Rules 1505.0730 1505.0750.
Prohibited noxious weeds are injurious to public health, the environment, public roads, crops, livestock,
and other property. Prohibited noxious weeds must be controlled or eradicated as required in Minnesota
statutes, section 18.78.
NOXIOUS WEED SEEDS – Noxious weed seeds are regulated under Minnesota Rules 1510.0271 -
1510.0320. They include prohibited and restricted classifications.
* Prohibited weed seeds are prohibited from being present in agricultural, vegetable, flower, tree,
and shrub seeds sold in Minnesota.
* Restricted weed seeds are those which, if present in agricultural, vegetable, flower, tree, and
shrub seed, must be named on the label together with the number per ounce or pound of
seed specified and which may not exceed the legal limit. They are seeds of weeds which are
objectionable in fields, lawns, and gardens of this state, and which can be controlled by good
cultural practice and use of herbicides.
NPDES – National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (NPDES) Permits Program.
NURSERY – Any place where plant stock is grown for sale or distribution.
NURSERY INSPECTOR – One who has been assigned the duties of nursery inspection by the
Commissioner of Agriculture.
NURSERY LICENSE – Annual certification (based upon field inspection) required by the State Department
of Agriculture to lawfully enable a grower or dealer of nursery stock to offer nursery stock for sale.
NURSERY STOCK – Nursery stock includes: Trees, shrubs and other plants having a persistent woody
stem; all hardy herbaceous perennials; and parts of either of those which are capable of propagation.
NURSERY STOCK DEALER/GROWER– Any person who obtains nursery stock for the purpose of sale or
distribution and includes any person who sells and distributes for more than one nursery grower. If a
person purchases more than half of the nursery stock offered for sale at his or her sales locations during
the current certificate, he or she shall be considered a dealer rather than a nursery grower for the
purposes of determining his or her proper fee schedule.
NUT – A dry, one-seeded, indehiscent (does not open on its own to release seed) fruit.
ORGANIC – A substance derived from any portion of a plant or an animal. A compound that contains
carbon.
ORGANIC MATTER – Plant or animal residue or remains.
F-16 Appendix F
ORGANIC SOILS – A soil which contains a high percentage (more than 20%) of organic matter
throughout the A and B horizons. Usually formed in swampy conditions and frequently requires drainage.
Because the large amounts of humus decompose rapidly after drainage, organic soils subside (sink in
elevation) appreciably. They may also burn and blow easily. Organic soils have lower pH than is typical for
mineral soils. Although fairly fertile, many organic soils are not able to supply adequate macronutrients
and some micronutrients to plants. See Peat.
OUTER BARK – Mostly dead cells which protect the phloem (inner bark) and cambium. See Cambium for
image.
PARASITE – A plant or animal that lives upon another living plant or animal (the host).
PATHOGEN – An organism which causes a disease.
PATHOGENIC – Disease producing.
CONTRACT ITEM – A specifically described unit of work for which a price is provided in the Contract.
PEAT – Largely undecomposed or only slightly decomposed organic matter accumulated under
conditions of excessive moisture.
* Hypnum Peat Moss – Light weight, porous and fibrous (but free from woody material) peat
primarily composed of slightly or moderately decomposed leaves and stems of hypnum moss.
Darker in color and neutral in pH but providing similar benefits to sphagnum peat moss when
used as a soil amendment. Suitable for use in acidic soils to help neutralize soil.
* Sphagnum Peat Moss – Composed of slightly or moderately decomposed leaves and stems of
sphagnum moss which is found in cool humid regions resulting in higher acidity and lighter color
than hypnum peat moss.
* Reed-Sedge Peat – Medium to fibrous texture (may contain woody material) peat containing the
moderately decomposed remains of reeds, sedges and reed-like grasses (cattails, rushes). Ranges
from slightly alkaline to slightly acid in pH.
* Humus Peat – Highly decomposed peat in which the original plants making up the peat can
no longer be distinguished by observation. Ranges from slightly acid to neutral in pH and is dark
brown to black in color with a fine-grained texture.
PERCOLATION, SOIL WATER – The downward movement of water through soil, especially the
downward flow of water in saturated or nearly saturated soil.
PERCOLATION TEST – Completely fill a 16 inches deep planting hole with water. Allow water to drain
from the hole. Completely re-fill the hole and measure the time it takes for the water to drain from
the hole. Adequate drainage will be considered equal to or greater than a percolation rate of 1/2 inch
(12mm) per hour.
PERENNIAL – A plant that lives more than two years. Generally the word is used to mean a plant whose
top growth dies down each winter and regrows the following spring. But some perennials keep leaves all
year.
PERMEABILITY, SOIL – Quality of a soil layer that enables water or air to move through it.
PERSISTENT – Remaining on the plant beyond the period when such parts commonly fall, as in fruits,
leaves, etc.
Appendix F F-17
PESTICIDE – A substance or mixture of substances intended to prevent, destroy,

repel or mitigate a pest.
PESTICIDE APPLICATOR LICENSE – A license issued by the Minnesota Department
of Agriculture that allows an individual to use a restricted use pesticides. All
commercial applicators must be licensed to apply pesticides.
pH – Hydrogen ion concentration. The acidity or baseness (alkalinity) of a
substance. A pH of 7 is alkaline, above 7 is basic, and below 7 is acidic. A pH in the
range of 6.0 to 7.5 is generally preferred or tolerated by most but not all plants.
PHLOEM – The inner bark of woody plants which transports sugars and
manufactured food downward to the roots.
PHOTOSYNTHESIS – The process by which plants and other photoautotrophs
generate carbohydrates and oxygen from carbon dioxide, water, and light pH Indicator:
energy in chloroplasts. Acidic & Alkaline Soil
PLAN – The approved plan, profiles, typical cross sections and
supplemental drawings, or exact reproductions thereof, which show the locations, character, dimensions,
and details of the work to be done.
PLANT – Any living organism consisting of one or more cells, which does not typically exhibit voluntary
motion or possess sensory or nerve organs.
PLANT CLASSIFICATION – Botanists have classified plants into an orderly, ranked system that reflects
the similarities among the world’s plant life. The plant kingdom, the most inclusive group, is broken down
into groups that are less and less inclusive: division, class, order, family, genus, species, variety, hybrid
and strain. Genus, species and horticultural varieties (clones) are the industry terms most used to identify
landscaping plant material.
PLANT ENVIRONMENT – The sum total of all the
conditions surrounding the plant.
PLANT ESTABLISHMENT – The agronomic and
horticultural practices within an acceptable and
specified period of time, following plant installation,
necessary to enable plants to adapt and grow
successfully in their new environment.
PLANT HARDINESS ZONE MAP – The division of the
North American continent into zones based on the
average winter minimum temperature. See U.S.D.A.
Misc. Pub. 1475.1990.
http://planthardiness.ars.usda.gov/phzmweb USDA Plant Hardiness Zone Map
PLANT INSTALLATION – The work of furnishing and planting
trees, shrubs, vines and perennials complete with all incidental materials and requirements at the
locations designated in the plans or as directed by the Engineer.
F-18 Appendix F
PLANT PESTS – Plant pests shall include any form of plant or animal life, including any disease producing
organism dangerous to plants. Alternate hosts of any plant disease are included in this definition.
PLANTING SEASON – The period of the year within a climatic regime when planting, transplanting or
seeding is recommended for successful establishment.
PLANTING SOIL – 4 inches of Grade 2 compost and other specified additives thoroughly mixed with 12
inches of cultivated inplace soil resulting in a minimum 16 inch total depth of mixture.
PLANT STOCK – Trees, shrubs, vines and perennials that meet type and size requirements, as specified
in the plan.
POTTED – Bare root plants not grown in a pot long enough for the roots and soil ball to retain its shape
and hold together when removed from the container.
PROGRESS SCHEDULE – A bar chart or critical path diagram showing starting, activity and completion
dates for all progress of the Contract work.
PROJECT – The specific section of the highway together with all appurtenances and construction to be
performed thereon under the Contract.
PROPOSAL – The offer of a bidder, in the prescribed proposal form, to perform the work and to furnish
the labor and materials at the prices quoted.
PRUNING – The judicious removal of plant parts to increase structural safety, health, usefulness, beauty,
and/or vigor.
PYRAMIDAL – A conical tree form broad near the ground and becoming narrower as it grows upward.
QUARANTINE – A federal or state regulation to restrict the
movement of plants, or materials (mulch).
REPELLENT – A substance disliked by pests which is used to
protect plants.
RHIZOME – A horizontal underground stem which may form both
roots and shoots at the nodes.
RIGHT-OF-WAY – A general term denoting land, property, or
interest therein, usually in a strip, acquired for or devoted to a
highway.
RILL – A small, eroded ditch, usually only a few inches deep and
hence no great obstacle to operations but a potentially serious condition promoting increasing erosion.
RODENTICIDE – A substance, usually poisonous, used to control rodents.
ROOT – An underground plant organ performing the functions of anchorage and of water and mineral
absorption. The descending axis of the plant, without nodes and internodes.
ROOT COLLAR (ROOT FLARE) – The transition zone between the stem and the root, sometimes
recognized in trees and seedlings by the presence of a slight swelling.
Appendix F F-19
ROOT HAIR – Extension of the epidermis on the root which collects water and nutrients from the soil.
ROOT NODULE – A swelling formed on the roots of leguminous plants, caused by the symbiotic
nitrogen-fixing bacteria, Rhizobium.
ROOT STOCK – The rooted portion of a plant to which a graft has been applied.
ROOTBOUND (or POTBOUND) – Condition that occurs when a plant grows for too long in its container -
tangled, matted roots with no room for additional growth go around in circles. Root bound plants placed
in the ground often do not outgrow their choked roots and decline from the constriction later on.
ROOTLET – A subdivision of a root, also, an aerial root.
RUNNER – A slender horizontal stem or trailing shoot above ground that usually forms roots at the tip
and at some nodes.
SAND – Loose, granular, gritty particles of worn or disintegrated rock, finer than gravel and coarser than
dust.
* Very Coarse Sand – 2.0 to 1.0 mm diameter or the thickness of a house key
* Coarse Sand – 1.0 to 0.5 mm diameter or the thickness of a pinhead.
* Medium Sand – 0.5 to 0.25 mm diameter or the thickness of sugar crystals.
* Fine Sand – 0.25 mm to 0.10 mm diameter or the thickness of this sheet of paper.
* Very Fine Sand – 0.10 to 0.05 mm diameter or a thickness invisible to the eye.
SAPWOOD (XYLEM) – The portion of the tree between the heartwood and the cambium which consists
of living cells or the Xylem. The conducting tissues which transport water and nutrients to the leaves.
SATURATED – Soil condition where high or perched water table is detrimental to plant growth due to
replacement of soil air space with water.
SCARIFY – Roughen sides and bottom of planting hole.
SCIENTIFIC NAME – A system of taxonomy, whereby every living structure, or bios, is assigned a genus
and a species name (binomial nomenclature). The scientific name of yarrow for example is Achillea
millefolium.
SCRIBE (TRACE) – To cut the bark about a jagged wound to a neat, clean round or oval shape to
encourage rapid and continuous callus closure.
SCORE – Cut slits at 6 inch intervals in the root mass of containerized stock or balled and burlapped Stock
with treated burlap.
SEDIMENT – Material deposited by water, wind, or glaciers; the matter that settles to the bottom of a
liquid.
SEDIMENTATION – the action or process of forming or depositing sediment.
SEED – A fertilized ripened ovule that contains an embryo of angiosperms and gymnosperms usually
protected by a tough seed coat.
SHEAR – To cut or clip a plant at a certain height or to a definite shape or form, which may remove the
next year’s growth.
F-20 Appendix F
SHOOT – A plant’s current season stem growth with leaves and buds.
SHOULDER – The portion of the roadway parallel with the traveled way for accommodation of stopped
vehicles, for emergency use, and for lateral support of the base and surface courses. (See backslope for
image.)
SHRUB – A low growing woody perennial, with multiple stems usually less than 15 feet in height.
SIEVE – A woven wire screen meeting the requirements of AASHTO M-92 for the size specified.
SIGHT DISTANCE – The visual distance required for a motorist to safely maneuver their vehicle through
intersections (for stopping, turning, signs, etc.) as determined by the highway design engineering standards.
SILT – A sedimentary soil consisting of fine mineral particles intermediate in size between sand and clay
with a diameter between 0.05 and 0.002 mm. Particle diameter size is less than clay (0.002mm).
SITE – The area shown in the plan where project operations will occur..
SITE SPECIFIC – Specific to only one particular location.
SLOPE RATIO – An arithmetic expression of the horizontal and vertical value relationships (gradient) of a
slope. Horizontal values are always expressed preceding vertical values (i.e. 3:1).
SLOW RELEASE FERTILIZER – A fertilizer which is available to the plant over a long period of time in
comparison to inorganic, soluble fertilizers, which are immediately available to the plants.
SOD – A portable mass of groundcover plants, usually grasses, used to establish turf.
SOIL – 1. The unconsolidated mineral and organic material on the immediate surface of the earth that
serves as a natural medium for the growth of land plants. 2. The unconsolidated mineral matter on the
surface of the earth that has been subjected to and influenced by genetic and environmental factors of
parent material, climate, macro- and microorganisms,
and topography, all acting over a period of time and
producing a product—soil—that differs from the
material from which it is derived in many physical,
chemical, biological, and morphological properties and
characteristics.
SOIL BULK DENSITY– The mass (weight) of dry soil per
unit of volume. The volume is determined by drying
a soil sample to a constant weight at 105 degrees C.
and then determining the volume. A unit of measure
expressed as g per cubic cm or Ib per cubic ft.
SOIL AGGREGATION – The cementing or binding
together of several soil particles into a secondary unit,
aggregate, or granule. Water-stable aggregates, which
will not crumble, or disintegrate easily, are important
to a stable soil structure and plant growth.
Soil Aggregation
Appendix F F-21
SOIL HORIZON – Any layer of soil, roughly parallel to the land surface, that may be distinguished from
adjacent layers because it differs in physical, chemical or biological characteristics, e.g. color, kinds and
numbers of organisms present, structure, texture, consistency, amount of organic matter, and degree of
acidity or alkalinity. Undisturbed soil horizons will have distinct soil ranges from surface organic matter to
bedrock.
SOIL MOISTURE – Water held in the soil by capillary and hygroscopic forces. Plants only utilize capillary
soil moisture for growth processes.
SOIL PROFILE – A vertical section of the soil through all its horizons and extending into the parent
material.
SOIL SAMPLE – A specimen of soil collected for laboratory testing and analysis.
SOIL STRUCTURE – The combination or arrangement of primary soil particles into secondary particles,
units, or peds. A ped is a natural aggregate (crumb, prism, block or granule formed by natural processes)
as opposed to a clod which is a coherent mass of soil broken into any shape by artificial means such as
tilling.
SOIL TEXTURE – The proportion of sand, silt, and clay in a soil sample constitutes its textural class.
* Sand – Sand is the largest particles and they feel “gritty”
* Silt – Silt is medium sized and they feel soft, silky or “floury”.
* Clay – Clay is the smallest sized particles and they feel “sticky” and they are hard to squeeze.
SOIL TEST – A chemical, physical, or microbiological operation that estimates a property of the soil
pertinent to the suitability of the soil to support plant growth.
SPECIAL PROVISIONS – Additions and revisions to the Standard and supplemental Specifications to
cover conditions unique to an individual project. A list can be found at Minnesota Pollution Control
Agency’s web site.
SPECIAL WATERS – Specific bodies of water designated by the Minnesota Pollution Control Agency which
may require permits and BMPs when disturbing soil within 1 mile of their location.
SPECIES – taxonomic classification, ranking below a genus or subgenus and consisting of related
organisms capable of interbreeding. White pines scientific name is Pinus strobus, with strobus being the
species name.
SPECIFICATIONS – 1) A general term applied to all directions, provisions and requirements pertaining to
performance of the work. 2) Used in reference to Standard Specifications for Construction.
SPECIFIED COMPLETION DATE – The date on which the contract work is specified to be completed.
SPECIMEN TREE – A notable and valued tree in consideration of species, size, condition, age, longevity,
durability, crown development, function, visual quality, and public or private prominence or benefit as
indicated in the contract documents or as determined by the Engineer.
SPREADING – Growing outward or horizontally.
STATE – The State of Minnesota, acting through its elected officials and their authorized representatives.
F-22 Appendix F
STEM – The main axis of a plant that generally grows above ground, giving rise to branches, leaves and
flowers.
STEM GIRDLING-ROOT – A root which has grown so that it encircles and constricts the main stem.
Typically, results in decline or death of a plant.
STRESS – A gradation of events or conditions which drain, block or disrupt the flow of energy within a
plant. The condition or injury may be reversible with a change in the conditions.
STOLON – A runner or horizontal above-ground stem often forming roots and shoots at the nodes.
STRUCTURES – Bridges, culverts, catch basins, drop inlets, retaining walls, cribbing, manholes, endwalls,
buildings, sewers, service pipes, underdrains, foundation drains, and other features which may be
encountered in the work and not otherwise classified herein.
SUBCONTRACTOR – An individual, firm or corporation to whom the Contractor sublets part of the
Contract.
SUBGRADE – The top surface of a roadbed upon which the pavement structure and shoulders are
constructed. Also, a general term denoting the foundation upon which a base course, surface course, or
other construction is to be placed, in which case reference to subgrade operations may imply depth as
well as top surface.
SUBSOIL – The underlying less fertile and compacted soil horizon beneath the upper layer of topsoil.
SUBSOILING – The tillage of subsurface soil without inversion, to break up compacted or dense soil
layers that restrict air and water movement and root penetration.
SUCKER – Any unwanted shoot—it may come up from underground, the lower part of a plant, or even
on the trunk or large branches (in which case it’s called a water sprout).
SUNSCALD – Dead or injured bark and cambium due to fluctuating winter temperature.
SUPERINTENDENT – The Contractor’s authorized representative responsible for the work.
SUPPLEMENTAL AGREEMENT – A written agreement between the Contracting Authority and the
Contractor, executed on the prescribed form and approved as required by law, covering the performance
of extra work or other alterations or adjustments as provided for within the general scope of the
Contract, but which extra work or change order constitutes a modification of the contract as originally
executed and approved.
SUPPLEMENTAL DRAWINGS – An approved set of drawings consisting of standard plates or Plans
showing the details of design and construction for various structures and products for which standards
have been developed. These standard plates and Plans shall govern by reference as identified and
supplemented or amended in the general Plans and Specifications.
SUPPLEMENTAL SPECIFICATIONS – Additions and revisions to the Standard Specifications that are
approved subsequent to issuance of the printed book of Standard Specifications for construction.
SURETY – The corporation, partnership or individual, other than the Contractor, executing a bond
furnished by the Contractor.
Appendix F F-23
SURFACE TENSION – The adhesive force that holds capillary water in the soil.
SWALE – A natural or man-made depression or channel which allows water to be carried away.
SYMBIOTIC – Describes two dissimilar organisms living together in a mutually beneficial relationship.
SYMPTOM – Any circumstance or phenomenon affecting living organism which can be regarded as a
departure from normal function or as an indication of disorder or disease.
SYSTEMIC – A substance which may permeate all living parts of a plant as in systemic insecticides and
herbicides.
TAMP – To firm soil or backfill gently about roots when planting.
TAPROOT – A main fleshy root that grows straight down. Some plants have very deep taproots in order
to get their water from deep down in the soil.
TENDRIL – A twisting thread like projection found on many vines which enables them to cling to and
climb on objects.
TERMINAL BUD – A bud at the end of a branch, limb, or petiole. May
develop into a branch, leaf, or inflorescence (flower).
TENSIOMETER – Instrument used for measuring the water potential (suction
or negative pressure) of soil water. Used to measure the availability of soil
water for the plants.
THINNING OUT – In pruning, this term means removing entire branches—
Iarge or small ones-clear back to the main trunk or side branch. The object
is to give the plant a more open growth pattern or to rejuvenate a plant by
allowing for more vigorous new growth.
TILL – To work soil by plowing, spading, harrowing, hoeing, etc.; cultivate
TILTH – The physical condition of soil as related to its ease of tillage, fitness as a seedbed, and ability for
seedling emergence and root penetration. Tilth is a result of tillage.
TOPSOIL – The upper layer of naturally occurring soil containing organic matter and suited for plant
survival and growth. It is usually of the A soil horizon.
TRAINING – The art of shaping plants by slight pruning, tying, or bracing.
TRANSPIRATION – Loss of water from a plant in the form of vapor, usually through stomatal openings
on the upper or lower surface of its leaves.
TRANSPLANTING – The harvesting, moving and installing of plants from one place or container to
another.
TRAVEL LANE – The portion of the roadway for the movement of vehicles, exclusive of shoulders and
auxiliary lanes.
TREE – A woody plant, usually with a single stem, above 12 to 15 feet in height at maturity.
TRIM – To prune lightly to establish a desirable shape or form.
F-24 Appendix F
TURF – The surface mat of grasses and plant roots growing closely together as in a lawn, pasture or
prairie.
TURGID – A condition of plant tissues, especially leaves, having adequate moisture or in other words,
not wilted.
TURN LANE – An auxiliary lane for left or right turning vehicles.
TWIG – The end most section of branch representing the growth of the current growing season.
UNDERCUT – 1. The deep notch cut into the base of a tree to govern the direction in which it is to fall
and also to prevent splitting. 2. A cross-cut made on the underside of a branch, so as to prevent splitting
in cases where the piece on one or both sides of the cut must drop after severance without tearing the
bark off the trunk.
VARIETY – Subdivision of a species having a distinct though often inconspicuous difference, and
breeding true to that difference. Generally refers to clones. Charles Joly Lilac’s scientific name is Syringa
vulgaris ‘Charles Joly’. ‘Charles Joly’ is the variety.
VIABLE (Viability) – Capable of living and developing normally.
VIGOR – The capacity for healthy growth.
VINE – A plant with a slender non-rigid stem which climbs or trails by tendrils, aerial roots, or by twisting
about another plant or object.
VIRUS – A minute organism resembling certain molecules of proteins, often causing systematic diseases.
WARM-SEASON PLANT – A plant which produces most or all of its growth during the spring and
summer, flowering in the summer or fall.
WATERLOGGED – See SATURATED
WATER-SPROUT – A rapid-growing suckering shoot arising from either a latent or adventitious bud on
the lower part of the trunk or large branch of a tree.
WATER TABLE – The upper surface of groundwater; that level below which the soil is saturated with
water.
WATER TABLE, PERCHED – The surface of a local zone of saturation held above the main body of
groundwater by an impermeable layer, usually clay or rock, and separated from the main body of
groundwater by an unsaturated zone.
WATERS OF THE STATE – All streams, lakes, ponds, watercourses, waterways, wells, springs, reservoirs,
aquifers, irrigation systems, and all other bodies or accumulations of water, surface or underground,
natural or man-made, public or private.
WEED – Any plant considered undesirable and troublesome especially when found growing where it is
not wanted.
WHORL – An arrangement of leaves, leaflets, or petioles around a given node, usually arranged in a
circle or semicircle.
WILT – To become limp, loss of turgor.
Appendix F F-25
WITCH’S-BROOM – Tufts of shoots or stems resulting from an infection by fungi, an infestation by

insects or salt spray damage.
WOODY – A plant that uses wood as its structural tissue such as trees, shrubs and vines.
WORK – The furnishing of all labor, materials, equipment, and incidentals necessary or convenient to
the successful completion of the project.
WORK ORDER – A written order, signed by the Engineer, of a contractual status requiring performance
or other action by the Contractor without negotiation of any sort.
WOUND – An injury that causes a disruption of plant tissues leaving an opportunity for infection.
WOUND DRESSING – Latex paint or shellac sprayed or brush on wounded or cut branches, roots, or
trunks of oak trees applied during oak wilt season (typically April, May, and June).
F-26 Appendix F
Appendix G : Special Provisions
Appendix G

Special provisions may be included with landscape contracts and contain information that is specific to
that project. Special provisions supersede the Standard Specifications and Plan for the specified project.
Read the special provisions to make sure you understand the contract specific changes to the standard
specifications.
Appendix G G-1
Appendix H: Example Plan & Std. Planting Details
Appendix H

FED. PROJ. NO.
STATE FUNDS
MINNESOTA DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION GOVERNING SPECIFICATIONS

THE 2014 EDITION OF THE MINNESOTA DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION
"STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS FOR CONSTRUCTION" AND THE 2014 EDITION OF THE
"MATERIALS LAB SUPPLEMENTAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR CONSTRUCTION"
CONSTRUCTION PLAN FOR LANDSCAPING SHALL GOVERN.
LOCATED ON T.H.13 FROM AT CSAH 5 INTERCHANGE IN THE CITY OF BURNSVILLE AAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAA INDEX
TITLE SHEET 1
STATE PROJ. NO. SP 1901-171
GENERAL LAYOUT 2
MINN. PROJ. NO.
GROSS LENGTH FEET MILES ESTIMATED QUANTITIES 3
BRIDGES-LENGTH FEET MILES PLANT STOCK TABULATIONS 4
EXCEPTIONS-LENGTH FEET MILES
LANDSCAPE PLAN 5
NET LENGTH FEET MILES
REF. POINT TO REF. POINT SWPPP 6
STANDARD PLANTING DETAILS (A-C) 7-9
HENNEPN
I CO.
T27N R24W
28 27
29 28
32 33 33 34
T27N
DAK A
OT CO. R24W
Port
PROJECT LOCATION Cargill
East
SP 1901-171 (TH 13 & CSAH 5)
RD.
.
DAKOTA CO.
W
.
SCOTT CO.
T
S
121st
P
LE
Y .
A
S W
S
S
12
E
A
A
.
N
EMB
1
T
.
A V E.
D
R
CLIFF RD. W.
C
32 THIS PLAN CONTAINS 9 SHEETS
LI
35
FF
W
5
O
T
O
RIVER
E
L
D
5 L
R
32 O
L
D
C
A
13
.
NI
K
E
Ui
nn
o a
Pci
f
ic Ri
ao
r
lad 1
2 4th ST.W.
JIMMER T
.
R C
.
VE
T27N R24W
RI
N
AVE. 35W
LN.
T27N T27N E
L
31 32 . G
D
R24W R24N E R D
WASHBURN
13 E RI E
AR
V
E.
IV L
A
E
E R
D
15 32 32 33 R G ID
AVE.
S.
BE
AV
O
GE
AV
AVE. T ID ME
T115N R21W R O
N D . ADO W
R
CI R.
OLIVER
10 11 11 O
IR VD
T
P
U B BL EA
. T115N T115N D
ST G
LE
R21W R21W I HEREBY CERTIFY THAT THIS PLAN WAS PREPARED BY ME OR UNDER
AVE.
EY
LODGE
BL Y
SI
CIR.
D R
126th ST. A MY DIRECT SUPERVISION AND THAT I AM A DULY LICENSED PROFESSIONAL
L I
ON
PILLSBURY AVE.
T
DG
HAMIL
W. LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT UNDER THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF MINNESOTA.
PLEASANT AVE.
135
C
ZENITH
AVE.
Under .
21
H
E
5 TR
O
ST. 13 125 th
W
A
1
S
ENT
Constructio n
V
S
ER
1st
E
T
.
126th
.
AVE
EL
VINC
D
SHERIDAN
BLUFF BLVD.
V
PO
D
DATE
R
ST.W. . LIC. NO.
WILDWOOD CREEK RD.
AVE.
RT
LV
.
Y LA
R
10 11 . W ND
RD
DR.
T
K
RIDGE DR.
P CI
2
DUPONT AVE.
0
1
DR.
EAGLE
15 14 . R.
PL
LL
128th ST.
PROJECT L.A. DAVID LARSON, LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT
GATEWAY
4 DR.
AVE.
T115N R21W .3 E .
LLEY
RD . L E
OD HI
DR A
19.
IL 129th S
CO
. T T AV
W
IS V
MOR
LEY
D 7 .
AVE
AS
OL 1
1 V
.
S E.
WHITE ROSE RN
T
PROJECT DESIGNERS PHILIP ZENGE
HB
CT. V A
E
AV DR E AV
VAL
S LL Y
WO
S
.
AM . BU
CL
E.
S.
I A 102
UR T.
GAN
LL V .
.
WI DR
NICOLLET
DR.
CIR
RD.
BRIA LN
C
N
E
H
UP
ENNEN RD. RMONY
G
AVE.
HARRIET AVE.
ROS
HA . LLS
AVE.
VIKIN
PRAI
RI LN HI CI
1
E ROSE WAY R
TON
DR.
PL.
29
R. 5 .
2nd
CI
1st
ACK
ET LE
CIR.
FO
LLTOP
S RC
ABB OTT
N DR. CI
R
16 17 112 130th
SU
BL
AVE.
JAMES
ES
E
OLIVER
N.
AVE.
GL HERI
TAGE
PENN
T
I TE EA City
IR
V EW
23
F CIR. RECOMMENDED FOR APPROVAL BY: 20

03
117 RRA E I
UF
GL
C 24.
V
H
EN BL S.HERI
.
TAGE CIR.
1
IN
.
GL Hall CENTER
EN
V IC DISTRICT TRANSPORTATION ENGINEER
CI
DR.
A
24
DR
G
L
SA
LE . Y
st ST.
22.
E
GRAND
EAG 131
FOREST
A
AVE.
DR.
PK
.
LE
R
O
BROOK FF BO
PL
MAYO
E
VI W DR. BLU 131•
AR
DR.
GLEN
CT.
D
AS
M
BIG
CIR. A
.
ST.
COU
ARBO
L
LO TUS
DR.
RECOMMENDED FOR APPROVAL BY:

AVE.
. ST. C E CT
. 20
CIR.
OR DR 132nd
TH OM
PENN
.E IR
E.
MYRTLE DR.
LN L
M AN
21
SKYVIEW DR. A . PRINCIPAL LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT
RT
M A
H
R LN.
LN.
AV
CEDA C LN. LEISURE LN. ROLD

VE
E. MANOR
1
SLATER
R
IR UN DR.
.
I
AVE.
.
25.
1
3 2nd ST. . T FR QU
CREST CT
20.
NO
LN.
HO E
MARIAN
O OD
HUMBOLDT
V BL EM
IV M MANO R DR.
V
A CT. O MARY ANN LN.

TA
RECOMMENDED FOR APPROVAL BY: 20
.
JU
LN.
GIRARD
D.
R
S
LA
C A
AVE.
JAMES
ELM
IA
BARBARA L IR
N
V
T
26.
N. DR. HEM H
R
E.
CO
T
LOC
DI
. E
D
N
STATE PRE-LETTING ENGINEER
W
D
TAYLO
O K 110 1
R
25.
R
. 3
CH
R N
PL.
107 T 4
CI
th
LA
.
.
21 ST.
.
A
CT
HIGHLAND DR. DR.
AL
SAVAGE
06
PENN AVE.
2
E.
L
OLIVER
CT.
NOLL CI
AVE.
K R.
BIR
N
AVE
10
107 R
RAYMA
N
.
1
DR.
PL
DANA DR. A LN. OFFICE OF LAND MANAGEMENT APPROVAL BY: 20
ST
LN.
LACOT BU R
EM
D AV E.
TIMBERLAND DR.
AVE.
CT.
E.
AVE.
AV
.
KNOX RD. KNOLL E

LCR
h
1
DIRECTOR, OFFICE OF LAND MANAGEMENT

E
DR. LL
NA
03
27.
CH
AVE.
t
DA LL HI
NOB HI
AV
K
HIL
ST.
TH
4
CIR.
h
IVY TER.
RIDGE .
34t
DR.
LN.
RS
29ALDRI VALLEY HIGH DR. LN

1 MORGAN
CT.
. 1
3 8th
LN
RN
W OR
W. Y LN. ST.
ELIZABE TH
AVE.
ON
RD.
AVE.
WOODLAND
KW
NA
DR.
AVE.
.
U PTON
EL
P K
RK RE
AVE.
APPROVED 20
S H BU
KNOB
LLET
ON
S
COLFAX
.
YO OD
DA
PL.
TWO
FI
NT
28
LN.
AN
1st
O
Y
MES
OLL STATE DESIGN ENGINEER
CLINT
H
VE
LN.
ORTH
N
WE
GAR
1
ANT
NICO
M ORG
DR.
A
A
LN.
th
h LN. C E
R 35t 135th W
JA
D 1 ST. 130 CIN ID

CREST . 136th ST. W. 136 th ST. AR S
K
R
A
P
FOR PLANS & UTILITIES SYMBOLS SEE TECHNICAL MANUAL
PROJ. NO CHARGE IDENTIFIER

I HEREBY CERTIFY THAT THE FINAL FIELD REVISIONS, IF ANY, OF THIS PLAN
PLAN REVISIONS
SP 1901-171 WERE MADE BY ME OR UNDER MY DIRECT SUPERVISION AND THAT I AM A
DATE SHEET NO. APPROVED BY
PROJECT LOCATION DULY LICENSED PROFESSIONAL ENGINEER UNDER THE LAWS OF THE STATE
OF MINNESOTA.
COUNTY: DAKOTA
PRINT NAME: LIC. NO.:
DISTRICT: METRO DATE: SIGNATURE:
DESIGN DESIGNATION - TIER NO.
NO SCALE NESOT STATE OF MINNESOTA

DATE PRINTED: TIME PRINTED: INDEX MAP IN A
TITLE SHEET
M
ADT (Current Year) 35,000 2013 DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION

N
SCALES
TAT IO
DE
6/2/2015 1:24:27 PM OFFICE OF ENVIRONMENTAL STEWARDSHIP

PART
GENERAL LAYOUT 0 500 IN ENV. PLANNING AND DESIGN UNIT

OR
Design Speed 55 MPH TRANSPORTATION BUILDING

STATE PROJECT SP 1901-171 (T.H. 13=117) SHEET NO. 1 OF 9 SHEETS
ME
FEET
P
N
PLAN 0 50 T S
OF TRAN ST. PAUL, MINNESOTA 55155-1899
X 211000 X 211000
502500X
503500X
125
5204
P-5009
Y
125
11
10
Approx Top of 27"
Sanitary Pipe 729.5991 5203
MH
P-5008 (City Manhole)
5269 7
5268 #10
MH
#106
58
04
#2
#1
6020 MH
5202 5246
5257
5258 5243
#101
#216 5259
#217
20
MH
5269 25 200
#211
5202
5 #103
9 5258 5246 5242MH
5243
5268
#100
5260
5261 5261
5201
126TH STREET 5245
5245 5241 5241
0
5244
#213 #214 5262
#262
1
5201
#
# 5
5283 0
25262 2
1 #
P-5007
MH
5
5263
5264 7 #96
5199 SCALE IN FEET
#24
MH
5257
5283
8 5260
#89
P-5006 5199
MH
5198 5200
CSAH 5
#99
MH
P-5005
MH
5263
SHEET NO. 5
#88
+04
10 5198
6
5267
6021
5266
DI
X 210500 X 210500
5267 #237
1
5215
1
5266 5197
501500X
503500X
#98
5224
#248
MH
15
P-4000a
120
MH
Y
Y
120
5247
BURNSVILLE
KENWOOD TRAIL
#210
5251
5215
5197
5247
#2
10
5
5
5248
24
#
2
2
5251 5249
5250
5250
6
#227 #225
#2 5214 5196
5252
5253
33 #97
#22
#87
#232
8 5252 6
5254
5253 5255
5196
5248 5195
8
30
5
5071 0
1 MH
7
0QWEST
.
0
0
5255
DI
5256
#2
#23
4 5256
#22
9
P-5004
4
#111
6017 7
0
36 MH
MH 13275
MH
#1 5214
2
6
5071
0
6016
0
0
#
0
7
0
5249
07
6P
1U
QWEST
MH
5070
0D
7
QWEST103
QWEST M
5194
0
.
0
0
DI
5225 5195 2 5193

5192
5226 #81 #8 5191
67 #157 5225 70 #202 5190
#208
2
5 #246 MH
8 5226
9
5
5
31 1
5229
0
#1 7
5227 5213 5194
2
5070
QWEST
10 5193
0
.
5069 5228 5212 5192
#
0
0
1
#1
10
MH
#207 MH
78
0
5067 5069 2
5068 30 06 85 #
32
#110
H
DI #1 5229 #2 5190 5189
#2
5212
85 5232 5230 5221 5223
09
5230 5211 5221 MH 13276
12
00
67 5220 0 #79
5 5232 5220 #85222 5223 MH
#112
#2
4
#2
5233 6 MH
5189
8
#236
#113 5231 #
5219 5188
5
5068
10
5218
8
5211
1
#8
29
1
0
4
#
#1 5219
7
MCLEOD 1
0
8
.
1
0
0
4 5184
#78
5067 5210 5209
#109 5188
6003 5233
#9
MH
P-5003 5184
67
9 75 51855186
5187
1
5065 5231
T #139#77
MH
#1
H 5066 80
28
22
7
1
DI
1
5170
1
0
68
7
5170
#84
MCLEOD
3 0
5218
.
5169 0
#1
0
#1
86
0
5210 5209
#159
#1 5237
#1
P-5003
15
5169 5236
87
X 210000
85 5065 X 210000 5234 X 210000
#1
58
5171 5168 5240 5236
#163
#1
501500X
502500X
504000X
68 5235 5234
5066
#251
0 low spot DI Check area for drainage 5207 5208 5217
21
5168 #94 #95
6
1
5235
1
0
5064
#1
7
MCLEOD
84 5239
0
.
0
0
#1
115
#1
DI
5064 5062
5238
Y
Y
115
#14
66
SI
GH 5060
20
DI
5240 TD
5167 IST
#1
AN
CE
7
3
330' 5063 62
19
5
1
5239
1
#1
0
7
5060
76
5167 MCLEOD
5185
0
.
#1
0
5061
0
5166 #14
1
#1
5 5238
#83
0
5164 5062 #156
5207 5217
4
5163
1
5208
#117
1
18
1
51635 5054
0
6
7
DI
#1
#2 0 MCLEOD
0
5055
.
5165
0
0
65
68
27 5 6 5187
#1 5166 4
4
5164
#1
15
3
0
1
1
7 2
5161
0
P 1
#116
U 1
9
#
D70
1
5008
1
MCLEOD
5
.
4 U
7
5165 5063
0
0
0 D
P
P 5002a
83
1
0
0
D
7
1
2
P
71
0
U
1
9
6
D
0
1
MCLEOD
5049
0
0
7
1
MH
1
68
0
MCLEOD
0
64
5
0
0
0
7
0
.
5061 5059 INTEGRA
P
1
5
0
0
U
0
#1
0
. 0
D
7
5054
0
0 .
MCLEOD
.
0 0
82
0
0
0
1
.
2
0
0
1
0
0
0
0
.
0
7
7
P
U
0
MCLEOD
5205
0
.
D
5162
.
69
0
5161 P-50025160 45 5206
#1
7
5216 MH 13277 20
0
10
0
0
0
1
5055 5058
1
0
#1 #92
1
7
0
0
MCLEOD
7
MH
0
0
MH
#93 AT&T
MH
.
0
0
0
.
0
0
0
10 0
5009 5009
.
4
0
5049
0
5052 4
0
0
#14 82
0
5057
#1
7
5059
P
5053
U
61
D
M
QWEST102
26 #1 5021
#1 5056
49#
2
#14
8
08
0
5183
1
0
5280
3
0
5160
7
5058 70 5280
0
2
MCLEOD
1
1
0
0
5159
.
7
7
0
DI
INTEGRAMCLEOD
5183
0
0
0
1
5010
.
.
1
9
0
0
1
0
0
1
5052
1
5015
0
0
50
7
7
5057 MCLEOD
15 AT&T
5010
0
0
.
690
0
700
#2
0
5014
0
0
5048 5050 75 5021
#14
71
5 5053 5051 5011 5022
2
5056
60
#12 5015
0
5013
83
1
55
0
7
74
MCLEOD
5012
96
5022
.
0
5040
#108
5159 5158
0
72
8#1
73
15 5206 5011
0 5050
5205 5014
1 #16 5048 6 5216
#155
90 5030 5023 5024
695 5012 700
68
5031 5013
0
95
6
#71
9
0
5047
5
0
5024
20
0
5051
0
24 5028
QWEST
7
0
5030 50230
.
86 QWEST
#1 5025
0
0
7 5093
.0
89
0
5029 5041
0
1
5041
92
94
1
5026
0
0
#75
7
0
5158 5026
7
INTEGRA
5157 15 5028 5027
0
MCLEOD
91
90
.
#137
0
97
5031
1
695 5025 69
6
6 0
5047 5090
0 70
2
85 QWEST
0
5046 5093 5
0
.7
5042 4
0
5027 QWEST
0
0
.
0
0
5152 #138 5045
#37
#72
#
5154 5044
2
5153 5043 5042
2
10 #74
1
5090
1
5094
0
5046 5043
4
7
6
0
INTEGRA
5152
3
0
5157 P-5001
#180
7
0
0
#63
6
0
5094
MH
1
.
0
7
0
#22
0
5045
0
QWEST
7
5131
6
0
5044
7
0
MCLEOD
.0
1 QWEST
0
#53
0.
#36
.
1
MH
00
5117
0
5115 65
0
5116
0
7
0
AT&T
5091
0
MH 13278 #38
.
62
0
5114 #
0
#2 2 5130 5113 #76 5117
RCP
#5 5103 5091
#54
5153 61 #61 5103
3
22
5
5131 15
0 70 68
7
MH
6
#255
9
#35
6 0
6
2 6
1
0
0
7
0
6
7
#33
#32 5092
7
0 QWEST
6 5130 QWEST
6010 5092
00
0
0
7
7 QWEST
0
7 Q
QWEST
.
0 7 E 06
. ST
5104
Q0
W
07
0
0
9
0
0
M
W
E QWEST QWEST
0
9
7
0
R
0 W 0 7
C
#235
0
0QWEST
54
5151
7
P
S
0 QWEST #
.
175
4
0
5132 85 MH
T
5105
DI
QWEST
0 ST
Q.0
5116
7
7
.
Q0
5115
00
5 .0E
0
5155 MCLEOD
W0
.
5114 7
0 0
0
0
0
0
MH
7 7
.
S
4 3
5
2
1
7
0
0 8
1
QWEST2X12PAK #218
0
10
1
0
0D 7 80
0 0
5105
97 7
3
0
0
0
0
2
0
QWEST2X12PAK
. .
5113 0
0
#51
0 0
8
.
7
1
0
0
2
0
6
.
0
7
0
6 0 0
P
0
0
0 8
7
0 0
7
0
DI
P 7 2X12PAK 0
U
7 QWEST 2X12PAK
5102
7
1
0 0
P
QWEST 2X12PAK QWEST
7
7
0 0
.
0
5 6
U
D
P
0
0
U
0
M
0
8 QWEST 2X12PAK
.
7
0
D
QWEST 2X12PAK
0
M
40
7
0 0
D
QWEST2004
0
QWEST 2X12PAK 7
M
.
0
0 0
7 70
7
0 QWEST2005
0 .
0
QWEST 2X12PAK
0
8 QWEST 2X12PAK
0
.0
1
QWEST 2X12PAK
0.0
0
0.
QWEST 2X12PAK 0
3
0
5265
.
0
0 0
2 0
# 5102
1
0
0
. .
0 1
0
5132
0
#22
0
QWEST 2X12PAK
0
7
2 5151 5101
0
0 7 AT&T
AT&T
0
.
0
2 #30 5265
0
8
.
0
0
0
0
0
3
0
7
8
QWEST 2X12PAK
0
.
0
0
0
0
.
0
#29
.
0
9
0
0
0
0
0
1
0
5128 QWEST 2X12PAK
QWEST VAULT
0
5150
5156 5100
7
0
.
0
0QWEST
2
0
9 2X12PAK
#24
8
7
0
2
0
QWEST 2X12PAK
1
5149
0
0
7
64 0
5100 7'6"X 5'6
0
2
5
0
.
0
7
2
7
1
5129
1
QWEST 2X12PAK
53 5099
0
AT&T
MH
0
0
0
0
7
42
7
.
0
.
0INTEGRA 9 0
#28
AT&T
1 0
6
#1
0
2
0
70 0 2
MH
.
0 5 0 2
.
3 0
67 7 0
9
5099
78 7
0 9
4
0
00 0
MH
5101
4
QWEST
0 2X12PAK
#
0
5
0
0
94 0 9
. .
0 SIG
0
0AT&T
57
1
P
0
#39
QWEST 2X12PAK
0
3
U
QWEST 2X12PAK
7
0 0
0 0
7
0
4
5098
. 0.
0
1
0 QWEST
0
QWEST 2X12PAK
1
MCLEOD
.
4QWEST
0
0
0
0
0
M
.
0
7
QWEST2003
.
00 0
7
0
.
0
AT&T
0
QWEST
5128
0
0
0
0
7
1
0
#5
.
QWEST 0 4
0
0
21
0
.
0
40
17
0
QWEST
X 209500 X 209500 X 209500
0
0.
7
0
QWEST
0
0
5098
7
0
7
9
0
0
0
2
7
5096
P
5127
#
6015
502500X
503500X
504000X
D
7
#2
1
9
0
0
0
5097
0
0
7
7
MCLEOD
P
6
U
.
0
9
D
0
2
0
M
0
QWEST2002 0
7
4
0
MCLEOD0
9 1
7
3 0
P
.
.
1 7
U
0
0
0
0QWEST
0 .
7
0
0
4
QWEST
5156
#42
0
1
110
.
0
0
7
0
INTEGRA
0
.
Y
Y
0
110
0
0
.
#58
0
0
5127
1 8
7
37
0 3
3
7 1
0
7
QWEST
QWEST
#244
5147
0
0 0
.
5148
. 0
0
# 5126
0
239
DI
6
3
5146
MH
#191
5126
5
6
3
3
7 1
1
0
0
7
QWEST
QWEST 5125
0
0 0
.
. 0
0
0
5148
36
5096
5278
4
9 5097
#4 9
1
#
ASK DESIGN ABOUT THIS AREA 5279 5125
3
3
0 4
1
713
6011
0
QWEST
0 7
QWEST
.
0
3
.
0
0
0
0
0
0
DI
7
P
U
D
QWEST301
M 6011
51455144 5124
62
MH
#259
5145
NESOT STATE OF MINNESOTA

DATE PRINTED: TIME PRINTED: PROJECT MANAGER DRAWN BY DATE LIC. NO. IN A
GENERAL LAYOUT
M
DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION
N
TAT IO
DE
6/2/2015 11:25:04 AM PHILIP ZENGE PHILIP ZENGE

OFFICE OF ENVIRONMENTAL STEWARDSHIP
PART
ENV. PLANNING AND DESIGN UNIT

OR
CHECKED BY
SIGNATURE TRANSPORTATION BUILDING
STATE PROJECT SP 1901-171 (T.H. 13) SHEET NO. 2 OF 9 SHEETS
ME
LICENSED PROFESSIONAL LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT

N S
T
ANTHONY WOTZKA OF TRAN ST. PAUL, MINNESOTA 55155-1899
STATEMENT OF ESTIMATED QUANTITIES UTILITIES TABULATION
ESTIMATED COMPANY
ITEM No. DESCRIPTION UNITS
CENTURYLINK
S.P.1901-171
INTEGRA TELECOMMUNICATIONS OF MINNESOTA, INCORPORATED
2563.601 TRAFFIC CONTROL LUMP SUM 1
WINDSTREAM COMMUNICATIONS
ZAYO GROUP, LLC
2571.501 CONIFEROUS TREE 5' HT B&B TREE 8
2571.502 DECIDUOUS TREE 1.25" CAL BR TREE 12

UTILITY NOTES:
2571.503 ORNAMENTAL TREE 1.25" CAL BR TREE 31
1. NO UTILITIES WILL BE AFFECTED BY THIS PROJECT.
2571.505 DECIDUOUSSHRUB 18"HT BR SHRUB 282 2. THE SUBSURFACE UTILITY INFORMATION IN THIS PLAN IS UTILITY QUALITY
LEVEL D. THIS UTILITY QUALITY LEVEL WAS DETERMINED ACCORDING TO THE
GUIDELINES OF CI/ASCE 38-02, ENTITLED "STANDARD GUIDELINES FOR THE
GENERAL NOTES: COLLECTION AND DEPICTION OF EXISTING SUBSURFACE UTILITY DATA".
A. OPERATE TILLING EQUIPMENT A MINIMUM OF 10' CLEAR OF EXISTING TREES, UNLESS AUTHORIZED BY THE
ENGINEER/LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT/LANDSCAPE DESIGNER.
B. COMPLETE ALL TILLING USING A SPADE TYPE TILLER (SPADING MACHINE).
C. SEE THE PLANT STOCK TABULATION TABLE FOR INDIVIDUAL PLANT QUANTITIES.
D. RESTORE ALL DAMAGED TURF AT THE CONTRACTORS EXPENSE, TO PRE-LANDSCAPE INSTALLATION CONDITIONS.

ESTIMATED QUANTITIES
M
N
TAT IO
DE
6/23/2015 12:22:56 PM PHILIP ZENGE PHILIP ZENGE

PART

OR
CHECKED BY
ME

N S
T
PLANT STOCK TABULATION S.P.1901-171
TOTAL
KEY SPECIES Minimum Acceptable Dimensions Units
QUANTITY
CONIFEROUS TREE 5' HT B&B 4.5'Ht.,2.5'Spread,20"rootspread& 13.5"depth TOTAL 8
BHS SPRUCE,BLACK HILLS TREE 8
Picea glauca densata
DECIDUOUS TREE 1.25" CAL BR 1.10"Cal.,5.5'Ht.,20"rootspread TOTAL 12

CLM MAPLE,COLUMNAR NORWAY TREE 9
Acerplatanoides(Columnare)
BRO OAK,BUR TREE 3
Quercusmacrocarpa
ORNAMENTAL TREE 1.25" CAL BR 1.10"Cal.,5.5'Ht.,20"rootspread TOTAL 31

CSC CHERRY,CANADA RED TREE 6
Prunusvirginiana (Canada Red)
HGC CRABAPPLE,HARVEST GOLD TREE 10
Malus(Hargozam)
VGC CRABAPPLE,VANGUARD TREE 6
Malus(Vanguard)
IPH HONEYLOCUST,IMPERIAL TREE 5
Gleditsia triacanthosinermis(Impcole)
AMP PLUM,AMERICAN TREE 4
Prunusamericana
DECIDUOUS SHRUB 18" HT BR 16.5"Ht.,10"rootspread TOTAL 282

GBC CHOKEBERRY,GLOSSY BLACK Shrub 26
Aroniamelonocarpa
PHL LILAC,PRINCE CHARMING Shrub 57
SyringaBailming (Prince Charming)
SLB SILVERBERRY Shrub 72
Elaeagnuscommutata
FGS SUMAC,FRAGRANT Shrub 38
Rhusaromatica
AWV VIBURNUMN,ARROWWOOD Shrub 89
Viburnum dentatum
Total(Planting Material) 333

PLANT STOCK TABULATIONS
M
N
TAT IO
DE

PART

OR
CHECKED BY
ME

N S
T
6
0
0
0
7
MH (11) AWV_18" Ht._B.R. QWEST
(3) CSC_1.25'' Cal._B.R.
70
(2) AMP_1.25'' Cal._B.R.
8
(22) AWV_18" Ht._B.R.
MH
MH
(2) AMP_1.25'' Cal._B.R.

85
(3) CSC_1.25'' Cal._B.R. (12) PHL_18" Ht._B.R.
85 50
(11) AWV_18" Ht._B.R.
(2) HGC_1.25" Cal._B.R. (3) HGC_1.25" Cal._B.R. (11) AWV_18" Ht._B.R. SCALE IN FEET
(13) GBC_18" Ht._B.R.

(11) AWV_18" Ht._B.R.
(3) VGC_1.25" Cal._B.R.
(13) GBC_18" Ht._B.R.
4
8
(3) VGC_1.25" Cal._B.R.
MH
75 (33) PHL_18" Ht._B.R.
(31) SLB_18" Ht._B.R.

7
1
1
0
7
MCLEOD
0
.
0
0
(12) PHL_18" Ht._B.R.

XSLB_18"
(41) 210000Ht._B.R.
Y 502500X
DI
6
1
1
0
7
MCLEOD
0
BEGIN PROJECT
.
0
0
DI
STA. 686+00.50
115
(23) AWV_18" Ht._B.R.
5
1
1
0
7
MCLEOD
0
.
0
0
(19) FGS_18" Ht._B.R.
(4) HGC_1.25" Cal._B.R.
4
1
1
0
(8) BHS_5' Ht._B&B
7
DI
MCLEOD
0
.
0
0
CSAH 5
(1) HGC_1.25" Cal._B.R.
68
5
(3) BRO_1.25" Cal._B.R.
4
0
3
1
1
7 2
0
1
P 1
0
U 1
9
7
D70
1
(4) IPH_1.25" Cal._B.R.
1
MCLEOD
5
.
4 U
0
0
0 D
1
0
0
D
7
1
712
P
0
(19) FGS_18" Ht._B.R. (9) CLM_1.25" Cal._B.R.
U
1
9
KEY SPECIES QUANT. SPACING
D
0
1
MCLEOD
0
7
1
68
0
MCLEOD
5
0
0
.
0
0
INTEGRA
1
5
0
0
0
0
.
BHS SPRUCE,BLACK HILLS 8 AS SHOWN
7
0
0 0.
MCLEOD
.
0 0
0
0
(1) IPH_1.25" Cal._B.R.
.
0
0
0
CLM MAPLE,COLUMNAR NORWAY 9 AS SHOWN
0
0
.
0
0
0
.
BRO OAK,BUR 3 AS SHOWN
0
0
CSC CHERRY,CANADA RED 6 AS SHOWN END PROJECT
HGC CRABAPPLE,HARVEST GOLD 10 AS SHOWN
STA. 688+00.00
VGC CRABAPPLE,VANGUARD 6 AS SHOWN
IPH HONEYLOCUST,IMPERIAL 5 AS SHOWN
TH
AMP PLUM,AMERICAN 4 AS SHOWN 1
3
GBC CHOKEBERRY,GLOSSY BLACK 26 5'O.C.
08
3
0
0
2
1
1
PHL LILAC,PRINCE CHARMING 57 4'O.C.
0
0
7
7
INTEGRAMCLEOD
0
0
.
.
SLB SILVERBERRY 72 5'O.C.
0
0
0
0
FGS SUMAC,FRAGRANT 38 5'O.C.
AWV VIBURNUMN,ARROWWOOD 89 5'O.C. 690
2
0
1
0
7
LANDSCAPE PLAN
M
N
TAT IO
DE

PART

OR
CHECKED BY
ME

N S
T
STORM WATER POLLUTION PREVENTION PLAN (SWPPP)
1) PROJECT DESCRIPTION/LOCATION: THE PROJECT IS LOCATED AT THE INTERCHANGE OF TRUNK HIGHWAY 13 AND CSAH 5 IN THE CITY OF
BURNSVILLE, MINNESOTA IN DAKOTA COUNTY.
THIS PROJECT WILL DISTURB PERENNIAL VEGETATED SOILS TO CONSTRUCT STABILIZED LANDSCAPE PLANTING BEDS. SOILS LIKELY CONSIST
OF ALL SOIL TEXTURAL TYPES.
THE EXPECTED AREA DISTURBED WILL BE LESS THAN 1 ACRE (0.67 ACRES), AND IS A FUNCTION OF LANDSCAPE CONTRACTOR OPERATIONS
OF THE ULTIMATE SOIL DISTURBANCE, INCLUDING SLOPE ACCESS, STAGING OF MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT. THERE WILL BE NO CHANGE
IN PERVIOUS OR IMPERVIOUS SURFACES.
THE ULTIMATE RECEIVING WATER IS MINNESOTA RIVER BY DIRECT AND INDIRECT DISCHARGE, DITCHES, CURB AND GUTTER INLETS,
STORM WATER PONDS, CARVER LAKE AND UNNAMED WETLAND. THERE ARE NO SPECIAL STREAMS, LAKES, FENS, SNA, OR TROUT
STREAMS WITHIN 1 MILE OF THIS PROJECT.
THE ARE NO IMPAIRED WATERS WITHIN 1 MILE OF THIS PROJECT: MINNESOTA RIVER IS ABOUT 1.5 MILES NORTH OF THE PROJECT SITE.
THE POTENTIAL POLLUTANTS GENERATED FROM THIS WORK INCLUDE THE FOLLOWING: SEDIMENTS, FERTILIZERS, TRASH, CONSTRUCTION
DEBRIS, AND VEHICLE/EQUIPMENT CHEMICALS.
2) POND AND DRAINAGE SYSTEMS: GENERALLY SPEAKING, DO NOT IMPEDE OR CHANGE FLOW CHARACTERISTICS, DRIVE VEHICLES OR
OPERATE EQUIPMENT IN PONDS, DITCHES AND OTHER CONTRIBUTING DRAINAGE AREAS DURING CONSTRUCTION AND OVER THE LIFE OF
THE PROJECT. WHEN ACCESS IS NECESSARY TO CONSTRUCT THE WORK, SCHEDULE OPERATIONS TO OCCUR DURING LOW FLOW CONDITIONS
AND LIMIT DISTURBANCE TO AREAS THAT CAN BE REPAIRED EASILY IN ORDER TO MINIMIZE EROSION AND SEDIMENT POLLUTION. DO NOT
DRIVE VEHICLES AND EQUIPMENT IN POND BOTTOMS UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCE. RESTORE CRITICAL AREAS, SUCH AS POND CORNERS
AND EDGES, DITCH FLOWLINES AND STORM DRAIN INLETS TO PRE-EXISTING CONDITIONS WITHIN 24 HOURS.
AREAS WITHIN 10 FEET OF PONDS DISTURBED BY THE WORK SHALL BE PLANTED AND MULCHED WITHIN 24 HOURS. AREAS WHICH CAN-
NOT BE COMPLETED WITHIN 24 HOURS, SHALL BE TEMPORARILY MULCHED AND PROTECTED WITH TEMPORARY SEDIMENT CONTROL
DEVICES SUCH AS BALE BARRIERS AND FILTER LOGS AS REQUIRED TO PREVENT EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL UNTIL PLANTING AND
PERMANENT MULCHING CAN BE COMPLETED.
DITCHES AND OTHER DRAINAGE SYSTEMS WHICH MUST BE DISTURBED TO CONSTRUCT THE WORK, INCLUDING RUTTING, SHALL BE
RESTORED TO PRE-EXISTING CONDITIONS WITHIN 3 DAYS.
3) STORM DRAIN INLETS: BEST MANAGEMENT PRACTICES (BMP'S) AND DEVICES, INCLUDING INLET DIAPERS, FILTER LOGS AND SEDIMENT
MATS SHALL BE INSTALLED FOR STORM DRAIN INLET AND CULVERT PROTECTION AS REQUIRED TO PROTECT SEDIMENTATION INTO AND
THROUGH UNDERGROUND DRAINAGE SYSTEMS.
4) STEEP SLOPES: THIS PROJECT CONTAINS AREAS REQUIRING PLANT INSTALLATION ON ROADWAY EXCAVATIONS AND EMBANKMENTS
WITHIN THE RIGHT OF WAY AND EASEMENTS. SLOPES WITH GRADIENTS 1 VERTICAL: 3 HORIZONTAL AND GREATER DISTURBED BY THE
WORK SHALL BE PLANTED AND MULCHED WITHIN 24 HOURS. AREAS WHICH CANNOT BE COMPLETED WITHIN 24 HOURS, SHALL BE
TEMPORARILY MULCHED AND PROTECTED WITH TEMPORARY SEDIMENT CONTROL DEVICES SUCH AS SILT FENCES, SAND BAGS AND
FILTER LOGS AS REQUIRED TO PREVENT EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL UNTIL PLANTING AND PERMANENT MULCHING CAN BE
COMPLETED. FILTER LOGS ARE REQUIRED AT EACH TREE LOCATION AND SHRUB BED LOCATED ON SLOPES WITH GRADIENTS 1 VERTICAL:
3 HORIZONTAL AND GREATER ADJACENT TO PONDS OR AS DIRECTED BY THE ENGINEER.
5) TIMING OF BMP INSTALLATION: EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL BMP'S SHALL BE INSTALLED AS REQUIRED TO MINIMIZE EROSION
FROM DISTURBED SURFACES AND CAPTURE SEDIMENT ONSITE IN ACCORDANCE WITH MNDOT 2573.
6) VEHICLE TRACKING: REMOVE TRACKED SEDIMENT FROM PAVED SURFACES IN ACCORDANCE WITH MNDOT 2573.
7) PERMITS REQUIRED: NO REQUIRED NPDES/SDS GENERAL STORMWATER PERMIT FOR CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITY.
8) LOCATION OF SWPPP REQUIREMENTS: BMP'S AND DEVICE LOCATIONS SHALL BE ON AN AS NEEDED BASIS, DETERMINED BY THE
CONTRACTOR AND THE PROJECT ENGINEER AND SHALL BE INCIDENTAL TO THE PROJECT.
9) PROJECT CONTACTS: THE ENGINEER AND CONTRACTOR ARE RESPONSIBLE FOR IMPLEMENTATION OF THE STORM WATER POLLUTION
PREVENTION PLAN (SWPPP) AND INSTALLATION, INSPECTION AND MAINTENANCE OF THE EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL BMP'S
DURING CONSTRUCTION AND OVER THE LIFE OF THE PROJECT. MNDOT METRO DISTRICT AND MNDOT OFFICE OF ENVIRONMENTAL
STEWARDSHIP STAFF ARE ALSO AVAILABLE FOR ASSISTANCE AS DESCRIBED BELOW:
NAME AGENCY TELEPHONE
STEVE KORDOSKY MNDOT CONSTRUCTION -METRO DISTRICT 651-366-5904

PAUL ERDMANN MNDOT WATER RESOURCES -METRO DISTRICT 651-757-2883
DWAYNE STENLUND MNDOT EROSION CONTROL/WATER QUALITY - SUPPORT 651-366-3625
CONTRACTOR EC SUPERVISOR
DAVID LARSON MNDOT LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT 651-366-4617
PHILIP ZENGE MNDOT LANDSCAPE DESIGN SPECIALIST 651-366-4652
PETER LEETE MN/DNR TRANSPORATION HYDROLOGIST 651-366-3634
SHAWN NELSON MPCA 651-757-2604
STATE DUTY OFFICER 800-422-0798

SWPPP
M
N
TAT IO
DE

PART

OR
CHECKED BY
ME

N S
T
LIVE BRANCH STEPS TO PRUNING WITH PRUNING
GENERAL NOTES SAW :
BRANCH BARK 1. CUT PART WAY THROUGH THE
RIDGE BRANCH AT POINT A.
SEE SPECIAL PROVISIONS FOR SPECIFIC PROJECT REQUIREMENTS.
2. CUT COMPLETELY THROUGH
3 DEAD BRANCH FROM POINT B TO A.
REFER TO MnDOT SPECIFICATIONS 2571,3861,AND THE "2015"INSPECTION AND PROJECT LOCATION BRANCH B 3. AT BRANCH COLLAR CUT FROM
CONTRACT ADMINISTRATION MANUAL FOR MnDOT LANDSCAPE PROJECTS"FOR B
POINT C TO D.
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS. C
C
COMPLETE PREPARATORY WORK BEFORE STARTING INITIAL PLANTING OPERATIONS.

PLANTING DATES BY ZONE A A INCORRECT CUT FROM POINT C TO X
4 (TOO CLOSE)WILL RESULT IN
3 4 D
DISCONTINUOUS CALLUS FORMATION
ACCEPT ALL PLANT STOCK IN ACCORDANCE WITH (MnDOT 3861)PRIOR TO PLANTING.
APRIL 21 APRIL 7 D
DUOUS
AFTER ONE SEASON OF GROWTH.
BARE
TO TO
THE CONTRACTOR WILL DEMONSTRATE COMPETENCY FOR SOIL CULTIVATION ROOT
JUNE 1 JUNE 1 X CORRECT CUT FROM POINT C TO D
OPERATIONS IN ACCORDANCE WITH (MnDOT 2571.3D2 STEP 4)
DECI
APRIL 21 APRIL 7 (LEAVING BRANCH COLLAR BUT NOT
CONTAINER BRANCH COLLAR
TO TO THE STUB FROM POINT B TO A)
NG
B&B
THE CONTRACTOR WILL DEMONSTRATE COMPETENCY FOR ALL PLANT INSTALLATION JUNE 30 JUNE 30 WILL RESULT IN CONTINUOUS
SPRI
OPERATIONS IN ACCORDANCE WITH (MnDOT 2571.3F1) APRIL 21 APRIL 7 DOUGHNUT SHAPED CALLUS
1. BARE ROOT PERENNIALS MUST BE BRANCHES PRUNED AT TRUNK
CONIFEROUS TO TO (SHIGO METHOD) FORMATION AFTER ONE SEASON OF
INSTALLED IN THE SPRING NO LATER THAN
JUNE 1 MAY 17 GROWTH.
RODENT JUNE 1ST OR FOLLOW THE FALL DECIDUOUS
SEE SPECIAL PROVISIONS AND STANDARD PLANTING DETAILS (C) MAY 1 MAY 1
PROTECTION PLANTING DATES.
2. ACTUAL DATES MAY CHANGE DEPENDING PERENNIALS TO TO
PRUNING NOTES:
UPON SEASONAL CONDITIONS,AS JUNE 30 JUNE 30
DETERMINED BY THE ENGINEER. APRIL 21 APRIL 7 CORRECT TOO TOO TOO 1. PRUNE USING CLEAN AND
FERTILIZER SEE SPECIAL PROVISIONS
3. FALL PLANTING IS NOT ALLOWED FOR BARE SEEDLINGS TO TO PRUNING CLOSE LONG SLANTED SHARP SCISSOR-TYPE PRUNER
ROOT FORM OF THE FOLLOWING SPECIES: JUNE 1 JUNE 1 CUT OR PRUNING SAW.
COMPOST MnDOT 3890 GRADE 2 UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED. HAWTHORN,DOGWOOD,POPLAR,HACKBERRY, OCT.1 OCT.10 LIVE BUD 2. THE BEST TIME TO PRUNE IS
DUOUS
LINDEN,IRONWOOD,HONEYLOCUST,BIRCH, BARE
TO TO LATE DORMANT SEASON OR
MOUNTAIN ASH,MAPLE,WILLOW, ROOT
MULCH CRABAPPLE,PLUM/CHERRY,OAKS,AND NOV.1 NOV.15 EARLY SPRING.
DECI
MnDOT 3882 TYPE 6 UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED. AUG.25 AUG.25 3. AVOID PRUNING OAKS IN APRIL,
MATERIAL SUMAC. CONTAINER
FALL
4. ALL REPLACEMENT PLANTS MUST BE TO TO MAY,JUNE OR JULY.
B&B
INSTALLED DURING THE MONTH OF MAY OCT.15 NOV.1 4. IF PRUNING IS NECESSARY OR
(SPRING PLANTING)AND SEPTEMBER (FALL AUG.25 AUG.25
PREPARE MASS PLANTING BEDS FOR PLANTS PLACED AT ___15'OR IF WOUNDS OCCUR TO OAK
PLANTING)DURING THE FIRST YEAR OF THE CONIFEROUS TO TO
LESS,UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED ON SHEETS. PLANT BEDS IN PLANT ESTABLISHMENT PERIOD. TREES IN APRIL,MAY,JUNE OR
STAGGERED ROWS ON THE PERIMETER FIRST,THEN UNIFORMLY SEPT.15 SEPT.15 JULY,IMMEDIATELY PAINT CUT
5. MACHINED MOVED PLANTING DATES WILL BE
AUG.25 AUG.25
FILL IN WITH REMAINING PLANTS.USE TRIANGULAR SPACING, SPECIFIED IN THE SPECIAL PROVISIONS. SURFACE OR WOUND WITH
PERENNIALS TO TO
MASS UNLESS SPECIFIED OTHERWISE. PROVIDE 5'RADIUS CLEAR OF BRANCHES PRUNED TO LIVE BUD LATEX PAINT OR SHELLAC.
SEPT.15 SEPT.15
PLANTING SHRUBS AROUND EACH DECIDUOUS TREE AND 8'CLEAR RADIUS
BEDS AROUND EACH CONIFER TREE. RADIUS WILL BE MEASURED FROM PLANT INSTALLATION PERIOD PRUNING
THE CENTER OF THE TREE TO THE CENTER OF THE SHRUB.
(MnDOT 2571.3F2) (MnDOT 2571.3K2a9 and 2571.3E1)
NOTIFY ENGINEER OF GROSS PLANT QUANTITY SURPLUS OR
DEFICIENCY IMMEDIATELY. MULCH ENTIRE MASS PLANTING BED.
SEE STANDARD PLANTING DETAILS (C)
MANI
TOBA
1 0 HUDSON
CANADA
PEG
BAY
NNI
LAKE
QUEBEC
WI
ONTARI
O
1
TREE
PAINT OAK,LINDEN,LOCUST,MAPLE,CRABAPPLE AND MOUNTAIN SASKATCHEWAN 2
PAINTING
ASH. ONLY UNDILUTED EXTERIOR WHITE LATEX PAINT IS
(FROST ACCEPTABLE ZONES
ACCEPTABLE. PAINT TREE CIRCUMFERENCE FROM GROUND LINE TO 2 DIRECTION OF
CRACK ZONES LEGEND MIN.TEMP.
FIRST MAJOR BRANCH. o o
SPADING
PREVENTION) LAKE 3 -34.4 TO -40 F
o o
SUPERIOR 3 4 -28.9 TO -34.4 F MACHINE CULTIVATED
3 o o
PLANTING PLAN MT ND 5a -26.1 TO -28.9 F INPLACE SOIL
STATED DIMENSIONS SUPERCEDE SCALING FROM PLAN.
DIMENSIONS 4 DEPTH
LA
MN
4 5a (MnDOT 2571.3D2)
KE
HURO
AVERAGE GALLONS OF 4 LA
KE TAN
O
""
WI ON
N
UNACCEPTABLE ZONES
GAN
20
SD
PLANT TYPE
CHI
WATER PER APPLICATION NY
3G)
-
'
5b
1
MI
ZONES LEGEND
1
WY
5b
LAKE
MI
M nDOT 2571.
MACHINE TRANSPLANTED KE ER
IE
0, 1, 2,
50-100 LA
TREES 5a IA
5b and 6
NE PA
BALLED AND BURLAPPED 6
20 5b OH
PRIMARY TILLAGE - PASS 1
TREES IL IN
CO
BARE ROOT AND CONTAINER
15 KS MO
TREES
(
6
BALLED AND BURLAPPED
10
NES
DIRECTION OF
SHRUBS
SPADING 4 INCHES OF GRADE 2
DELI
BARE ROOT AND CONTAINER MACHINE

7 COMPOST AND OTHER
SHRUBS FOR ALL PLANT STOCK,DOCUMENT ACCEPTABILITY FOR HARDINESS IN THE
NG GUI
MINNESOTA ZONE WHERE THE PROJECT SITE IS LOCATED,AS FOLLOWS: SPECIFIED ADDITIVES
WOODY SEEDLINGS 4
THOROUGHLY MIXED WITH
A. PLANT STOCK CONTINUOUSLY GROWN FOR AT LEAST THE LAST TWO INPLACE CULTIVATED SOILS
W ATERI
PERENNIALS AND VINES 3

YEARS WITHIN THE ACCEPTABLE LIMITS SHOWN.
-"4"
IT IS THE CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY TO MONITOR AND
6
OR
1
1'
MAINTAIN SOIL MOISTURE AT ADEQUATE BUT NOT EXCESSIVE
LEVELS. THE AMOUNTS LISTED ABOVE ARE GUIDELINES,NOT B. PLANT STOCK,GROWN OUTSIDE THE ACCEPTABLE GROWING RANGE
REQUIREMENTS. LIMITS,HAVING SEED SOURCE OR ROOT AND GRAFT STOCK
ORIGINATING FROM THE ACCEPTABLE LIMITS SHOWN.
INCORPORATION TILLAGE - PASS 2
ACCEPTABLE PLANT STOCK GROWING RANGE LIMITS PLANTING SOIL

SOURCE: USDA PLANT HARDINESS ZONE MAP (MnDOT 3861.2C) (MnDOT 2571.3D2)

DATE PRINTED: PROJECT MANAGER DRAWN BY IN A
STANDARD PLANTING DETAILS (A)
M
N
REVISED - JANUARY / 01 / 2014

TAT IO

DE
DAVID LARSON
PART

OR
TRANSPORTATION BUILDING
ME
N S
T
7
PLANTING HOLE DIMENSIONS
A
2' A8'
5 PLANTING HOLE DIMENSIONS
HOLE DEPTH FOR B&B AND CONTAINER PLANTS SHALL NOT EXCEED MEASUREMENT FROM ROOT
FOR MULCH DETAIL HOLE DEPTH FOR B&B AND CONTAINER PLANTS SHALL NOT EXCEED MEASUREMENT FROM ROOT
FLAIR TO BOTTOM OF SOIL BALL. FLAIR TO BOTTOM OF SOIL BALL.
SEE STANDARD
PLANT TYPE
PLANT SIZE UP TO (A) MINIMUM HOLE (B)APPROXIMATE PLANTING DETAIL (B) PLANT TYPE
PLANT SIZE UP TO (A) MINIMUM HOLE (B)APPROXIMATE
AND INCLUDING WIDTH HOLE DEPTH AND INCLUDING WIDTH HOLE DEPTH
3'B.R. 46" 13" 2'B.B 36" 10"
4'B.R 46" 14" CONIFEROUS 3'B.B 42" 11"
5'B.R. 48" 14" TREES 4'B.B 51" 13"
4'
6'B.R. 54" 15" 5'B.B 60" 13"
4'
B
1
1
7'B.R 60" 16" 6'B.B 66" 15"
B
1
1
8'B.R. 66" 19" AT LEAST 2/3 OF ALL 7'B.B 72" 16"
CONIFER BRANCHES
0.75" B.R. 48' 12" 8'B.B 81" 18"
WILL CONTAIN
1" B.R. 54" 14" 9'B.B 90" 20"
FOR PLANTING SOIL TERMINAL BUDS
1.25" B.R. 60" 14" 10'B.B 102" 21"
1.5 B.R. 66" 15"
DETAIL SEE STANDARD 12'B.B 114" 24"
1.75"B.R 72" 16"
FOR PLANTING SOIL PLANTING DETAILS (A) CONIFEROUS 18" B.B. 24" 7"
2" B.R. 84" 19" DETAIL SEE STANDARD 1. SCARIFY SIDES AND BOTTOM OF HOLE. SHRUBS 3'B.B. 48" 12"
DECIDUOUS & 4'B.B. 42" 11" (UPRIGHT)

PLANTING DETAILS (A) 2. PROCEED WITH CORRECTIVE PRUNING OF TOP AND ROOT.
ORNAMENTAL 5'B.B. 48" 12" CONIFEROUS 18"SPR B.B. 30" 8"
1. SCARIFY SIDES AND BOTTOM OF HOLE.
TREES 6'B.B. 52" 14" 3. REMOVE CONTAINER AND SCORE OUTSIDE OF SOIL MASS SHRUBS 2'SPR B.B. 36" 9"
8'B.B. 66" 16" 2. PROCEED WITH CORRECTIVE PRUNING. (SPREADING)
TO REDIRECT AND PREVENT CIRCLING FIBROUS ROOTS.
10'B.B. 66" 16" 3. SET PLANT ON UNDISTURBED NATIVE SOIL OR THOROUGHLY CELLPACKS /PLUGS 6" 2.5"
12'B.B. 48" 16"
REMOVE OR CORRECT STEM GIRDLING ROOTS. 2.25"CONT. 7" 3"
COMPACTED PLANTING SOIL. INSTALL PLANT SO THE ROOT
1" B.B. 54" 14" 4. SET PLANT ON UNDISTURBED NATIVE SOIL OR 3.5"CONT. 10" 3"
1.25" B.B. 56" 15" FLARE IS AT OR UP TO 2"ABOVE THE FINISHED GRADE 4"CONT. 11" 4"
THOROUGHLY COMPACTED PLANTING SOIL. INSTALL
1.5" B.B. 61" 15" 4.5"CONT. 13" 4"
WITH BURLAP AND W IRE BASKET,(IF USED),INTACT.
1.75" B.B. 66" 16" PLANT SO THE TOP OF THE ROOT FLARE IS AT OR UP 6"/1QT CONT. 15" 5.5"
2" B.B. 72" 16"
4. SLIT REMAINING TREATED BURLAP AT 6"INTERVALS. 1# CONT. 18" 6"
TO 2"ABOVE THE FINISHED GRADE.
CONTAINER
2.5" B.B. 84" 19" 5. BACKFILL TO WITHIN APPROXIMATELY 12" OF THE TOP OF 2# CONT. 23" 7.5"
5. PLUMB AND BACKFILL WITH PLANTING SOIL. GROWN PLANTS
3" B.B. 96" 20" 3# CONT. 29" 8.5"
THE ROOTBALL,THEN WATER PLANT.
3.5" B.B. 114" 23" 6. WATER THOROUGHLY WITHIN 2 HOURS TO SETTLE PLANT 5# CONT. 30" 11"
4" B.B. 126" 25" 6. REMOVE THE TOP 1/3 OF THE BASKET OR THE TOP TWO 7# CONT. 37" 11"
AND FILL VOIDS.
12" B.R. 24" 7" HORIZONTAL RINGS WHICHEVER IS GREATER. REMOVE ALL 15# CONT. 44" 14"
15" B.R. 28" 8"
7. BACK FILL VOIDS AND WATER A SECOND TIME. 10# CONT. 45" 15"
DECIDUOUS BURLAP AND NAILS FROM THE TOP 1/3 OF THE BALL.
18" B.R. 30" 8" 8. PLACE MULCH WITHIN 48 HOURS OF THE SECOND 20# CONT. 60" 16"
SHRUBS,ROSES
2'B.R. 33" 9" REMOVE ALL TWINE.REMOVE OR CORRECT STEM GI
RDLING 25# CONT. 72" 17"
AND PERENNIALS WATERING UNLESS SOIL MOISTURE IS EXCESSIVE.
3'B.R. 42" 11" 6"SEEDLING 15" 14"
ROOTS.
4'B.B. 48" 12"
7. PLUMB AND BACKFILL WITH PLANTING SOIL.
CONTAINER STOCK 9"SEEDLING 18" 14"
5'B.R. 54" 14" SEEDLINGS 12"SEEDLING 23" 16"
6'B.R. 60" 14" 8. WATER THOROUGHLY WITHIN 2 HOURS TO SETTLE PLANTS 18"SEEDLING 30" 16"
PERENNIAL HOLE
18" B.B. 27" 7" 2'SEEDLING 36" 18"
DEPTH AND WIDTH AND FILL VOIDS.
SHALL BE BASED 2'B.B. 30" 8" C
4' 1'
18" 1YR.MED B.R. 15" 11"
UPON ON-CENTER 3'B.B. 36" 9" 9. BACK FILL VOIDS AND WATER A SECOND TIME. 1YR.NO.1B.R. 17" 14'
SPACING IN A VINES
4'B.B. 42" 11" 10. PLACE MULCH WITHIN 48 HOURS OF THE SECOND WATERING 2 YR.MED.B.R. 33" 12"
CONTINUOUS TRENCH.
5'B.B. 48" 12" 2 YR.NO.1B.R. 42" 15"
UNLESS SOIL MOISTURE IS EXCESSIVE.
6'B.B. 54" 14"
BALLED & BURLAPPED STOCK
N.
2"
8'
MI
2
7
1
CHAIN-LINK FENCE
1
0
MULCH AREA CALCULATOR
FOR MULCH DETAIL
7
INPLACE WALL A8'
5 SEE STANDARD
TYPE OF PLANT SQ.FT.PER PLANT
PLANTING DETAIL (B)
FASTEN LOOSELY TO 3 / 5 x HEIGHT
2
FOR PLANTING SOIL CONIFEROUS TREES +3 X

LATH WITH LOOSENED 2
DETAIL SEE STANDARD
BIODEGRADABLE STRING SOIL DECIDUOUS AND 2
PLANTING DETAILS (A) 3 x
ORNAMENTAL TREES
B8'
1" x 36" WOOD LATH CONIFEROUS AND
3
2. PROCEED WITH CORRECTIVE PRUNING.
1
DECIDUOUS SHRUBS,
DRIVEN 12" INTO SOIL
3. SET PLANT ON NATIVE SOIL AT SAME DEPTH AS IT WAS ROSE BUSHS, SPACING x SPACING
AT AN ANGLE SO THE PERENNIALS,
PREVIOUSLY GROWN.
TOP RESTS SNUGLEY ORNAMENTAL GRASS
AGAINST THE WALL VINES SPACING x 2
FOR PLANTING SOIL 5. AFTER PLANTING,LOOSEN THE SOIL IMMEDIATELY 2
MACHINE-MOVED SPADE DIAMETER
OR FENCE +1 X
DETAIL SEE STANDARD ADJACENT TO THE ROOT BALL TO A MINIMUM DISTANCE TREES OR SHRUBS 2
PLANTING DETAILS (A) OF 18"AND A MINIMUM DEPTH OF 12". = 3.1416
MULCH CONTINUOUSLY 6. WATER THOROUGHLY WITHIN 2 HOURS TO SETTLE PLANT

1. SOAK ROOTS IN WATER FOR AT LEAST ONE HOUR BUT AND FILL VOIDS.
BETWEEN VINES AND 1. PULL MULCH BACK NO
GHT
NOT MORE THAN 24 HOURS PRIOR TO PLANTING. 7. BACK FILL VOIDS AND WATER A SECOND TIME. 1
12'
SPACING FROM TRUNK LESS THAN 3"AND
5' BEYOND TERMINAL
4'
2. SCARIFY SIDES AND BOTTOM OF HOLE. 8. PLACE MULCH WITHIN 48 HOURS OF THE SECOND NO MORE THAN 6"
I1
VINE
HE8
FROM TREES AND
3. PROCEED WITH CORRECTIVE PRUNING OF THE TOP AND WATERING UNLESS SOIL MOISTURE IS EXCESSIVE. CONIFEROUS TREE (RADIUS+3' min.)
' SHRUBS AT THE
ROOTS. TRUNK OR MAIN STEM .
DECIDUOUS TREE (3' min.) 2.SUBSIDING OR
4. TRANSFER PLANT DIRECTLY FROM WATER TO HOLE. SET MINIMUM TREE SPADE SIZE REQUIREMENTS CONIFEROUS AND DETERIORATING MULCH
FOR PLANTING SOIL PLANT SO THE ROOT FLARE IS AT THE FINISHED SOIL DECIDUOUS SHRUB (3'min.) IS ACCEPTABLE
DETAIL SEE STANDARD ELEVATION. SPREAD ROOTS OUT EVENLY. PLUMB AND (C) SPADE DECIDUOUS/ THROUGHOUT THE
PLANTING DETAILS (A)
OAK TREE, CONIFEROUS TRANSPLANT (RADIUS+2' min.)
ESTABLISHED PERIOD IF
IMMEDIATELY BACKFILL WITH PLANTING SOIL. DIAMETER ORNAMENTAL
CALIPER TREE,HEIGHT THE MULCH DEPTH IS
5. WATER THOROUGHLY WITHIN 2 HOURS TO SETTLE SIZE TREE,CALIPER MAINTAINED AT A
MINIMUM 3"DEPTH.
PLANTS AND FILL VOIDS.
42" 1" to 1.5" 2" to 3" 5'to 7'
M AX
3.ADD MULCH WHEN
8'
07"
NOTE: 6. BACK FILL VOIDS AND WATER A SECOND TIME.
6
334'
MIN. 2'-0" 334'
MIN. 2'-0" 60" 1.5" to 2.5" 3" to 4" 7'to 9' BELOW THE 3"
PLANT ACCORDING
7. PLACE MULCH WITHIN 48 HOURS OF THE SECOND MINIMUM DEPTH,DO
TO APPLICABLE 78" 2.5" to 3.5" 4" to 6" 9'to 14' NOT EXCEED THE 6"
ROOT STOCK DETAILS WATERING UNLESS SOIL MOISTURE IS EXCESSIVE.
85" 3.5" to 5" 6" to 8" 14'to 18' MAXIMUM DEPTH.
TO RIGHT 4.MULCH CONTAMINATED
WITH SOIL MUST BE
WALL INSTALLATION FENCE INSTALLATION BARE ROOT STOCK MACHINE MOVED STOCK REMOVED AND
REPLACED.
INSTALLATION OF VINES INSTALLATION OF PLANTS MULCH PLACEMENT

(MnDOT 2571.3F) (MnDOT 2571.3H)

STANDARD PLANTING DETAILS (B)
M
N

TAT IO

DE
DAVID LARSON
PART

OR
ME
N S
T
EXISTING GRADE HOLE EXCAVATION WIDTH IN ACCORDANCE WITH
FOR MULCH DETAIL
FOR PLANTING SOIL FOR MULCH DETAIL MINIMUMS FROM THE PLANTING HOLE DIMENSIONS
CUT AREA UPHILL HALF SEE STANDARD
DETAIL SEE STANDARD SEE STANDARD PLANTING DETAIL (B) CHART ON STANDARD PLANTING DETAILS (B)
WATER BASIN
PLANTING DETAILS (A) PLANTING DETAIL (B)
SOIL RIDGE TO
FOR MULCH DETAIL FOR PLANTING SOIL
HOLD WATER IN BASIN.
SEE STANDARD DETAIL SEE STANDARD
DOWN HILL HALF PLANTING DETAIL (B) PLANTING DETAILS (A)
WATER BASIN
PLANT ACCORDING TO 18'

5 1
0 2'
5' FOR DECIDUOUS TREES
ROOT TYPE.
8" AUGER SEE STANDARD PLANTING 8' FOR CONIFEROUS TREES
HOLES NOTE: DETAILS (B)
1.ON 1:2 SLOPES OR GREATER,DO NOT CONSTRUCT
THE UPHILL HALF OF THE WATERING BASIN. FOR PLANTING SOIL
1. EXCAVATE HOLE OR BED TO ALLOW PLACING THE TOP OF ROOT MASS 1"-3"HIGHER THAN
DETAIL SEE STANDARD
FINISHED GRADE.
2.AUGER 8"DIAMETER HOLES ENTIRELY THROUGH IMPERVIOUS OR POORLY DRAINED HARD PAN SOIL PLANTING DETAILS (A)
LAYER TO ADEQUATELY DRAIN SUBSOIL.
PLANTING ON SLOPES
3.TEST FOR POSITIVE DRAINAGE. RE-AUGER AN ADDITIONAL 8" IF NECESSARY FOR POSITIVE
DRAINAGE.
3
4.THOUROUGHLY BACKFILL AUGER HOLES WITH A UNIFORM INCORPORATED MIXTURE OF 50% SAND 1'-5
15" 4"
AND 50% INPLACE SOIL.
5.COMPLETE PLANTING ACCORDING TO ROOT TYPE. SEE STANDARD PLANTING DETAILS (B).
WIRE MESH
24" MIN. HT. FOR

INSTALL GRANULAR FILTER STAKE PLANT SPACING IN MASS BEDS
DECIDUOUS TREES
-9"
12" MIN. HT. FOR
1'
CONIFEROUS TREES
-0"
FOR PLANTING SOIL
FOR MULCH DETAIL
1'
DETAIL SEE STANDARD
SEE STANDARD 16" LONG
PLANTING DETAILS (A)
PLANTING DETAIL (B) STEEL POST POLYROPYLENE OR
SEE CHART POLYETHYLENE, 40 MIL.
THICK AND 1.5" WIDE
STRAPS. ATTACH WITH
10 ga WIRE.
1. FORM A DOUBLE-LAYERED CYLINDER USING 0.25"GRID GALVANIZED WELDED WIRE MESH (HARDWARE
CLOTH). OVERLAP THE CUT END 2".
2.DRIVE TWO 1" x 1"OPPOSING HEARTWOOD WHITE OAK STAKES INTO THE GROUND,7"FROM THE
4" DRAIN CENTER OF THE TREE STEM.
TILE 3.SECURE THE MESH CYLINDER TO THE OUTSIDE OF THE STAKES USING EITHER,SCREWS AND WASHERS 1.STEEL POSTS TO BE NOTCHED
OR CABLE-TIES ALONG THE OVERLAP. SPACE APPROXIMATELY 4"ON CENTER ALONG THE OVERLAP.
OR DRILLED TO RETAIN GUY
1. EXCAVATE HOLE OR BED TO ALLOW PLACING THE TOP OF THE ROOT MASS 1"-3" a.SCREWS SHALL BE ROUND HEAD GALVANIZED 1/8" DIA.x 3/4"LONG WITH WASHERS.
HIGHER THAN FINISHED GRADE. OR WIRES.PLACE OUTSIDE OF
2.INSTALL 4"MINIMUM DIAMETER DRAIN TILE DAYLIGHTING AT A LOWER GRADE. b.CABLE-TIES SHALL BE NYLON,AT LEAST 8"LONG AND BETWEEN 75LB TO 120LB TENSILE ROOT BALL. DRIVE PLUMB
3.COMPLETE PLANTING ACCORDING TO ROOT TYPE. SEE STANDARD PLANTING DETAILS (B). STRENGTH. REGARDLESS OF GROUND
4.EMBED THE LOWER EDGE OF THE MESH CYLINDER 1"BELOW THE SOIL SURFACE WITHOUT DISTURBING
SLOPE.
THE TREE ROOTS.
5.CUT EDGES WILL NOT BE PERMITTED AT THE TOP OF THE CYLINDER. STAKE WILL BE FLUSH WITH 2.REQUESTS TO SUBSTITUTE
INSTALL TILE DRAINAGE THE TOP OF THE CYLINDER. RUBBER HOSE AND WIRE
6.MULCH WITHIN THE CYLINDER SHALL NOT EXCEED 3"DEPTH AND SHALL BE PULLED BACK FROM THE
GUYING SYSTEMS WILL NOT
TRUNK AS SPECIFIED IN MULCH PLACEMENT DETAIL.
4 2'
7.THE BOTTOM WHORL OF PINE AND LARCH BRANCHES MAY HAVE TO BE REMOVED TO PERMIT BE APPROVED.
8'
1
C
41D
INSTALLATION OF 12" MIN.HEIGHT RODENT GUARDS. 3. TREE STAKING IS NOT
FOR PLANTING SOIL 8.INSTALL ON ALL DECIDUOUS,PINE AND LARCH TREES,DO NOT PLACE ON SPRUCE TREES. REQUIRED UNLESS SPECIFIED
DETAIL SEE STANDARD FOR MULCH DETAIL OR NECESSARY TO MAINTAIN
8'
23A
TREES IN A PLUMB CONDITION
PLANTING DETAILS (A) SEE STANDARD RODENT PROTECTION WHERE VANDALISM, SOIL, OR
PLANTING DETAIL (B) (MnDOT 2571.3I2) WIND CONDITIONS ARE A
PROBLEM, OR AS DIRECTED
BY THE ENGINEER.
4.REMOVE WITHIN ONE YEAR.

1. USE SEAMLESS,EXTRUDED,
PREVAILING WIND
2'
TWIN-WALL,RIGID AND SEMI
21B
0 8'
TRANSLUCENT POLYPROPYLENE
M ASS
ROOT
3
TUBES WITH A LASER LINE

NETTING
N.
PERFORATION AND AN
4
1/
OUTWARD-FLARED TOP RIM.
8"I
2. SECURE SHELTER WITH NYLON LASER LINE
0M
1. EXCAVATE HOLE OR BED 1/4 THE DEPTH OF THE ROOT MASS.
7
CABLE-TIES ATTACHED TO A 1'' PERFORATION
"
2.SET ROOT MASS IN HOLE.
-0-
'
x 1''WHITE OAK STAKE TO
TUBE SHELTER
2
3.CONSTRUCT BERM WITH PLANTING SOIL. EXTEND THE BERM BASE TO A WIDTH OF 3
2'
PREVENT DISLODGING OR STEEL POST SIZING
TIMES THE BERM HEIGHT.
TWISTING.
4.COMPLETE PLANTING ACCORDING ROOT TYPE. SEE STANDARD PLANTING DETAILS (B).
3. EMBED THE BOTTOM OF THE STAKE
CALIPER STEEL POST TYPE A B C D
TUBE A MINIMUM OF 1''BELOW (LENGTH VARIES)
THE SOIL SURFACE WITHOUT
INSTALL MINI-BERM ROLLED STEEL FENCE
DISTURBING THE TREE ROOTS. LESS THEN 3'-0"
POST (MnDOT 3403) 7'-0" 4'-0" 3'-0"
0"14"
4. INSTALL A PLASTIC 4 INCHES MIN.
NOTE: CABLE-TIE TO OR APPROVED EQUAL.
PHOTODEGRADABLE NETTING
1. THE NEED FOR USING PLANTING DETAILS FOR POORLY DRAINED SOILS AND SECURE STAKE IN
COVER AND SLEEVE OVER THE 10', 2.2 LB. FLANGED
WHICH TYPE TO USE ARE DETERMINED BY THE CONTRACTOR,SUBJECT TO
O
GREATER
-
TOP OF THE TUBE. PULL FORMED TUBE
'
CHANNEL STEEL SIGN 4'-0"
T
ENGINEER APPROVAL.
12"1
NETTING DOWN AS SHOWN. THEN 4 10'-0" 6'-0" 5'-0"
RECESS POST (MnDOT 3401) MIN.
INCHES
OR APPROVED EQUAL.
PLANTING DETAIL FOR POORLY DRAINED SOILS SEEDLING TREE SHELTER STAKING AND GUYING
(MnDOT 2571.3D2 (STEP 8) (MnDOT 2571.3I4) (MnDOT 2571.3I1)

STANDARD PLANTING DETAILS (C)
M
N

TAT IO

DE
DAVID LARSON
PART

OR
ME
N S
T
LIVE BRANCH STEPS TO PRUNING WITH PRUNING
GENERAL NOTES SAW :
RIDGE BRANCH AT POINT A.
SEE SPECIAL PROVISIONS FOR SPECIFIC PROJECT REQUIREMENTS.
2. CUT COMPLETELY THROUGH
3 DEAD BRANCH FROM POINT B TO A.
REFER TO MnDOT SPECIFICATIONS 2571, 2572, 3861, FOR GENERAL REQUIREMENTS.
BRANCH B 3. AT BRANCH COLLAR CUT FROM
B
POINT C TO D.
COMPLETE PREPARATORY WORK BEFORE STARTING INITIAL PLANTING OPERATIONS. C
C
ACCEPT ALL PLANT STOCK IN ACCORDANCE WITH (MnDOT 3861)PRIOR TO PLANTING.

PLANTING DATES BY ZONE A A INCORRECT CUT FROM POINT C TO X
4 (TOO CLOSE)WILL RESULT IN
3 4 D
THE CONTRACTOR WILL DEMONSTRATE COMPETENCY FOR SOIL CULTIVATION
APRIL 21 APRIL 7 D
DUOUS
AFTER ONE SEASON OF GROWTH.
OPERATIONS IN ACCORDANCE WITH (MnDOT 2571.3D.2) BARE
TO TO
ROOT CORRECT CUT FROM POINT C TO D
JUNE 1 JUNE 1 X
DECI
THE CONTRACTOR WILL DEMONSTRATE COMPETENCY FOR ALL PLANT INSTALLATION APRIL 21 APRIL 7 (LEAVING BRANCH COLLAR BUT NOT
CONTAINER BRANCH COLLAR
OPERATIONS IN ACCORDANCE WITH (MnDOT 2571.3F1) TO TO THE STUB FROM POINT B TO A)
NG
B&B
JUNE 30 JUNE 30 WILL RESULT IN CONTINUOUS
SPRI
APRIL 21 APRIL 7 DOUGHNUT SHAPED CALLUS
RODENT SEE SPECIAL PROVISIONS AND STANDARD PLANTING DETAILS (3 OF 1. BARE ROOT PERENNIALS MUST BE PLACED BRANCHES PRUNED AT TRUNK
CONIFEROUS TO TO (SHIGO METHOD) FORMATION AFTER ONE SEASON OF
PROTECTION 3) IN THE SPRING NO LATER THAN JUNE
JUNE 1 MAY 17 GROWTH.
1ST OR FOLLOW THE FALL DECIDUOUS
MAY 1 MAY 1
PLANTING DATES.
FERTILIZER SEE SPECIAL PROVISIONS 2. ACTUAL DATES MAY CHANGE DEPENDING PERENNIALS TO TO
PRUNING NOTES:
UPON SEASONAL CONDITIONS,AS JUNE 30 JUNE 30
DETERMINED BY THE ENGINEER. APRIL 21 APRIL 7 CORRECT TOO TOO TOO 1. PRUNE USING CLEAN AND
COMPOST MnDOT 3890 COMPOST GRADE 2 UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED. 3. FALL PLANTING IS NOT ALLOWED FOR SEEDLINGS TO TO PRUNING CLOSE LONG SLANTED SHARP SCISSOR-TYPE PRUNER
BARE ROOT FORM OF THE FOLLOWING JUNE 1 JUNE 1 CUT OR PRUNING SAW.
SPECIES: HAWTHORN,DOGWOOD, OCT.1 OCT.10 LIVE BUD 2. THE BEST TIME TO PRUNE IS
DUOUS
MULCH POPLAR,HACKBERRY,LINDEN,IRONWOOD, BARE
MnDOT 3882 MULCH MATERIAL TYPE 6 UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED. TO TO LATE DORMANT SEASON OR
MATERIAL HONEYLOCUST,BIRCH,MOUNTAIN ASH, ROOT
MAPLE,WILLOW,CRABAPPLE, NOV.1 NOV.15 EARLY SPRING.
DECI
PLUM/CHERRY,OAKS,AND SUMAC. AUG.25 AUG.25 3. AVOID PRUNING OAKS IN APRIL,
CONTAINER
FALL
PREPARE MASS PLANTING BEDS FOR PLANTS PLACED AT 15'OR 4. ALL REPLACEMENT PLANTS MUST BE TO TO MAY,JUNE OR JULY.
B&B
LESS,UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED ON SHEETS. PLANT BEDS IN PLACED DURING THE MONTH OF MAY OCT.15 NOV.1 4. IF PRUNING IS NECESSARY OR
(SPRING PLANTING)AND SEPTEMBER (FALL AUG.25 AUG.25
STAGGERED ROWS ON THE PERIMETER FIRST,THEN UNIFORMLY IF WOUNDS OCCUR TO OAK
PLANTING) DURING THE FIRST YEAR OF CONIFEROUS TO TO
FILL IN WITH REMAINING PLANTS.USE TRIANGULAR SPACING, THE PLANT ESTABLISHMENT PERIOD. TREES IN APRIL,MAY,JUNE OR
SEPT.15 SEPT.15 JULY,IMMEDIATELY PAINT CUT
MASS UNLESS SPECIFIED OTHERWISE. PROVIDE 5'RADIUS CLEAR OF 5. MACHINE MOVED PLANTING DATES WILL
AUG.25 AUG.25
PLANTING SHRUBS AROUND EACH DECIDUOUS TREE AND 8'CLEAR RADIUS BE SPECIFIED IN THE SPECIAL PROVISIONS. SURFACE OR WOUND WITH
PERENNIALS TO TO
BEDS AROUND EACH CONIFER TREE. RADIUS WILL BE MEASURED FROM BRANCHES PRUNED TO LIVE BUD LATEX PAINT OR SHELLAC.
SEPT.15 SEPT.15
THE CENTER OF THE TREE TO THE CENTER OF THE SHRUB.
NOTIFY ENGINEER OF GROSS PLANT QUANTITY SURPLUS OR PLANT INSTALLATION PERIOD PRUNING
DEFICIENCY IMMEDIATELY. MULCH ENTIRE MASS PLANTING BED.
(MnDOT 2571.3E.1 and 2571.3K.2.a(9))
SEE STANDARD PLANTING DETAILS (3 OF 3) MANI
TOBA
1 0 HUDSON
CANADA
PEG
BAY
NNI
LAKE
QUEBEC
WI
TREE ONTARI
O
1
PAINT OAK,LINDEN,LOCUST,MAPLE,CRABAPPLE AND MOUNTAIN
PAINTING SASKATCHEWAN 2
ASH. ONLY UNDILUTED EXTERIOR WHITE LATEX PAINT IS
(FROST
ACCEPTABLE. PAINT TREE CIRCUMFERENCE FROM GROUND LINE TO ACCEPTABLE ZONES
CRACK
FIRST MAJOR BRANCH. 2 ZONES LEGEND MIN.TEMP. DIRECTION OF
PREVENTION) o
LAKE 3 -34.4 TO -40 F SPADING
o
SUPERIOR
4 -28.9 TO -34.4 F MACHINE
PLANTING PLAN 3 3 o CULTIVATED
STATED DIMENSIONS SUPERCEDE SCALING FROM PLAN. MT ND 5a -26.1 TO -28.9 F
DIMENSIONS INPLACE SOIL
4
MN
DEPTH
LA
AVERAGE GALLONS OF 5a
HURO
KE
4 LA
KE
O
(MnDOT 2571.3D.2)
PLANT TYPE TAN
N
WI ON
WATER PER APPLICATION
3G)
4 UNACCEPTABLE ZONES
GAN
SD
CHI
NY
5b
MI
5b
12"
ZONES LEGEND
M nDOT 2571.
WY
MACHINE TRANSPLANTED
LAKE
MI
50-100 LA
KE
ER
IE
0, 1, 2,
TREES 5a
IA
5b and 6
BALLED AND BURLAPPED NE PA
20 6
TREES 5b IN OH PRIMARY TILLAGE - PASS 1
IL
BARE ROOT AND CONTAINER
15 CO
TREES
(
KS MO
BALLED AND BURLAPPED 6

10
NES
SHRUBS
DIRECTION OF
DELI
BARE ROOT AND CONTAINER SPADING

7 4 INCHES OF GRADE 2
SHRUBS MACHINE
NG GUI
FOR ALL PLANT STOCK,DOCUMENT ACCEPTABILITY FOR HARDINESS IN THE COMPOST AND OTHER
WOODY SEEDLINGS 4 MINNESOTA ZONE WHERE THE PROJECT SITE IS LOCATED,AS FOLLOWS: SPECIFIED ADDITIVES
THOROUGHLY MIXED WITH
W ATERI
PERENNIALS AND VINES 3 A. PLANT STOCK CONTINUOUSLY GROWN FOR AT LEAST THE LAST TWO INPLACE CULTIVATED SOILS
YEARS WITHIN THE ACCEPTABLE LIMITS SHOWN.
IT IS THE CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY TO MONITOR AND
MAINTAIN SOIL MOISTURE AT ADEQUATE BUT NOT EXCESSIVE OR
LEVELS. THE AMOUNTS LISTED ABOVE ARE GUIDELINES,NOT
REQUIREMENTS. B. PLANT STOCK,GROWN OUTSIDE THE ACCEPTABLE GROWING RANGE
16"
LIMITS,HAVING SEED SOURCE OR ROOT AND GRAFT STOCK
ORIGINATING FROM THE ACCEPTABLE LIMITS SHOWN.
INCORPORATION TILLAGE - PASS 2
ACCEPTABLE PLANT STOCK GROWING RANGE LIMITS PLANTING SOIL

SOURCE: USDA PLANT HARDINESS ZONE MAP (MnDOT 3861.2C) (MnDOT 2571.3D)
REVISED:
NESOT
IN A STANDARD PLANTING DETAILS
M
N
TAT IO
DE
REVISION:
PART
APPROVED: DECEMBER 11, 2015 APPROVED:

OR
ME
CHIEF ENVIRONMENTAL OFFICER

T
OF TRAN
S
STATE DESIGN ENGINEER
12-11-2015 STANDARD PLAN 5-297.301 1 OF 3
PLANTING HOLE DIMENSIONS PLANTING HOLE DIMENSIONS
A A
HOLE DEPTH FOR B&B AND CONTAINER PLANTS SHALL NOT EXCEED MEASUREMENT FROM ROOT HOLE DEPTH FOR B&B AND CONTAINER PLANTS SHALL NOT EXCEED MEASUREMENT FROM ROOT
FLAIR TO BOTTOM OF SOIL BALL. FLAIR TO BOTTOM OF SOIL BALL.
FOR MULCH DETAIL
PLANT SIZE UP TO (A) MINIMUM HOLE (B)APPROXIMATE SEE STANDARD PLANT SIZE UP TO (A) MINIMUM HOLE (B)APPROXIMATE
PLANT TYPE PLANT TYPE
AND INCLUDING WIDTH HOLE DEPTH PLANTING DETAIL (2 OF 3) AND INCLUDING WIDTH HOLE DEPTH
3'B.R. 46" 13" 2'B.B 36" 10"
4'B.R 46" 14" CONIFEROUS 3'B.B 42" 11"
5'B.R. 48" 14" TREES 4'B.B 51" 13"
6'B.R. 54" 15" 5'B.B 60" 13"
B
7'B.R 60" 16" 6'B.B 66" 15"
8'B.R. 66" 19" AT LEAST 2/3 OF ALL 7'B.B 72" 16"
CONIFER BRANCHES
0.75" B.R. 48' 12" 8'B.B 81" 18"
WILL CONTAIN
1" B.R. 54" 14" TERMINAL BUDS 9'B.B 90" 20"
FOR PLANTING SOIL
1.25" B.R. 60" 14" 10'B.B 102" 21"
FOR PLANTING SOIL DETAIL SEE STANDARD
1.5 B.R. 66" 15" 12'B.B 114" 24"
DETAIL SEE STANDARD PLANTING DETAILS (1 OF 3)
1.75"B.R 72" 16" CONIFEROUS 18" B.B. 24" 7"
2" B.R. 84" 19" PLANTING DETAILS (1 OF 3) SHRUBS 3'B.B. 48" 12"
DECIDUOUS & 4'B.B. 42" 11" (UPRIGHT)
2. PROCEED WITH CORRECTIVE PRUNING OF TOP AND ROOT.
ORNAMENTAL 5'B.B. 48" 12" CONIFEROUS 18"SPR B.B. 30" 8"
TREES 6'B.B. 52" 14" 3. REMOVE CONTAINER AND SCORE OUTSIDE OF SOIL MASS SHRUBS 2'SPR B.B. 36" 9"
8'B.B. 66" 16" 2. PROCEED WITH CORRECTIVE PRUNING. (SPREADING)
TO REDIRECT AND PREVENT CIRCLING FIBROUS ROOTS.
10'B.B. 66" 16" 3. SET PLANT ON UNDISTURBED NATIVE SOIL OR THOROUGHLY CELLPACKS /PLUGS 6" 2.5"
12'B.B. 48" 16"
REMOVE OR CORRECT STEM GIRDLING ROOTS. 2.25"CONT. 7" 3"
COMPACTED PLANTING SOIL. PLACE PLANT SO THE ROOT
1" B.B. 54" 14" 4. SET PLANT ON UNDISTURBED NATIVE SOIL OR 3.5"CONT. 10" 3"
1.25" B.B. 56" 15" FLARE IS AT OR UP TO 2"ABOVE THE FINISHED GRADE 4"CONT. 11" 4"
THOROUGHLY COMPACTED PLANTING SOIL. INSTALL
1.5" B.B. 61" 15" 4.5"CONT. 13" 4"
WITH BURLAP AND WIRE BASKET,(IF USED),INTACT.
1.75" B.B. 66" 16" PLANT SO THE TOP OF THE ROOT FLARE IS AT OR UP 6"/1QT CONT. 15" 5.5"
2" B.B. 72" 16"
4. SLIT REMAINING TREATED BURLAP AT 6"INTERVALS. 1# CONT. 18" 6"
TO 2"ABOVE THE FINISHED GRADE.
CONTAINER
2.5" B.B. 84" 19" 5. BACKFILL TO WITHIN APPROXIMATELY 12" OF THE TOP OF 2# CONT. 23" 7.5"
5. PLUMB AND BACKFILL WITH PLANTING SOIL. GROWN PLANTS
3" B.B. 96" 20" 3# CONT. 29" 8.5"
THE ROOTBALL,THEN WATER PLANT.
3.5" B.B. 114" 23" 6. WATER THOROUGHLY WITHIN 2 HOURS TO SETTLE PLANT 5# CONT. 30" 11"
4" B.B. 126" 25" 6. REMOVE THE TOP 1/3 OF THE BASKET OR THE TOP TWO 7# CONT. 37" 11"
AND FILL VOIDS.
12" B.R. 24" 7" HORIZONTAL RINGS WHICHEVER IS GREATER. REMOVE ALL 15# CONT. 44" 14"
15" B.R. 28" 8"
7. BACK FILL VOIDS AND WATER A SECOND TIME. 10# CONT. 45" 15"
DECIDUOUS BURLAP AND NAILS FROM THE TOP 1/3 OF THE BALL.
18" B.R. 30" 8" 8. PLACE MULCH WITHIN 48 HOURS OF THE SECOND 20# CONT. 60" 16"
SHRUBS,ROSES
2'B.R. 33" 9" REMOVE ALL TWINE.REMOVE OR CORRECT STEM GI
RDLING 25# CONT. 72" 17"
AND PERENNIALS WATERING UNLESS SOIL MOISTURE IS EXCESSIVE.
3'B.R. 42" 11" 6"SEEDLING 15" 14"
ROOTS.
4'B.B. 48" 12"
CONTAINER STOCK 9"SEEDLING 18" 14"
5'B.R. 54" 14" SEEDLINGS 12"SEEDLING 23" 16"
6'B.R. 60" 14" 8. WATER THOROUGHLY WITHIN 2 HOURS TO SETTLE PLANTS 18"SEEDLING 30" 16"
PERENNIAL HOLE
18" B.B. 27" 7" 2'SEEDLING 36" 18"
DEPTH AND WIDTH AND FILL VOIDS.
SHALL BE BASED 2'B.B. 30" 8" C 18" 1YR.MED B.R. 15" 11"
UPON ON-CENTER 3'B.B. 36" 9" 9. BACK FILL VOIDS AND WATER A SECOND TIME. 1YR.NO.1B.R. 17" 14'
SPACING IN A VINES
4'B.B. 42" 11" 10. PLACE MULCH WITHIN 48 HOURS OF THE SECOND WATERING 2 YR.MED.B.R. 33" 12"
CONTINUOUS TRENCH.
5'B.B. 48" 12" 2 YR.NO.1B.R. 42" 15"
UNLESS SOIL MOISTURE IS EXCESSIVE.
6'B.B. 54" 14"
BALLED & BURLAPPED STOCK
N.
12"
MI
CHAIN-LINK FENCE FOR MULCH DETAIL
MULCH AREA CALCULATOR
SEE STANDARD
INPLACE WALL A PLANTING DETAIL (2 OF 3)
TYPE OF PLANT SQ.FT.PER PLANT
FASTEN LOOSELY TO
2
LATH WITH 3 / 5 x HEIGHT +3
CONIFEROUS TREES X
BIODEGRADABLE STRING LOOSENED 2
FOR PLANTING SOIL
SOIL DETAIL SEE STANDARD
DECIDUOUS AND 2
1" x 36" WOOD LATH PLANTING DETAILS (1 OF 3) 3 x
ORNAMENTAL TREES
DRIVEN 12" INTO SOIL 1. SCARIFY SIDES AND BOTTOM OF HOLE.
B
AT AN ANGLE SO THE 2. PROCEED WITH CORRECTIVE PRUNING. CONIFEROUS AND
DECIDUOUS SHRUBS,
TOP RESTS SNUGLEY 3. SET PLANT ON NATIVE SOIL AT SAME DEPTH AS IT WAS
ROSE BUSHS, SPACING x SPACING
AGAINST THE WALL
PREVIOUSLY GROWN. PERENNIALS,
OR FENCE
4. PLUMB AND BACKFILL WITH PLANTING SOIL. ORNAMENTAL GRASS
FOR PLANTING SOIL
5. AFTER PLANTING,LOOSEN THE SOIL IMMEDIATELY VINES SPACING x 2
DETAIL SEE STANDARD 2
ADJACENT TO THE ROOT BALL TO A MINIMUM DISTANCE MACHINE-MOVED SPADE DIAMETER
PLANTING DETAILS (1 OF 3) +1 X
MULCH CONTINUOUSLY TREES OR SHRUBS 2
OF 18"AND A MINIMUM DEPTH OF 12".
BETWEEN VINES AND
6. WATER THOROUGHLY WITHIN 2 HOURS TO SETTLE PLANT = 3.1416
5' BEYOND TERMINAL
1. SOAK ROOTS IN WATER FOR AT LEAST ONE HOUR BUT AND FILL VOIDS.
VINE
GHT
NOT MORE THAN 24 HOURS PRIOR TO PLANTING. 7. BACK FILL VOIDS AND WATER A SECOND TIME. SPACING FROM TRUNK
HEI
2. SCARIFY SIDES AND BOTTOM OF HOLE. 8. PLACE MULCH WITHIN 48 HOURS OF THE SECOND 1.PULL MULCH BACK NO
LESS THAN 3"AND NO
3. PROCEED WITH CORRECTIVE PRUNING OF THE TOP AND WATERING UNLESS SOIL MOISTURE IS EXCESSIVE. MORE THAN 6"FROM TREES
CONIFEROUS TREE (RADIUS+3' min.) AND SHRUBS AT THE
ROOTS. TRUNK OR MAIN STEM .
FOR PLANTING SOIL DECIDUOUS TREE (3' min.)
DETAIL SEE STANDARD 4. TRANSFER PLANT DIRECTLY FROM WATER TO HOLE. SET CONIFEROUS AND
MINIMUM TREE SPADE SIZE REQUIREMENTS 2.SUBSIDING OR
PLANTING DETAILS (1 0f 3) PLANT SO THE ROOT FLARE IS AT THE FINISHED SOIL DECIDUOUS SHRUB (3'min.) DETERIORATING MULCH IS
ACCEPTABLE THROUGHOUT
ELEVATION. SPREAD ROOTS OUT EVENLY. PLUMB AND DECIDUOUS / TRANSPLANT (RADIUS+2' min.) THE ESTABLISHED PERIOD IF
(C)SPADE OAK TREE, CONIFEROUS
ORNAMENTAL THE MULCH DEPTH IS
IMMEDIATELY BACKFILL WITH PLANTING SOIL. DIAMETER SIZE CALIPER TREE,HEIGHT
TREE,CALIPER MAINTAINED AT A MINIMUM
5. WATER THOROUGHLY WITHIN 2 HOURS TO SETTLE 3"DEPTH.
NOTE: 2" to 3"
42" 1" to 1.5" 5'to 7'
MIN. 2'-0" PLANT ACCORDING MIN> 2'-0" PLANTS AND FILL VOIDS.
3.ADD MULCH WHEN BELOW
'"
M AX
60" 1.5" to 2.5" 3" to 4" 7'to 9'
6
TO APPLICABLE 6. BACK FILL VOIDS AND WATER A SECOND TIME. THE 3" MINIMUM DEPTH;DO
78" 2.5" to 3.5" 4" to 6" 9'to 14' NOT EXCEED THE 6"
ROOT STOCK DETAILS MAXIMUM DEPTH.
7. PLACE MULCH WITHIN 48 HOURS OF THE SECOND
TO RIGHT 85" 3.5" to 5" 6" to 8" 14'to 18'
WATERING UNLESS SOIL MOISTURE IS EXCESSIVE.
4.MULCH CONTAMINATED
WALL INSTALLATION FENCE INSTALLATION WITH SOIL MUST BE
REMOVED AND REPLACED.
BARE ROOT STOCK MACHINE MOVED STOCK
INSTALLATION OF VINES INSTALLATION OF PLANTS MULCH

(MnDOT 2571.3F) (MnDOT 2571.3H)
REVISED:
NESOT
M
N
TAT IO
DE
REVISION:
PART

OR
ME

T
OF TRAN
S
12-11-2015 STANDARD PLAN 5-297.301 2 OF 3
EXISTING GRADE FOR MULCH DETAIL HOLE EXCAVATION WIDTH IN ACCORDANCE WITH
FOR PLANTING SOIL FOR MULCH DETAIL CUT AREA SEE STANDARD MINIMUMS FROM THE PLANTING HOLE DIMENSIONS
UPHILL HALF
DETAIL SEE STANDARD SEE STANDARD PLANTING DETAIL (2 OF 3) CHART ON STANDARD PLANTING DETAILS (2 OF 3)
WATER BASIN
PLANTING DETAILS (1 OF 3) PLANTING DETAIL (2 OF 3)
SOIL RIDGE TO FOR MULCH DETAIL

SEE STANDARD FOR PLANTING SOIL
HOLD WATER IN BASIN.
PLANTING DETAIL DETAIL SEE STANDARD
DOWN HILL HALF PLANTING DETAILS (1 OF 3)
(2 OF 3)
WATER BASIN
5' FOR DECIDUOUS TREES

PLANT ACCORDING TO
8' FOR CONIFEROUS TREES '
ROOT TYPE.
SEE STANDARD PLANTING
8" AUGER
HOLES NOTE: DETAILS (2 OF 3)
1.ON 1:2 SLOPES OR GREATER,DO NOT CONSTRUCT
THE UPHILL HALF OF THE WATERING BASIN.
FOR PLANTING SOIL
1. EXCAVATE HOLE OR BED TO ALLOW PLACING THE TOP OF ROOT MASS 1"-3"HIGHER THAN
DETAIL SEE STANDARD
FINISHED GRADE.
PLANTING DETAILS (1 OF 3)
2.AUGER 8"DIAMETER HOLES ENTIRELY THROUGH IMPERVIOUS OR POORLY DRAINED HARD PAN SOIL
LAYER TO ADEQUATELY DRAIN SUBSOIL.
PLANTING ON SLOPES
3.TEST FOR POSITIVE DRAINAGE. RE-AUGER AN ADDITIONAL 8" IF NECESSARY FOR POSITIVE
DRAINAGE.
4. THOROUGHLY BACKFILL AUGER HOLES WITH A UNIFORM INCORPORATED MIXTURE OF 50% SAND
15"
AND 50% INPLACE SOIL.
5.COMPLETE PLANTING ACCORDING TO ROOT TYPE. SEE STANDARD PLANTING DETAILS (2 OF 3). WIRE MESH
24" MIN. HT. FOR

GRANULAR FILTER STAKE PLANT SPACING IN MASS BEDS
DECIDUOUS TREES
134'
12" MIN. HT. FOR
CONIFEROUS TREES
1'
FOR PLANTING SOIL
DETAIL SEE STANDARD FOR MULCH DETAIL HOT-ROLLED STEEL 16" LONG
PLANTING DETAILS (1 OF 3) SEE STANDARD FENCE POST POLYROPYLENE OR
PLANTING DETAIL (1 OF 3)
SEE CHART POLYETHYLENE, 40 MIL.
THICK AND 1.5" WIDE
STRAPS. ATTACH WITH
10 ga WIRE.
1. FORM A DOUBLE-LAYERED CYLINDER USING 0.25"GRID GALVANIZED WELDED WIRE MESH (HARDWARE
CLOTH). OVERLAP THE CUT END 2".
2.DRIVE TWO 1" x 1"OPPOSING HEARTWOOD WHITE OAK STAKES INTO THE GROUND,7"FROM THE
CENTER OF THE TREE STEM.
4" DRAIN 3.SECURE THE MESH CYLINDER TO THE OUTSIDE OF THE STAKES USING EITHER,SCREWS AND WASHERS 1.STEEL POSTS TO BE NOTCHED
TILE OR CABLE-TIES ALONG THE OVERLAP. SPACE APPROXIMATELY 4"ON CENTER ALONG THE OVERLAP. OR DRILLED TO RETAIN GUY
1. EXCAVATE HOLE OR BED TO ALLOW PLACING THE TOP OF THE ROOT MASS 1"-3"HIGHER THAN a.SCREWS SHALL BE ROUND HEAD GALVANIZED 1/8" DIA.x 3/4"LONG WITH WASHERS.
WIRES.PLACE OUTSIDE OF
FINISHED GRADE. OR
b.CABLE-TIES SHALL BE NYLON,AT LEAST 8"LONG AND BETWEEN 75LB TO 120LB TENSILE ROOT BALL. DRIVE PLUMB
2.INSTALL 4"MINIMUM DIAMETER DRAIN TILE DAYLIGHTING AT A LOWER GRADE.
3.COMPLETE PLANTING ACCORDING TO ROOT TYPE. SEE STANDARD PLANTING DETAILS (2 OF 3). STRENGTH. REGARDLESS OF GROUND
4.EMBED THE LOWER EDGE OF THE MESH CYLINDER 1"BELOW THE SOIL SURFACE WITHOUT DISTURBING
SLOPE.
THE TREE ROOTS.
2.REQUESTS TO SUBSTITUTE
5.CUT EDGES WILL NOT BE PERMITTED AT THE TOP OF THE CYLINDER. STAKE WILL BE FLUSH WITH
THE TOP OF THE CYLINDER. RUBBER HOSE AND WIRE
TILE DRAINAGE 6.MULCH WITHIN THE CYLINDER SHALL NOT EXCEED 3"DEPTH AND SHALL BE PULLED BACK FROM THE GUYING SYSTEMS WILL NOT
TRUNK AS SPECIFIED IN MULCH PLACEMENT DETAIL.
C
BE APPROVED.
D
7.THE BOTTOM WHORL OF PINE AND LARCH BRANCHES MAY HAVE TO BE REMOVED TO PERMIT
INSTALLATION OF 12" MIN.HEIGHT RODENT GUARDS. 3. TREE STAKING IS NOT
FOR PLANTING SOIL 8.INSTALL ON ALL DECIDUOUS,PINE AND LARCH TREES,DO NOT PLACE ON SPRUCE TREES. REQUIRED UNLESS SPECIFIED
DETAIL SEE STANDARD
OR NECESSARY TO MAINTAIN
A
PLANTING DETAILS (1 OF 3) FOR MULCH DETAIL
SEE STANDARD TREES IN A PLUMB CONDITION
PLANTING DETAIL (2 OF 3) WHERE VANDALISM, SOIL, OR
RODENT PROTECTION
WIND CONDITIONS ARE A
(MnDOT 2571.3I.2) PROBLEM, OR AS DIRECTED
BY THE ENGINEER.
1. USE SEAMLESS,EXTRUDED,
PREVAILING WIND 4.REMOVE WITHIN ONE YEAR.
TWIN-WALL,RIGID AND SEMI
B
TRANSLUCENT POLYPROPYLENE
M ASS
ROOT
TUBES WITH A LASER LINE

NETTING
4
1/
PERFORATION AND AN
N.
OUTWARD-FLARED TOP RIM.
-0" M I
LASER LINE
2. SECURE SHELTER WITH NYLON
PERFORATION
1. EXCAVATE HOLE OR BED 1/4 THE DEPTH OF THE ROOT MASS. CABLE-TIES ATTACHED TO A 1''
TUBE SHELTER
2.SET ROOT MASS IN HOLE. x 1''WHITE OAK STAKE TO
2'
3.CONSTRUCT BERM WITH PLANTING SOIL. EXTEND THE BERM BASE TO A WIDTH OF 3 TIMES PREVENT DISLODGING OR STEEL POST SIZING
THE BERM HEIGHT. TWISTING. STAKE
4.COMPLETE PLANTING ACCORDING ROOT TYPE. SEE STANDARD PLANTING DETAILS (2 OF 3). 3. EMBED THE BOTTOM OF THE (LENGTH VARIES) CALIPER STEEL POST TYPE A B C D
TUBE A MINIMUM OF 1''BELOW
LESS HOT-ROLLED STEEL FENCE
MINI-BERM THE SOIL SURFACE WITHOUT
THAN 4 POST (Mn/DOT 3403)OR 7'-0"
3'-0"
4'-0" 3'-0"
DISTURBING THE TREE ROOTS. MIN.
14"
INCHES APPROVED EQUAL.
NOTE: 4. PLACE A PLASTIC CABLE-TIE TO
GREATER 10',2.2 LB.FLANGED
PHOTODEGRADABLE NETTING SECURE STAKE IN 4'-0"
1. THE NEED FOR USING PLANTING DETAILS FOR POORLY DRAINED SOILS AND THAN 4 CHANNEL SIGN POST (Mn/DOT 10'-0" 6'-0" 5'-0"
MIN.
12" TO
WHICH TYPE TO USE ARE DETERMINED BY THE CONTRACTOR,SUBJECT TO COVER AND SLEEVE OVER THE FORMED TUBE INCHES 3401)OR APPROVED EQUAL.
ENGINEER APPROVAL. TOP OF THE TUBE. PULL RECESS
NETTING DOWN AS SHOWN.
PLANTING DETAIL FOR POORLY DRAINED SOILS SEEDLING TREE SHELTER STAKING AND GUYING
(MnDOT 2571.3D.2(8)) (MnDOT 2571.3I.4) (MnDOT 2571.3I.1)
REVISED:
NESOT
M
N
TAT IO
DE
REVISION:
PART

OR
ME

T
OF TRAN
S
12-11-2015 STANDARD PLAN 5-297.301 3 OF 3
LIVE BRANCH STEPS TO PRUNING WITH PRUNING MEASURE TREE
2"
1. FABRICATE 12" X 9" X 3/8"SIGN
2 1/
SAW : WITH 0.75"RADIUS CORNERS. DIAMETER AT
Tree Protection Area
2. SIGN SHALL BE WHITE WITH BLACK 4.5 ft ABOVE
RIDGE BRANCH AT POINT A. GROUND
LETTERING.
2. CUT COMPLETELY THROUGH 3. ATTACH SIGN TO POST USING 1"
DEAD BRANCH FROM POINT B TO A. DRIP LINE
LENGTH WOOD SCREWS.
9"
4"
BRANCH B 3. AT BRANCH COLLAR CUT FROM CRITICAL ROOT TREE
B
POINT C TO D. ZONE
C
C MINIMUM DISTANCE
A FROM TREE TRUNK
A A INCORRECT CUT FROM POINT C TO X
2"
DO NOT ENTER THE FENCED AREA
2 1/
(TOO CLOSE)WILL RESULT IN We appreciate your cooperation to IN
NESOT
A
N
TAT IO
DE
D
PART
protect these trees during
DRIP LINE
OR
ME
DIRECTIONAL
P
N S
T
OF TRAN
construction
D AFTER ONE SEASON OF GROWTH. CRITICAL ROOT B
DRILLING
-6"
ZONE 6" 6"
MACHINE
4'
X CORRECT CUT FROM POINT C TO D
12"
(LEAVING BRANCH COLLAR BUT NOT
BRANCH COLLAR
THE STUB FROM POINT B TO A)
WILL RESULT IN CONTINUOUS TREE
C
DOUGHNUT SHAPED CALLUS PROTECTION
BRANCHES PRUNED AT TRUNK
(SHIGO METHOD) FORMATION AFTER ONE SEASON OF 25'-0" SIGN
GROWTH. BORE TUNNEL
DESIRED
CONSTRUCTION
PRUNING NOTES: LIMITS MINIMUM
CORRECT TOO TOO TOO 1. PRUNE USING CLEAN AND DEPTH OF TREE PROTECTION ZONE
PRUNING CLOSE LONG SLANTED SHARP SCISSOR-TYPE PRUNER TUNNEL
CUT OR PRUNING SAW. NOTE: A B C
LIVE BUD 2. THE BEST TIME TO PRUNE IS
LATE DORMANT SEASON OR 1. (A) IS THE DIAMETER OF TREES MEASURED
<2" 2' 2'
EARLY SPRING. 4'-6" FEET ABOVE THE GROUND AND IS
3. AVOID PRUNING OAKS IN APRIL, TERMED THE "DIAMETER AT BREAST 2-4" 4' 2.5'
MAY,JUNE OR JULY. 1. FURNISH AND INSTALL TEMPORARY FENCE AT THE TREE'S HEIGHT," (DBH).
>4-9" 6' 2.5'
4. IF PRUNING IS NECESSARY OR DRIPLINE OR CONSTRUCTION LIMITS AS SPECIFIED,PRIOR TO
2. USING A TREE DIAMETER TAPE,WRAP THE
IF WOUNDS OCCUR TO OAK ANY CONSTRUCTION. >9-14" 10' 3'
TAPE AROUND THE GIRTH OF THE TREE,AT
TREES IN APRIL,MAY,JUNE OR 2. WHEN POSSIBLE PLACE FENCE 25 FEET BEYOND THE DRIP LINE.
THE DBH, BEING CAREFUL NOT TO TWIST >14-19" 12' 3.25'
JULY,IMMEDIATELY PAINT CUT 3. PLACE TREE PROTECTION SIGNS ALONG FENCE AT 50'
THE TAPE.
SURFACE OR WOUND WITH INTERVALS. >19" 15' 4'
BRANCHES PRUNED TO LIVE BUD LATEX PAINT OR SHELLAC.
PRUNING TEMPORARY FENCE UTILITY CONSTRUCTION

(MnDOT 2571.3E.1 and 2571.3K.2.a(9)) (MnDOT 2572.3A.1) (MnDOT 2572.3A.5)
DRIP LINE
DEPTH
CRITICAL ROOT
NECESSARY FOR
ZONES
ON
CONSTRUCTI
DRIP LINE
CRITICAL ROOT
M UM
CLEAN ROOT CUTTING DRIP LINE
6" WOODCHIP ZONE
CRITICAL ROOT
M AXI
MULCH
EXISTING GROUND ZONE
ROOT SYSTEM
STEEL PLATES
BRIDGE BACKFILL
TIMBERS
SANDY LOAM
TEMPORARY FENCE
FILL
PERFORATED
PIPE
'
REDUCED ROUNDING
ROOT SYSTEM BRIDGE WOODCHIP MULCH BED UNDISTURBED EXCAVATION

AREA AREA NORMAL ROUNDING
1. WHEN DESIGNATED IN THE PLAN OR DIRECTED BY

THE ENGINEER, PRIOR TO EXCAVATION, ALL TREE
IF CONSTRUCTION VEHICLES MUST PASS OVER ROOT ROOTS WILL BE CLEANLY CUT BY A VIBRATORY
ZONES,THE CONTRACTOR MUST EITHER: PLOW OR OTHER APPROVED ROOT CUTTER.
SIGNIFICANT TREES NEAR THE PROPOSED CONSTRUCTION
2. THE TREE ROOTS WILL BE CUT CLEANLY TO THE
LIMITS WILL BE IDENTIFIED IN THE PLAN OR BY THE
1. CONSTRUCT ROOT SYSTEM BRIDGES WITH STEEL MINIMUM DEPTH NECESSARY FOR CONSTRUCTION.
PLATE SUPPORTED ON WOOD TIMBERS PLACED ENGINEER AND WILL BE PRESERVED BY THE CONTRACTOR.
3. IMMEDIATELY, AND CLEANLY CUT DAMAGED AND
RADIALLY TO THE TREE TRUNK.
EXPOSED ROOTS. 1. ANY FILL REQUIRED WITHIN THE DRIP LINE OF
OR 4. ROOT ENDS EXPOSED BY EXCAVATION ACTIVITIES TREES,IS UNCOMPACTED ROOTING TOPSOIL 1. PLACE THE TEMPORARY FENCE.
SHALL BE IMMEDIATELY COVERED WITH A 6" LAYER BORROW . 2. REDUCE SLOPE ROUNDING WHERE ROOT ZONES
2. PLACE A 6 INCH LAYER OF WOODCHIP MULCH
OVER A TYPE IIIGEOTEXTILE (MnDOT 3733). OF ADJACENT SOIL. 2. EXCESSIVE FILL MAY REQUIRE PLACING PERFORATED ARE DISTURBED BY NORMAL SLOPE ROUNDING.
5. EXPOSED CUT OAK ROOTS SHALL BE IMMEDIATELY PIPE WITH AT LEAST ONE DAYLIGHTED END 3. VARY BACKSLOPE STEEPNESS TO AVOID TREE
(WITHIN 5 MINUTES) TREATED WITH A WOUND OPENING AS AN AERATION SYSTEM.
DRESSING MATERIAL CONSISTING OF LATEX PAINT OR LOSS OR UNNECESSARY ROOT DAMAGE.
SHELLAC.
OTHER VEGETATION PROTECTION MEASURES CLEAN ROOT CUTTING ROOTING TOPSOIL BORROW SLOPE ROUNDING
(MnDOT 2572.3A.12) (MnDOT 2572.3A.2) (MnDOT 2572.3A.4)
REVISED:
NESOT
IN A PROTECTION AND RESTORATION
M
N
TAT IO
DE
REVISION:
OF VEGETATION
PART

OR
ME

T
OF TRAN
S
12-11-2015 STANDARD PLAN 5-297.302 1 OF 1

Inspection and Contract Administration Manual For Mndot Landscape Projects, 2017 Edition

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Inspection and Contract Administration Manual For Mndot Landscape Projects, 2017 Edition

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Inspection and Contract Administration Manual For Mndot Landscape Projects, 2017 Edition

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

What are some of the steps involved in preparing planting beds and holes?

What are some of the steps involved in preparing planting beds and holes?

What are the initial planting operations?

What are the initial planting operations?

INSPECTION AND CONTRACT ADMINISTRATION

Additional manuals are availiable for $12.00 at:

David P. Larson, PLA

Inspection & Contract Administration Manual for MnDOT Landscape Projects

Chapter 1: Introduction ......................................................................1-1

Chapter 2: Preconstruction .................................................................2-1

Chapter 3: Preparation of Planting Holes & Beds................................3-1

Chapter 4: Initial Planting Operations.................................................4-1

Inspection & Contract Administration Manual for MnDOT Landscape Projects

Chapter 5: Plant Establishment Period ...............................................5-1

Chapter 6: Method of Measurement ..................................................6-1

Chapter 7: Basis of Payment ...............................................................7-1

This Manual will:

MnDOT Standard Specifications for Construction Used

1205 Examination of Proposal Package and Site 3149 Granular Material

1-2 Chapter 1: Introduction

ADT Average Daily Traffic

Chapter 1: Introduction 1-3

The Role of the Engineer, Inspector, Technical Advisor,

The INSPECTOR is:

The Engineer’s decisions will include:

The CONTRACTOR’S role:

1-4 Chapter 1: Introduction

* Utility locations and marking.

Required Documents from the Contractor (MnDOT 2571.2A.2)

2-2 Chapter 2: Preconstruction

Protecting Existing Vegetation

Terrestrial and Aquatic Invasive Species Control,

Chapter 2: Preconstruction 2-3

Acceptance of Preconstruction Work

2-4 Chapter 2: Preconstruction

Chapter 3: Preparation of Planting Holes & Beds

Layout and Staking

Plants will be staked as follows:

Weed Control and Soil Cultivation

3-2 Chapter 3: Preparation of Planting Holes & Beds

Step 4. Competence Testing

Chapter 3: Preparation of Planting Holes & Beds 3-3

Soil moisture content acceptable Typical wait time required prior to

Approach and cultivate slopes

Step 6. Soil Additives

3-4 Chapter 3: Preparation of Planting Holes & Beds

Step 9. Temporary Erosion Control

Chapter 3: Preparation of Planting Holes & Beds 3-5

3-6 Chapter 3: Preparation of Planting Holes & Beds

Additional Soil Additives

Chapter 3: Preparation of Planting Holes & Beds 3-7

Engineered and Structural Soils

3-8 Chapter 3: Preparation of Planting Holes & Beds

% Topsoil % sand % Compost Intended

Rooting Topsoil Borrow 20 60 20 Infiltration swales and ponds

Moderate flow sand filter rain

Chapter 3: Preparation of Planting Holes & Beds 3-9

3-10 Chapter 3: Preparation of Planting Holes & Beds

Clod Buster 2 inches